Keyword: biodiversity
2020 (1)
Scientific and local ecological knowledge, shaping perceptions towards protected areas and related ecosystem services. Cebrian-Piqueras, M. A., Filyushkina, A., Johnson, D. N., Lo, V. B., Lopez-Rodriguez, M. D., March, H., Oteros-Rozas, E., Peppler-Lisbach, C., Quintas-Soriano, C., Raymond, C. M., Ruiz-Mallen, I., van Riper, C. J., Zinngrebe, Y., & Plieninger, T. Landscape Ecology, 35(11):2549–2567, November, 2020.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Context Most protected areas are managed based on objectives related to scientific ecological knowledge of species and ecosystems. However, a core principle of sustainability science is that understanding and including local ecological knowledge, perceptions of ecosystem service provision and landscape vulnerability will improve sustainability and resilience of social-ecological systems. Here, we take up these assumptions in the context of protected areas to provide insight on the effectiveness of nature protection goals, particularly in highly human-influenced landscapes. Objectives We examined how residents' ecological knowledge systems, comprised of both local and scientific, mediated the relationship between their characteristics and a set of variables that represented perceptions of ecosystem services, landscape change, human-nature relationships, and impacts. Methods We administered a face-to-face survey to local residents in the Sierra de Guadarrama protected areas, Spain. We used bi- and multi-variate analysis, including partial least squares path modeling to test our hypotheses. Results Ecological knowledge systems were highly correlated and were instrumental in predicting perceptions of water-related ecosystem services, landscape change, increasing outdoors activities, and human-nature relationships. Engagement with nature, socio-demographics, trip characteristics, and a rural-urban gradient explained a high degree of variation in ecological knowledge. Bundles of perceived ecosystem services and impacts, in relation to ecological knowledge, emerged as social representation on how residents relate to, understand, and perceive landscapes. Conclusions Our findings provide insight into the interactions between ecological knowledge systems and their role in shaping perceptions of local communities about protected areas. These results are expected to inform protected area management and landscape sustainability.
@article{cebrian-piqueras_scientific_2020,
title = {Scientific and local ecological knowledge, shaping perceptions towards protected areas and related ecosystem services},
volume = {35},
issn = {0921-2973},
doi = {10/ghdrxs},
abstract = {Context Most protected areas are managed based on objectives related to scientific ecological knowledge of species and ecosystems. However, a core principle of sustainability science is that understanding and including local ecological knowledge, perceptions of ecosystem service provision and landscape vulnerability will improve sustainability and resilience of social-ecological systems. Here, we take up these assumptions in the context of protected areas to provide insight on the effectiveness of nature protection goals, particularly in highly human-influenced landscapes. Objectives We examined how residents' ecological knowledge systems, comprised of both local and scientific, mediated the relationship between their characteristics and a set of variables that represented perceptions of ecosystem services, landscape change, human-nature relationships, and impacts. Methods We administered a face-to-face survey to local residents in the Sierra de Guadarrama protected areas, Spain. We used bi- and multi-variate analysis, including partial least squares path modeling to test our hypotheses. Results Ecological knowledge systems were highly correlated and were instrumental in predicting perceptions of water-related ecosystem services, landscape change, increasing outdoors activities, and human-nature relationships. Engagement with nature, socio-demographics, trip characteristics, and a rural-urban gradient explained a high degree of variation in ecological knowledge. Bundles of perceived ecosystem services and impacts, in relation to ecological knowledge, emerged as social representation on how residents relate to, understand, and perceive landscapes. Conclusions Our findings provide insight into the interactions between ecological knowledge systems and their role in shaping perceptions of local communities about protected areas. These results are expected to inform protected area management and landscape sustainability.},
language = {English},
number = {11},
journal = {Landscape Ecology},
author = {Cebrian-Piqueras, M. A. and Filyushkina, A. and Johnson, D. N. and Lo, V. B. and Lopez-Rodriguez, M. D. and March, H. and Oteros-Rozas, E. and Peppler-Lisbach, C. and Quintas-Soriano, C. and Raymond, C. M. and Ruiz-Mallen, I. and van Riper, C. J. and Zinngrebe, Y. and Plieninger, T.},
month = nov,
year = {2020},
keywords = {Biodiversity, conservation, climate-change, biodiversity, resilience, Protected areas, Inclusive conservation, systems, challenge, design, donana, Ecosystem services, Ecosystem vulnerability, Human-nature relationships, Landscape sustainability, Local community, Traditional ecological knowledge, values},
pages = {2549--2567},
}2019 (1)
Beyond Biodiversity: Can Environmental DNA (eDNA) Cut It as a Population Genetics Tool?. Adams, C. I. M., Knapp, M., Gemmell, N. J., Jeunen, G., Bunce, M., Lamare, M. D., & Taylor, H. R. Genes, 10(3):192, March, 2019.
![Beyond Biodiversity: Can Environmental DNA (eDNA) Cut It as a Population Genetics Tool? [link]](https://bibbase.org/img/filetypes/link.svg "link")
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Population genetic data underpin many studies of behavioral, ecological, and evolutionary processes in wild populations and contribute to effective conservation management. However, collecting genetic samples can be challenging when working with endangered, invasive, or cryptic species. Environmental DNA (eDNA) offers a way to sample genetic material non-invasively without requiring visual observation. While eDNA has been trialed extensively as a biodiversity and biosecurity monitoring tool with a strong taxonomic focus, it has yet to be fully explored as a means for obtaining population genetic information. Here, we review current research that employs eDNA approaches for the study of populations. We outline challenges facing eDNA-based population genetic methodologies, and suggest avenues of research for future developments. We advocate that with further optimizations, this emergent field holds great potential as part of the population genetics toolkit.
@article{adams_beyond_2019,
title = {Beyond {Biodiversity}: {Can} {Environmental} {DNA} ({eDNA}) {Cut} {It} as a {Population} {Genetics} {Tool}?},
volume = {10},
copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
shorttitle = {Beyond {Biodiversity}},
url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2073-4425/10/3/192},
doi = {10.3390/genes10030192},
abstract = {Population genetic data underpin many studies of behavioral, ecological, and evolutionary processes in wild populations and contribute to effective conservation management. However, collecting genetic samples can be challenging when working with endangered, invasive, or cryptic species. Environmental DNA (eDNA) offers a way to sample genetic material non-invasively without requiring visual observation. While eDNA has been trialed extensively as a biodiversity and biosecurity monitoring tool with a strong taxonomic focus, it has yet to be fully explored as a means for obtaining population genetic information. Here, we review current research that employs eDNA approaches for the study of populations. We outline challenges facing eDNA-based population genetic methodologies, and suggest avenues of research for future developments. We advocate that with further optimizations, this emergent field holds great potential as part of the population genetics toolkit.},
language = {en},
number = {3},
urldate = {2019-03-08TZ},
journal = {Genes},
author = {Adams, Clare I. M. and Knapp, Michael and Gemmell, Neil J. and Jeunen, Gert-Jan and Bunce, Michael and Lamare, Miles D. and Taylor, Helen R.},
month = mar,
year = {2019},
keywords = {biodiversity, conservation, eDNA, genetics, mitochondrial DNA, mtDNA, populations, sampling methodology},
pages = {192}
}2018 (5)
Biodiversity may wax or wane depending on metrics or taxa. Yoccoz, N. G., Ellingsen, K. E., & Tveraa, T. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, February, 2018.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Biodiversity changes have proven surprisingly complex to estimate and understand. While there are negative trends at a global scale such as the substantial losses of vertebrate species (1), changes at local scales may show large variation, with no clear overall trend (2, 3). Because assessing and improving the status of biodiversity are at the core of international agreements such as the Convention on Biological Diversity and the associated Aichi Biodiversity Targets for 2020 (4), we need to know when trends in biodiversity may differ and the causes of such differences. In PNAS, Magurran et al. (5) report that different components of biodiversity do not have the same trends over time in tropical freshwater ecosystems, and that these trends differ among taxonomic groups (fishes, invertebrates, and diatoms). Magurran et al. (5) quantify biodiversity changes at 16 river sites in Trinidad over 19 time points covering the dry and wet seasons of 5 y. They collected over 670,000 individuals, which were identified at different resolutions in fishes (species), invertebrates (family), and diatoms (morphospecies) because taxonomy is still poorly known for many groups in the tropics. They focus on two aspects of biodiversity changes: temporal α diversity, measured using the number of species and functions of their relative abundance, and temporal β diversity, which represents change in assemblage composition over time and is measured as turnover in species identities and relative abundance (Fig. 1). Different diversity measures emphasize different characteristics of assemblages (6). Magurran et al. (5) use 11 metrics, ranging from the number of observed or estimated species at a site and metrics emphasizing evenness or dominance to a range of (dis)similarity measures to evaluate compositional differences between assemblages. These are based on either presence/absence or abundance data and emphasize turnover in species identities (species replacement) and nestedness [associated with richness … [↵][1]1To whom correspondence should be addressed. Email: nigel.yoccoz\at\uit.no. [1]: #xref-corresp-1-1
@article{yoccoz_biodiversity_2018,
title = {Biodiversity may wax or wane depending on metrics or taxa},
copyright = {© 2018 . Published under the PNAS license.},
issn = {0027-8424, 1091-6490},
url = {http://www.pnas.org/content/early/2018/02/09/1722626115},
doi = {10.1073/pnas.1722626115},
abstract = {Biodiversity changes have proven surprisingly complex to estimate and understand. While there are negative trends at a global scale such as the substantial losses of vertebrate species (1), changes at local scales may show large variation, with no clear overall trend (2, 3). Because assessing and improving the status of biodiversity are at the core of international agreements such as the Convention on Biological Diversity and the associated Aichi Biodiversity Targets for 2020 (4), we need to know when trends in biodiversity may differ and the causes of such differences. In PNAS, Magurran et al. (5) report that different components of biodiversity do not have the same trends over time in tropical freshwater ecosystems, and that these trends differ among taxonomic groups (fishes, invertebrates, and diatoms).
Magurran et al. (5) quantify biodiversity changes at 16 river sites in Trinidad over 19 time points covering the dry and wet seasons of 5 y. They collected over 670,000 individuals, which were identified at different resolutions in fishes (species), invertebrates (family), and diatoms (morphospecies) because taxonomy is still poorly known for many groups in the tropics. They focus on two aspects of biodiversity changes: temporal α diversity, measured using the number of species and functions of their relative abundance, and temporal β diversity, which represents change in assemblage composition over time and is measured as turnover in species identities and relative abundance (Fig. 1). Different diversity measures emphasize different characteristics of assemblages (6). Magurran et al. (5) use 11 metrics, ranging from the number of observed or estimated species at a site and metrics emphasizing evenness or dominance to a range of (dis)similarity measures to evaluate compositional differences between assemblages. These are based on either presence/absence or abundance data and emphasize turnover in species identities (species replacement) and nestedness [associated with richness …
[↵][1]1To whom correspondence should be addressed. Email: nigel.yoccoz\{at\}uit.no.
[1]: \#xref-corresp-1-1},
language = {en},
urldate = {2018-02-24},
journal = {Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences},
author = {Yoccoz, Nigel G. and Ellingsen, Kari E. and Tveraa, Torkild},
month = feb,
year = {2018},
pmid = {29440437},
keywords = {biodiversity, boundaries, collapse},
pages = {201722626},
file = {Yoccoz et al. - 2018 - Biodiversity may wax or wane depending on metrics .pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\59E57QFN\\Yoccoz et al. - 2018 - Biodiversity may wax or wane depending on metrics .pdf:application/pdf}
}BioTIME: A database of biodiversity time series for the Anthropocene. Dornelas, M., Antão, L. H., Moyes, F., Bates, A. E., Magurran, A. E., Adam, D., Akhmetzhanova, A. A., Appeltans, W., Arcos, J. M., Arnold, H., Ayyappan, N., Badihi, G., Baird, A. H., Barbosa, M., Barreto, T. E., Bässler, C., Bellgrove, A., Belmaker, J., Benedetti‐Cecchi, L., Bett, B. J., Bjorkman, A. D., Błażewicz, M., Blowes, S. A., Bloch, C. P., Bonebrake, T. C., Boyd, S., Bradford, M., Brooks, A. J., Brown, J. H., Bruelheide, H., Budy, P., Carvalho, F., Castañeda‐Moya, E., Chen, C. A., Chamblee, J. F., Chase, T. J., Collier, L. S., Collinge, S. K., Condit, R., Cooper, E. J., Cornelissen, J. H. C., Cotano, U., Crow, S. K., Damasceno, G., Davies, C. H., Davis, R. A., Day, F. P., Degraer, S., Doherty, T. S., Dunn, T. E., Durigan, G., Duffy, J. E., Edelist, D., Edgar, G. J., Elahi, R., Elmendorf, S. C., Enemar, A., Ernest, S. K. M., Escribano, R., Estiarte, M., Evans, B. S., Fan, T., Farah, F. T., Fernandes, L. L., Farneda, F. Z., Fidelis, A., Fitt, R., Fosaa, A. M., Franco, G. A. D. C., Frank, G. E., Fraser, W. R., García, H., Gatti, R. C., Givan, O., Gorgone‐Barbosa, E., Gould, W. A., Gries, C., Grossman, G. D., Gutierréz, J. R., Hale, S., Harmon, M. E., Harte, J., Haskins, G., Henshaw, D. L., Hermanutz, L., Hidalgo, P., Higuchi, P., Hoey, A., Hoey, G. V., Hofgaard, A., Holeck, K., Hollister, R. D., Holmes, R., Hoogenboom, M., Hsieh, C., Hubbell, S. P., Huettmann, F., Huffard, C. L., Hurlbert, A. H., Ivanauskas, N. M., Janík, D., Jandt, U., Jażdżewska, A., Johannessen, T., Johnstone, J., Jones, J., Jones, F. A. M., Kang, J., Kartawijaya, T., Keeley, E. C., Kelt, D. A., Kinnear, R., Klanderud, K., Knutsen, H., Koenig, C. C., Kortz, A. R., Král, K., Kuhnz, L. A., Kuo, C., Kushner, D. J., Laguionie‐Marchais, C., Lancaster, L. T., Lee, C. M., Lefcheck, J. S., Lévesque, E., Lightfoot, D., Lloret, F., Lloyd, J. D., López‐Baucells, A., Louzao, M., Madin, J. S., Magnússon, B., Malamud, S., Matthews, I., McFarland, K. P., McGill, B., McKnight, D., McLarney, W. O., Meador, J., Meserve, P. L., Metcalfe, D. J., Meyer, C. F. J., Michelsen, A., Milchakova, N., Moens, T., Moland, E., Moore, J., Moreira, C. M., Müller, J., Murphy, G., Myers‐Smith, I. H., Myster, R. W., Naumov, A., Neat, F., Nelson, J. A., Nelson, M. P., Newton, S. F., Norden, N., Oliver, J. C., Olsen, E. M., Onipchenko, V. G., Pabis, K., Pabst, R. J., Paquette, A., Pardede, S., Paterson, D. M., Pélissier, R., Peñuelas, J., Pérez‐Matus, A., Pizarro, O., Pomati, F., Post, E., Prins, H. H. T., Priscu, J. C., Provoost, P., Prudic, K. L., Pulliainen, E., Ramesh, B. R., Ramos, O. M., Rassweiler, A., Rebelo, J. E., Reed, D. C., Reich, P. B., Remillard, S. M., Richardson, A. J., Richardson, J. P., Rijn, I. v., Rocha, R., Rivera‐Monroy, V. H., Rixen, C., Robinson, K. P., Rodrigues, R. R., Rossa‐Feres, D. d. C., Rudstam, L., Ruhl, H., Ruz, C. S., Sampaio, E. M., Rybicki, N., Rypel, A., Sal, S., Salgado, B., Santos, F. A. M., Savassi‐Coutinho, A. P., Scanga, S., Schmidt, J., Schooley, R., Setiawan, F., Shao, K., Shaver, G. R., Sherman, S., Sherry, T. W., Siciński, J., Sievers, C., Silva, A. C. d., Silva, F. R. d., Silveira, F. L., Slingsby, J., Smart, T., Snell, S. J., Soudzilovskaia, N. A., Souza, G. B. G., Souza, F. M., Souza, V. C., Stallings, C. D., Stanforth, R., Stanley, E. H., Sterza, J. M., Stevens, M., Stuart‐Smith, R., Suarez, Y. R., Supp, S., Tamashiro, J. Y., Tarigan, S., Thiede, G. P., Thorn, S., Tolvanen, A., Toniato, M. T. Z., Totland, Ø., Twilley, R. R., Vaitkus, G., Valdivia, N., Vallejo, M. I., Valone, T. J., Colen, C. V., Vanaverbeke, J., Venturoli, F., Verheye, H. M., Vianna, M., Vieira, R. P., Vrška, T., Vu, C. Q., Vu, L. V., Waide, R. B., Waldock, C., Watts, D., Webb, S., Wesołowski, T., White, E. P., Widdicombe, C. E., Wilgers, D., Williams, R., Williams, S. B., Williamson, M., Willig, M. R., Willis, T. J., Wipf, S., Woods, K. D., Woehler, E. J., Zawada, K., & Zettler, M. L. Global Ecology and Biogeography, 27(7):760–786, July, 2018.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Motivation The BioTIME database contains raw data on species identities and abundances in ecological assemblages through time. These data enable users to calculate temporal trends in biodiversity within and amongst assemblages using a broad range of metrics. BioTIME is being developed as a community-led open-source database of biodiversity time series. Our goal is to accelerate and facilitate quantitative analysis of temporal patterns of biodiversity in the Anthropocene. Main types of variables included The database contains 8,777,413 species abundance records, from assemblages consistently sampled for a minimum of 2 years, which need not necessarily be consecutive. In addition, the database contains metadata relating to sampling methodology and contextual information about each record. Spatial location and grain BioTIME is a global database of 547,161 unique sampling locations spanning the marine, freshwater and terrestrial realms. Grain size varies across datasets from 0.0000000158 km2 (158 cm2) to 100 km2 (1,000,000,000,000 cm2). Time period and grain BioTIME records span from 1874 to 2016. The minimal temporal grain across all datasets in BioTIME is a year. Major taxa and level of measurement BioTIME includes data from 44,440 species across the plant and animal kingdoms, ranging from plants, plankton and terrestrial invertebrates to small and large vertebrates. Software format .csv and .SQL.
@article{dornelas_biotime:_2018,
title = {{BioTIME}: {A} database of biodiversity time series for the {Anthropocene}},
volume = {27},
copyright = {© 2018 The Authors. Global Ecology and Biogeography Published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd},
issn = {1466-8238},
shorttitle = {{BioTIME}},
url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/geb.12729},
doi = {10.1111/geb.12729},
abstract = {Motivation The BioTIME database contains raw data on species identities and abundances in ecological assemblages through time. These data enable users to calculate temporal trends in biodiversity within and amongst assemblages using a broad range of metrics. BioTIME is being developed as a community-led open-source database of biodiversity time series. Our goal is to accelerate and facilitate quantitative analysis of temporal patterns of biodiversity in the Anthropocene. Main types of variables included The database contains 8,777,413 species abundance records, from assemblages consistently sampled for a minimum of 2 years, which need not necessarily be consecutive. In addition, the database contains metadata relating to sampling methodology and contextual information about each record. Spatial location and grain BioTIME is a global database of 547,161 unique sampling locations spanning the marine, freshwater and terrestrial realms. Grain size varies across datasets from 0.0000000158 km2 (158 cm2) to 100 km2 (1,000,000,000,000 cm2). Time period and grain BioTIME records span from 1874 to 2016. The minimal temporal grain across all datasets in BioTIME is a year. Major taxa and level of measurement BioTIME includes data from 44,440 species across the plant and animal kingdoms, ranging from plants, plankton and terrestrial invertebrates to small and large vertebrates. Software format .csv and .SQL.},
language = {en},
number = {7},
urldate = {2018-11-06TZ},
journal = {Global Ecology and Biogeography},
author = {Dornelas, Maria and Antão, Laura H. and Moyes, Faye and Bates, Amanda E. and Magurran, Anne E. and Adam, Dušan and Akhmetzhanova, Asem A. and Appeltans, Ward and Arcos, José Manuel and Arnold, Haley and Ayyappan, Narayanan and Badihi, Gal and Baird, Andrew H. and Barbosa, Miguel and Barreto, Tiago Egydio and Bässler, Claus and Bellgrove, Alecia and Belmaker, Jonathan and Benedetti‐Cecchi, Lisandro and Bett, Brian J. and Bjorkman, Anne D. and Błażewicz, Magdalena and Blowes, Shane A. and Bloch, Christopher P. and Bonebrake, Timothy C. and Boyd, Susan and Bradford, Matt and Brooks, Andrew J. and Brown, James H. and Bruelheide, Helge and Budy, Phaedra and Carvalho, Fernando and Castañeda‐Moya, Edward and Chen, Chaolun Allen and Chamblee, John F. and Chase, Tory J. and Collier, Laura Siegwart and Collinge, Sharon K. and Condit, Richard and Cooper, Elisabeth J. and Cornelissen, J. Hans C. and Cotano, Unai and Crow, Shannan Kyle and Damasceno, Gabriella and Davies, Claire H. and Davis, Robert A. and Day, Frank P. and Degraer, Steven and Doherty, Tim S. and Dunn, Timothy E. and Durigan, Giselda and Duffy, J. Emmett and Edelist, Dor and Edgar, Graham J. and Elahi, Robin and Elmendorf, Sarah C. and Enemar, Anders and Ernest, S. K. Morgan and Escribano, Rubén and Estiarte, Marc and Evans, Brian S. and Fan, Tung-Yung and Farah, Fabiano Turini and Fernandes, Luiz Loureiro and Farneda, Fábio Z. and Fidelis, Alessandra and Fitt, Robert and Fosaa, Anna Maria and Franco, Geraldo Antonio Daher Correa and Frank, Grace E. and Fraser, William R. and García, Hernando and Gatti, Roberto Cazzolla and Givan, Or and Gorgone‐Barbosa, Elizabeth and Gould, William A. and Gries, Corinna and Grossman, Gary D. and Gutierréz, Julio R. and Hale, Stephen and Harmon, Mark E. and Harte, John and Haskins, Gary and Henshaw, Donald L. and Hermanutz, Luise and Hidalgo, Pamela and Higuchi, Pedro and Hoey, Andrew and Hoey, Gert Van and Hofgaard, Annika and Holeck, Kristen and Hollister, Robert D. and Holmes, Richard and Hoogenboom, Mia and Hsieh, Chih-hao and Hubbell, Stephen P. and Huettmann, Falk and Huffard, Christine L. and Hurlbert, Allen H. and Ivanauskas, Natália Macedo and Janík, David and Jandt, Ute and Jażdżewska, Anna and Johannessen, Tore and Johnstone, Jill and Jones, Julia and Jones, Faith A. M. and Kang, Jungwon and Kartawijaya, Tasrif and Keeley, Erin C. and Kelt, Douglas A. and Kinnear, Rebecca and Klanderud, Kari and Knutsen, Halvor and Koenig, Christopher C. and Kortz, Alessandra R. and Král, Kamil and Kuhnz, Linda A. and Kuo, Chao-Yang and Kushner, David J. and Laguionie‐Marchais, Claire and Lancaster, Lesley T. and Lee, Cheol Min and Lefcheck, Jonathan S. and Lévesque, Esther and Lightfoot, David and Lloret, Francisco and Lloyd, John D. and López‐Baucells, Adrià and Louzao, Maite and Madin, Joshua S. and Magnússon, Borgþór and Malamud, Shahar and Matthews, Iain and McFarland, Kent P. and McGill, Brian and McKnight, Diane and McLarney, William O. and Meador, Jason and Meserve, Peter L. and Metcalfe, Daniel J. and Meyer, Christoph F. J. and Michelsen, Anders and Milchakova, Nataliya and Moens, Tom and Moland, Even and Moore, Jon and Moreira, Carolina Mathias and Müller, Jörg and Murphy, Grace and Myers‐Smith, Isla H. and Myster, Randall W. and Naumov, Andrew and Neat, Francis and Nelson, James A. and Nelson, Michael Paul and Newton, Stephen F. and Norden, Natalia and Oliver, Jeffrey C. and Olsen, Esben M. and Onipchenko, Vladimir G. and Pabis, Krzysztof and Pabst, Robert J. and Paquette, Alain and Pardede, Sinta and Paterson, David M. and Pélissier, Raphaël and Peñuelas, Josep and Pérez‐Matus, Alejandro and Pizarro, Oscar and Pomati, Francesco and Post, Eric and Prins, Herbert H. T. and Priscu, John C. and Provoost, Pieter and Prudic, Kathleen L. and Pulliainen, Erkki and Ramesh, B. R. and Ramos, Olivia Mendivil and Rassweiler, Andrew and Rebelo, Jose Eduardo and Reed, Daniel C. and Reich, Peter B. and Remillard, Suzanne M. and Richardson, Anthony J. and Richardson, J. Paul and Rijn, Itai van and Rocha, Ricardo and Rivera‐Monroy, Victor H. and Rixen, Christian and Robinson, Kevin P. and Rodrigues, Ricardo Ribeiro and Rossa‐Feres, Denise de Cerqueira and Rudstam, Lars and Ruhl, Henry and Ruz, Catalina S. and Sampaio, Erica M. and Rybicki, Nancy and Rypel, Andrew and Sal, Sofia and Salgado, Beatriz and Santos, Flavio A. M. and Savassi‐Coutinho, Ana Paula and Scanga, Sara and Schmidt, Jochen and Schooley, Robert and Setiawan, Fakhrizal and Shao, Kwang-Tsao and Shaver, Gaius R. and Sherman, Sally and Sherry, Thomas W. and Siciński, Jacek and Sievers, Caya and Silva, Ana Carolina da and Silva, Fernando Rodrigues da and Silveira, Fabio L. and Slingsby, Jasper and Smart, Tracey and Snell, Sara J. and Soudzilovskaia, Nadejda A. and Souza, Gabriel B. G. and Souza, Flaviana Maluf and Souza, Vinícius Castro and Stallings, Christopher D. and Stanforth, Rowan and Stanley, Emily H. and Sterza, José Mauro and Stevens, Maarten and Stuart‐Smith, Rick and Suarez, Yzel Rondon and Supp, Sarah and Tamashiro, Jorge Yoshio and Tarigan, Sukmaraharja and Thiede, Gary P. and Thorn, Simon and Tolvanen, Anne and Toniato, Maria Teresa Zugliani and Totland, Ørjan and Twilley, Robert R. and Vaitkus, Gediminas and Valdivia, Nelson and Vallejo, Martha Isabel and Valone, Thomas J. and Colen, Carl Van and Vanaverbeke, Jan and Venturoli, Fabio and Verheye, Hans M. and Vianna, Marcelo and Vieira, Rui P. and Vrška, Tomáš and Vu, Con Quang and Vu, Lien Van and Waide, Robert B. and Waldock, Conor and Watts, Dave and Webb, Sara and Wesołowski, Tomasz and White, Ethan P. and Widdicombe, Claire E. and Wilgers, Dustin and Williams, Richard and Williams, Stefan B. and Williamson, Mark and Willig, Michael R. and Willis, Trevor J. and Wipf, Sonja and Woods, Kerry D. and Woehler, Eric J. and Zawada, Kyle and Zettler, Michael L.},
month = jul,
year = {2018},
keywords = {biodiversity, global, spatial, species richness, temporal, turnover},
pages = {760--786}
}Exploring Patterns, Drivers and Structure of Plant Community Composition in Alien Robinia Pseudoacacia Secondary Woodlands. Campagnaro, T., Nascimbene, J., Tasinazzo, S., Trentanovi, G., & Sitzia, T. iForest - Biogeosciences and Forestry, 11(5):586–593, October, 2018.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Invasive alien tree species can strongly impact biodiversity and future projections predict their spread over natural, semi-natural and human habitats. However , little is known about plant communities that form during the first stages of invasion. We investigated the composition of plant communities in alien Robinia pseudoacacia L. secondary forests growing on grasslands and cultivated areas abandoned during the last 35-40 years in northeastern Italy to understand whether these formations could cause floristic homogenization of plant communities composition. On the basis of a cluster analysis, plant communities were assigned to seven syntaxonomic categories and split into four groups characterized by the occurrence of 20 species indicative of (a) nitrogen rich , (b) true forest and (c) open habitat conditions. RDA analysis enabled main stand and environmental variables filtering these communities to be identified and $\beta$-diversity components were partitioned through the SDR (Simi-larity-richness Difference-species Replacement) simplex approach. Plant composition patterns were significantly associated to variability in elevation, stand vertical structure, shrub cover, mean tree diameter and height, and basal area. Shrub cover discriminates between plant communities associated with open or shaded conditions. The partition of $\beta$-diversity components revealed that replacement is the prominent process structuring plant communities in these secondary forests. Our study showed that secondary Robinia forests growing on abandoned lands may host compositionally heterogeneous plant communities, thus contributing to regional biodiversity.
@article{campagnaroExploringPatternsDrivers2018,
title = {Exploring Patterns, Drivers and Structure of Plant Community Composition in Alien {{Robinia}} Pseudoacacia Secondary Woodlands},
author = {Campagnaro, Thomas and Nascimbene, Juri and Tasinazzo, Stefano and Trentanovi, Giovanni and Sitzia, Tommaso},
year = {2018},
month = oct,
volume = {11},
pages = {586--593},
issn = {1971-7458},
doi = {10.3832/ifor2687-011},
abstract = {Invasive alien tree species can strongly impact biodiversity and future projections predict their spread over natural, semi-natural and human habitats. However , little is known about plant communities that form during the first stages of invasion. We investigated the composition of plant communities in alien Robinia pseudoacacia L. secondary forests growing on grasslands and cultivated areas abandoned during the last 35-40 years in northeastern Italy to understand whether these formations could cause floristic homogenization of plant communities composition. On the basis of a cluster analysis, plant communities were assigned to seven syntaxonomic categories and split into four groups characterized by the occurrence of 20 species indicative of (a) nitrogen rich , (b) true forest and (c) open habitat conditions. RDA analysis enabled main stand and environmental variables filtering these communities to be identified and {$\beta$}-diversity components were partitioned through the SDR (Simi-larity-richness Difference-species Replacement) simplex approach. Plant composition patterns were significantly associated to variability in elevation, stand vertical structure, shrub cover, mean tree diameter and height, and basal area. Shrub cover discriminates between plant communities associated with open or shaded conditions. The partition of {$\beta$}-diversity components revealed that replacement is the prominent process structuring plant communities in these secondary forests. Our study showed that secondary Robinia forests growing on abandoned lands may host compositionally heterogeneous plant communities, thus contributing to regional biodiversity.},
journal = {iForest - Biogeosciences and Forestry},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14640977,biodiversity,community-structure,diversity,forest-resources,italy,robinia-pseudoacacia,species-richness,woodland},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14640977},
number = {5}
}Ecosystem quality in LCIA: status quo, harmonization, and suggestions for the way forward. Woods, J., S., Damiani, M., Fantke, P., Henderson, A., D., Johnston, J., M., Bare, J., Sala, S., Maia de Souza, D., Pfister, S., Posthuma, L., Rosenbaum, R., K., & Verones, F. International Journal of Life Cycle Assessment, 23(10):1995-2006, The International Journal of Life Cycle Assessment, 2018.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
consequential; marginal electricity; insulation; mine_ECCC_elect
@article{
title = {Ecosystem quality in LCIA: status quo, harmonization, and suggestions for the way forward},
type = {article},
year = {2018},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {Biodiversity,Damage-level,Endpoint,Functions,Harmonization,LCIA,Species,UNEP-SETAC},
pages = {1995-2006},
volume = {23},
publisher = {The International Journal of Life Cycle Assessment},
id = {d0bc4c31-a997-326d-8040-07fe599ea88f},
created = {2019-01-16T10:57:10.401Z},
file_attached = {false},
profile_id = {25bd5b32-29aa-37df-a206-ab5dc511be68},
group_id = {58cfc3d0-2767-3215-bf08-97ae3cd08b0f},
last_modified = {2019-01-16T10:57:10.401Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
citation_key = {Woods2018},
private_publication = {false},
abstract = {consequential; marginal electricity; insulation; mine_ECCC_elect},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Woods, John S. and Damiani, Mattia and Fantke, Peter and Henderson, Andrew D. and Johnston, John M. and Bare, Jane and Sala, Serenella and Maia de Souza, Danielle and Pfister, Stephan and Posthuma, Leo and Rosenbaum, Ralph K. and Verones, Francesca},
journal = {International Journal of Life Cycle Assessment},
number = {10}
}Environmental Justice in Accessibility to Green Infrastructure in Two European Cities. de Sousa Silva, C., Viegas, I., Panagopoulos, Τ., & Bell, S. Land, 7(4):134–, 2018. Place: Basel Publisher: MDPI AG
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Although it is well-established that urban green infrastructure is essential to improve the population’s wellbeing, in many developed countries, the availability of green spaces is limited or its distribution around the city is uneven. Some minority groups may have less access or are deprived of access to green spaces when compared with the rest of the population. The availability of public green spaces may also be directly related to the geographical location of the city within Europe. In addition, current planning for urban regeneration and the creation of new high-quality recreational public green spaces sometimes results in projects that reinforce the paradox of green gentrification. The aim of this study was to explore the concept of environmental justice in the distribution of the public green spaces in two contrasting cities, Tartu, Estonia; and Faro, Portugal. Quantitative indicators of public green space were calculated in districts in each city. The accessibility of those spaces was measured using the “walkability” distance and grid methods. The results revealed that there was more availability and accessibility to public green spaces in Tartu than in Faro. However, inequalities were observed in Soviet-era housing block districts in Tartu, where most of the Russian minority live, while Roma communities in Faro were located in districts without access to public green space. The availability of public green spaces varied from 1.22 to 31.44 m2/inhabitant in the districts of Faro, and 1.04 to 164.07 m2/inhabitant in the districts of Tartu. In both cities, 45% of the inhabitants had accessible public green spaces within 500 m of their residence. The development of targeted new green infrastructure could increase access to 88% of the population for the city of Faro and 86% for Tartu, delivering environmental justice without provoking green gentrification. The outcome of this study provides advice to urban planners on how to balance green space distribution within city neighbourhoods.
@article{de_sousa_silva_environmental_2018,
title = {Environmental {Justice} in {Accessibility} to {Green} {Infrastructure} in {Two} {European} {Cities}},
volume = {7},
issn = {2073-445X},
doi = {10.3390/land7040134},
abstract = {Although it is well-established that urban green infrastructure is essential to improve the population’s wellbeing, in many developed countries, the availability of green spaces is limited or its distribution around the city is uneven. Some minority groups may have less access or are deprived of access to green spaces when compared with the rest of the population. The availability of public green spaces may also be directly related to the geographical location of the city within Europe. In addition, current planning for urban regeneration and the creation of new high-quality recreational public green spaces sometimes results in projects that reinforce the paradox of green gentrification. The aim of this study was to explore the concept of environmental justice in the distribution of the public green spaces in two contrasting cities, Tartu, Estonia; and Faro, Portugal. Quantitative indicators of public green space were calculated in districts in each city. The accessibility of those spaces was measured using the “walkability” distance and grid methods. The results revealed that there was more availability and accessibility to public green spaces in Tartu than in Faro. However, inequalities were observed in Soviet-era housing block districts in Tartu, where most of the Russian minority live, while Roma communities in Faro were located in districts without access to public green space. The availability of public green spaces varied from 1.22 to 31.44 m2/inhabitant in the districts of Faro, and 1.04 to 164.07 m2/inhabitant in the districts of Tartu. In both cities, 45\% of the inhabitants had accessible public green spaces within 500 m of their residence. The development of targeted new green infrastructure could increase access to 88\% of the population for the city of Faro and 86\% for Tartu, delivering environmental justice without provoking green gentrification. The outcome of this study provides advice to urban planners on how to balance green space distribution within city neighbourhoods.},
language = {eng},
number = {4},
journal = {Land},
author = {de Sousa Silva, Catarina and Viegas, Inês and Panagopoulos, Τhomas and Bell, Simon},
year = {2018},
note = {Place: Basel
Publisher: MDPI AG},
keywords = {20th century, Accessibility, Agriculture, Availability, Biodiversity, Cities, Climate change, Deprived areas, Developed countries, Ecosystems, Environmental equity, Environmental justice, Geographical distribution, Geographical locations, Green development, Green gentrification, Green infrastructure, Housing, Infrastructure, Landscape architecture, Low income groups, Mental health, Minority \& ethnic groups, Neighborhoods, Population, Roma minority, Social classes, Society, Soviet, Soviet-era housing blocks, Sustainable development, Urban planning, Urban regeneration, Urban renewal, Urban sustainability, era housing blocks, landscape urbanism, scape urbanism},
pages = {134--},
}2017 (9)
Rapid extirpation of a North American frog coincides with an increase in fungal pathogen prevalence: Historical analysis and implications for reintroduction. Adams, A. J., Pessier, A. P., & Briggs, C. J. Ecology and Evolution, 7(23):10216–10232, 2017. _eprint: https://www.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/ece3.3468
Paper doi abstract bibtex 1 download
Paper doi abstract bibtex 1 download As extinctions continue across the globe, conservation biologists are turning to species reintroduction programs as one optimistic tool for addressing the biodiversity crisis. For repatriation to become a viable strategy, fundamental prerequisites include determining the causes of declines and assessing whether the causes persist in the environment. Invasive species—especially pathogens—are an increasingly significant factor contributing to biodiversity loss. We hypothesized that Batrachochytrium dendrobatidis (Bd), the causative agent of the deadly amphibian disease chytridiomycosis, was important in the rapid (\textless10 years) localized extirpation of a North American frog (Rana boylii) and that Bd remains widespread among extant amphibians in the region of extirpation. We used an interdisciplinary approach, combining interviews with herpetological experts, analysis of archived field notes and museum specimen collections, and field sampling of the extant amphibian assemblage to examine (1) historical relative abundance of R. boylii; (2) potential causes of R. boylii declines; and (3) historical and contemporary prevalence of Bd. We found that R. boylii were relatively abundant prior to their rapid extirpation, and an increase in Bd prevalence coincided with R. boylii declines during a time of rapid change in the region, wherein backcountry recreation, urban development, and the amphibian pet trade were all on the rise. In addition, extreme flooding during the winter of 1969 coincided with localized extirpations in R. boylii populations observed by interview respondents. We conclude that Bd likely played an important role in the rapid extirpation of R. boylii from southern California and that multiple natural and anthropogenic factors may have worked in concert to make this possible in a relatively short period of time. This study emphasizes the importance of recognizing historical ecological contexts in making future management and reintroduction decisions.
@article{adams_rapid_2017,
title = {Rapid extirpation of a {North} {American} frog coincides with an increase in fungal pathogen prevalence: {Historical} analysis and implications for reintroduction},
volume = {7},
copyright = {© 2017 The Authors. Ecology and Evolution published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd.},
issn = {2045-7758},
shorttitle = {Rapid extirpation of a {North} {American} frog coincides with an increase in fungal pathogen prevalence},
url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/ece3.3468},
doi = {10.1002/ece3.3468},
abstract = {As extinctions continue across the globe, conservation biologists are turning to species reintroduction programs as one optimistic tool for addressing the biodiversity crisis. For repatriation to become a viable strategy, fundamental prerequisites include determining the causes of declines and assessing whether the causes persist in the environment. Invasive species—especially pathogens—are an increasingly significant factor contributing to biodiversity loss. We hypothesized that Batrachochytrium dendrobatidis (Bd), the causative agent of the deadly amphibian disease chytridiomycosis, was important in the rapid ({\textless}10 years) localized extirpation of a North American frog (Rana boylii) and that Bd remains widespread among extant amphibians in the region of extirpation. We used an interdisciplinary approach, combining interviews with herpetological experts, analysis of archived field notes and museum specimen collections, and field sampling of the extant amphibian assemblage to examine (1) historical relative abundance of R. boylii; (2) potential causes of R. boylii declines; and (3) historical and contemporary prevalence of Bd. We found that R. boylii were relatively abundant prior to their rapid extirpation, and an increase in Bd prevalence coincided with R. boylii declines during a time of rapid change in the region, wherein backcountry recreation, urban development, and the amphibian pet trade were all on the rise. In addition, extreme flooding during the winter of 1969 coincided with localized extirpations in R. boylii populations observed by interview respondents. We conclude that Bd likely played an important role in the rapid extirpation of R. boylii from southern California and that multiple natural and anthropogenic factors may have worked in concert to make this possible in a relatively short period of time. This study emphasizes the importance of recognizing historical ecological contexts in making future management and reintroduction decisions.},
language = {en},
number = {23},
urldate = {2021-06-14},
journal = {Ecology and Evolution},
author = {Adams, Andrea J. and Pessier, Allan P. and Briggs, Cheryl J.},
year = {2017},
note = {\_eprint: https://www.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/ece3.3468},
keywords = {Batrachochytrium dendrobatidis, Bd, amphibian decline, biodiversity, historical ecology, local ecological knowledge, oral history, reintroduction},
pages = {10216--10232},
}Emergence of a sixth mass extinction?. Briggs, J. C. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society, 122(2):243–248, October, 2017.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Recently, two articles were published in leading scientific journals, each calling attention to an emerging mass extinction. The two are complementary in that they reached the same conclusion by using data from contrasting environments. But, the important question in each case is, can the beginning of a mass extinction be confidently predicted from the evidence presented? The two articles are the latest of several publications that have stated the Earth is in the beginning of a great extinction episode that will eventually result in the loss of at about 75% of all living species. The most recent extinction of this magnitude occurred at the close of the Cretaceous about 65 million years ago. The new mass extinction prognosis began about 22 years ago and was based on estimates of species extinction, due to human activities, that had reached thousands of species per year. Although such unsupported estimates soon gave way to more realistic approximations based on documented records, the spectre of a mass extinction has remained. However, I have found evidence that human-caused extinctions have amounted to only about 1.5 species per year for the last 500 years and that these losses have probably been equalled or surpassed by species born (speciation) during that time. Without evidence of substantial net species loss, mass extinction becomes a speculation without substance. The world’s greatest conservation problem is not species extinction but population decline to the point where many species exist only as remnants of their former abundance.
@article{briggs_emergence_2017,
title = {Emergence of a sixth mass extinction?},
volume = {122},
issn = {0024-4066},
url = {https://academic.oup.com/biolinnean/article/122/2/243/3869095},
doi = {10.1093/biolinnean/blx063},
abstract = {Recently, two articles were published in leading scientific journals, each calling attention to an emerging mass extinction. The two are complementary in that they reached the same conclusion by using data from contrasting environments. But, the important question in each case is, can the beginning of a mass extinction be confidently predicted from the evidence presented? The two articles are the latest of several publications that have stated the Earth is in the beginning of a great extinction episode that will eventually result in the loss of at about 75\% of all living species. The most recent extinction of this magnitude occurred at the close of the Cretaceous about 65 million years ago. The new mass extinction prognosis began about 22 years ago and was based on estimates of species extinction, due to human activities, that had reached thousands of species per year. Although such unsupported estimates soon gave way to more realistic approximations based on documented records, the spectre of a mass extinction has remained. However, I have found evidence that human-caused extinctions have amounted to only about 1.5 species per year for the last 500 years and that these losses have probably been equalled or surpassed by species born (speciation) during that time. Without evidence of substantial net species loss, mass extinction becomes a speculation without substance. The world’s greatest conservation problem is not species extinction but population decline to the point where many species exist only as remnants of their former abundance.},
number = {2},
urldate = {2017-11-11},
journal = {Biological Journal of the Linnean Society},
author = {Briggs, John C.},
month = oct,
year = {2017},
keywords = {biodiversity, boundaries, collapse},
pages = {243--248},
file = {Briggs - 2017 - Emergence of a sixth mass extinction.pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\YEGRZMAC\\Briggs - 2017 - Emergence of a sixth mass extinction.pdf:application/pdf}
}Losing Legacies, Ecological Release, and Transient Responses: Key Challenges for the Future of Northern Ecosystem Science. Turetsky, M. R., Baltzer, J. L., Johnstone, J. F., Mack, M. C., McCann, K., & Schuur, E. A. G. Ecosystems, 20(1):23–30, January, 2017.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Northern ecosystem processes play out across scales that are rare elsewhere on contemporary earth: large ranging predator-prey systems are still operational, invasive species are rare, and large-scale natural disturbances occur extensively. Disturbances in the far north affect huge areas of land and are difficult to control or manage. Historically, disturbance patterns and processes ranging across a number of spatio-temporal scales have played an important role in the resilience of northern ecosystems. However, due to interactions with a warming climate, these disturbances are now erasing key legacies of the last millennia of ecosystem processes. Building on the concepts of legacies and cross-scale interactions, we highlight several general conceptual issues that represent key challenges for the future of northern ecosystem science, but that also have relevance to other biomes.
@article{turetsky_losing_2017,
title = {Losing {Legacies}, {Ecological} {Release}, and {Transient} {Responses}: {Key} {Challenges} for the {Future} of {Northern} {Ecosystem} {Science}},
volume = {20},
issn = {1432-9840},
shorttitle = {Losing {Legacies}, {Ecological} {Release}, and {Transient} {Responses}: {Key} {Challenges} for the {Future} of {Northern} {Ecosystem} {Science}},
url = {://WOS:000392317000004},
doi = {10.1007/s10021-016-0055-2},
abstract = {Northern ecosystem processes play out across scales that are rare elsewhere on contemporary earth: large ranging predator-prey systems are still operational, invasive species are rare, and large-scale natural disturbances occur extensively. Disturbances in the far north affect huge areas of land and are difficult to control or manage. Historically, disturbance patterns and processes ranging across a number of spatio-temporal scales have played an important role in the resilience of northern ecosystems. However, due to interactions with a warming climate, these disturbances are now erasing key legacies of the last millennia of ecosystem processes. Building on the concepts of legacies and cross-scale interactions, we highlight several general conceptual issues that represent key challenges for the future of northern ecosystem science, but that also have relevance to other biomes.},
language = {English},
number = {1},
journal = {Ecosystems},
author = {Turetsky, M. R. and Baltzer, J. L. and Johnstone, J. F. and Mack, M. C. and McCann, K. and Schuur, E. A. G.},
month = jan,
year = {2017},
keywords = {Environmental Sciences \& Ecology, amplification, arctic, biodiversity, boreal, boreal forest, canada, carbon, consequences, disturbance, diversity, dynamics, niche, pattern, permafrost, recent climate-change, scale, succession, trophic interactions, wildfire},
pages = {23--30}
}Molecular phylogeny of atractus (Serpentes, dipsadidae), with emphasis on Ecuadorian species and the description of three new taxa. Arteaga, A., Mebert, K., Valencia, J., Cisneros-Heredia, D., Peñafiel, N., Reyes-Puig, C., Vieira-Fernandes, J., & Guayasamin, J. ZooKeys, 2017.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
© Alejandro Arteaga et al. We present a molecular phylogeny of snake genus Atractus, with an improved taxon sampling that includes 30 of the 140 species currently recognized. The phylogenetic tree supports the existence of at least three new species in the Pacific lowlands and adjacent Andean slopes of the Ecuadorian Andes, which we describe here. A unique combination of molecular, meristic and color pattern characters support the validity of the new species. With the newly acquired data, we propose and define the A. iridescens species group, as well as redefine the A. roulei species group. The species A. iridescens is reported for the first time in Ecuador, whereas A. bocourti and A. medusa are removed from the herpetofauna of this country. We provide the first photographic vouchers of live specimens for A. multicinctus, A. paucidens and A. touzeti, along with photographs of 19 other Ecuadorian Atractus species. The current status of A. occidentalis and A. paucidens is maintained based on the discovery of new material referable to these species. With these changes, the species number reported in Ecuador increases to 27, a number that is likely to increase as material not examined in this work becomes available and included in systematic studies.
@article{
title = {Molecular phylogeny of atractus (Serpentes, dipsadidae), with emphasis on Ecuadorian species and the description of three new taxa},
type = {article},
year = {2017},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {Atractus,Biodiversity,Ecuador,Groundsnakes,New species,Pacific lowlands,Phylogeny},
volume = {2017},
id = {fe5f2285-ab04-3095-b449-e7cc243416cc},
created = {2017-11-28T04:12:25.650Z},
file_attached = {false},
profile_id = {767949ac-04f3-3801-8455-4ac0e0b210a8},
last_modified = {2017-11-28T04:12:25.650Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {true},
confirmed = {false},
hidden = {false},
private_publication = {false},
abstract = {© Alejandro Arteaga et al. We present a molecular phylogeny of snake genus Atractus, with an improved taxon sampling that includes 30 of the 140 species currently recognized. The phylogenetic tree supports the existence of at least three new species in the Pacific lowlands and adjacent Andean slopes of the Ecuadorian Andes, which we describe here. A unique combination of molecular, meristic and color pattern characters support the validity of the new species. With the newly acquired data, we propose and define the A. iridescens species group, as well as redefine the A. roulei species group. The species A. iridescens is reported for the first time in Ecuador, whereas A. bocourti and A. medusa are removed from the herpetofauna of this country. We provide the first photographic vouchers of live specimens for A. multicinctus, A. paucidens and A. touzeti, along with photographs of 19 other Ecuadorian Atractus species. The current status of A. occidentalis and A. paucidens is maintained based on the discovery of new material referable to these species. With these changes, the species number reported in Ecuador increases to 27, a number that is likely to increase as material not examined in this work becomes available and included in systematic studies.},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Arteaga, A. and Mebert, K. and Valencia, J.H. and Cisneros-Heredia, D.F. and Peñafiel, N. and Reyes-Puig, C. and Vieira-Fernandes, J.L. and Guayasamin, J.M.},
journal = {ZooKeys},
number = {661}
}Thresholds of biodiversity and ecosystem function in a forest ecosystem undergoing dieback. Evans, P. M., Newton, A. C., Cantarello, E., Martin, P., Sanderson, N., Jones, D. L., Barsoum, N., Cottrell, J. E., A’Hara, S. W., & Fuller, L. Scientific Reports, 7(1):6775, July, 2017. 00000
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Ecological thresholds, which represent points of rapid change in ecological properties, are of major scientific and societal concern. However, very little research has focused on empirically testing the occurrence of thresholds in temperate terrestrial ecosystems. To address this knowledge gap, we tested whether a number of biodiversity, ecosystem functions and ecosystem condition metrics exhibited thresholds in response to a gradient of forest dieback, measured as changes in basal area of living trees relative to areas that lacked recent dieback. The gradient of dieback was sampled using 12 replicate study areas in a temperate forest ecosystem. Our results provide novel evidence of several thresholds in biodiversity (namely species richness of ectomycorrhizal fungi, epiphytic lichen and ground flora); for ecological condition (e.g. sward height, palatable seedling abundance) and a single threshold for ecosystem function (i.e. soil respiration rate). Mechanisms for these thresholds are explored. As climate-induced forest dieback is increasing worldwide, both in scale and speed, these results imply that threshold responses may become increasingly widespread.
@article{evans_thresholds_2017,
title = {Thresholds of biodiversity and ecosystem function in a forest ecosystem undergoing dieback},
volume = {7},
copyright = {2017 The Author(s)},
issn = {2045-2322},
url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-017-06082-6},
doi = {10.1038/s41598-017-06082-6},
abstract = {Ecological thresholds, which represent points of rapid change in ecological properties, are of major scientific and societal concern. However, very little research has focused on empirically testing the occurrence of thresholds in temperate terrestrial ecosystems. To address this knowledge gap, we tested whether a number of biodiversity, ecosystem functions and ecosystem condition metrics exhibited thresholds in response to a gradient of forest dieback, measured as changes in basal area of living trees relative to areas that lacked recent dieback. The gradient of dieback was sampled using 12 replicate study areas in a temperate forest ecosystem. Our results provide novel evidence of several thresholds in biodiversity (namely species richness of ectomycorrhizal fungi, epiphytic lichen and ground flora); for ecological condition (e.g. sward height, palatable seedling abundance) and a single threshold for ecosystem function (i.e. soil respiration rate). Mechanisms for these thresholds are explored. As climate-induced forest dieback is increasing worldwide, both in scale and speed, these results imply that threshold responses may become increasingly widespread.},
language = {En},
number = {1},
urldate = {2017-09-26},
journal = {Scientific Reports},
author = {Evans, P. M. and Newton, A. C. and Cantarello, E. and Martin, P. and Sanderson, N. and Jones, D. L. and Barsoum, N. and Cottrell, J. E. and A’Hara, S. W. and Fuller, L.},
month = jul,
year = {2017},
note = {00000},
keywords = {biodiversity, boundaries, collapse, forests},
pages = {6775},
file = {Evans et al. - 2017 - Thresholds of biodiversity and ecosystem function .pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\M43IMG3P\\Evans et al. - 2017 - Thresholds of biodiversity and ecosystem function .pdf:application/pdf}
}Land-Use Redistribution Compensated for Ecosystem Service Losses Derived from Agriculture Expansion, with Mixed Effects on Biodiversity in a NW Argentina Watershed. Nanni, A. S. & Grau, H. R. Forests, 8(8):303, August, 2017.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Areas of land abandonment and agriculture expansion usually differ in location and associated environmental characteristics; thus, land-use redistribution affects the provision of ecosystem services and biodiversity conservation. In a subtropical region undergoing land redistribution patterns characteristic of Latin America, we estimated 20-year changes in food production, above-ground carbon stocks and soil erosion due to land cover change, and the potential effects of such redistribution of forests on the diversity of birds and mammals. Between 1986 and 2006, despite only 0.3% of net forest cover change, 7% of the total area (ca. 280,000 has) switched between forest and non-forest covers. Food production increased by 46%, while the estimated ecosystem services changed by less than 10%. Forest carbon remained stable, with gains in montane humid forests compensating for losses in lowlands. Modeled soil erosion increased, but sediment accumulation at the watershed bottom remained stable. The responses of birds and mammals to forest redistribution differed and were stronger in birds. Due to the strong responses of birds to forest loss, lowland bird communities might be especially threatened by current land-use trends. Results suggest that land redistribution associated with the adjustment of agriculture towards soils suitable for mechanized agriculture can help mitigate associated losses in ecosystem services and biodiversity, but species and supporting services depending on easily-converted ecosystems require appropriate landscape management practices.
@article{nanni_land-use_2017,
title = {Land-{Use} {Redistribution} {Compensated} for {Ecosystem} {Service} {Losses} {Derived} from {Agriculture} {Expansion}, with {Mixed} {Effects} on {Biodiversity} in a {NW} {Argentina} {Watershed}},
volume = {8},
copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
url = {http://www.mdpi.com/1999-4907/8/8/303},
doi = {10.3390/f8080303},
abstract = {Areas of land abandonment and agriculture expansion usually differ in location and associated environmental characteristics; thus, land-use redistribution affects the provision of ecosystem services and biodiversity conservation. In a subtropical region undergoing land redistribution patterns characteristic of Latin America, we estimated 20-year changes in food production, above-ground carbon stocks and soil erosion due to land cover change, and the potential effects of such redistribution of forests on the diversity of birds and mammals. Between 1986 and 2006, despite only 0.3\% of net forest cover change, 7\% of the total area (ca. 280,000 has) switched between forest and non-forest covers. Food production increased by 46\%, while the estimated ecosystem services changed by less than 10\%. Forest carbon remained stable, with gains in montane humid forests compensating for losses in lowlands. Modeled soil erosion increased, but sediment accumulation at the watershed bottom remained stable. The responses of birds and mammals to forest redistribution differed and were stronger in birds. Due to the strong responses of birds to forest loss, lowland bird communities might be especially threatened by current land-use trends. Results suggest that land redistribution associated with the adjustment of agriculture towards soils suitable for mechanized agriculture can help mitigate associated losses in ecosystem services and biodiversity, but species and supporting services depending on easily-converted ecosystems require appropriate landscape management practices.},
language = {en},
number = {8},
urldate = {2018-02-25TZ},
journal = {Forests},
author = {Nanni, Ana Sofía and Grau, Héctor Ricardo},
month = aug,
year = {2017},
keywords = {biodiversity, ecosystem services, forest redistribution, land-use change, topography},
pages = {303}
}Algal richness and life-history strategies are influenced by hydrology and phosphorus in two major subtropical wetlands. Marazzi, L., Gaiser, E. E., Jones, V. J., Tobias, F. A. C., & Mackay, A. W. Freshwater Biology, 62(2):274–290, February, 2017.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex We explored controls of algal taxon richness (hereafter richness) in complex and hydrologically dynamic flood-pulsed wetlands by comparing results from independent studies in two globally important subtropical wetlands: the Okavango Delta (Botswana) and the Florida Everglades (U.S.A.). In both wetlands, the flood pulse hydrology is regulated by distinct wet and dry seasons, and creates floodplain landscapes with heterogeneous habitats; algal growth is limited by phosphorus (P); and water uses threaten ecosystem function. To inform future comparisons of algal richness and distribution patterns, we assessed the role of hydrology and P as key controls of richness, and identified indicator taxa of desiccation disturbance and P scarcity in these wetlands under increasing hydrological, nutrient, and habitat changes. We used the intermediate disturbance hypothesis, and the species-energy theory to explain algal richness patterns, and the competitive, stress-tolerant, ruderal (CSR) framework to classify indicator taxa. We collected algal samples, environmental data and information expected to influence community structure (water depth, relative depth change, P concentrations, hydroperiod and habitat type) over several years at sites representing a broad range of environmental characteristics. To account for sample size differences, we estimated algal richness by determining the asymptote of taxon accumulation curves. Using multiple regression analysis, we assessed if and how water depth, depth change, P, hydroperiod, and habitat type influence richness within each wetland. We then compared the strength of the relationships between these controlling features and richness between wetlands. Using indicator species analysis on relative abundance data, we classified C, S and R indicator taxa associated with shorter/longer hydroperiod, and lower/higher P concentrations. In either wetland, we did not observe the negative unimodal relationship between site-specific richness and water depth change that was expected following the intermediate disturbance hypothesis. It is possible that this relationship exists at more highly resolved temporal scales than the semi-annual to annual scales hypothesised here. However, as nutrient flows and algal habitats depend on these wetlands' flood pulse, maintaining the Okavango's natural pulse, and increasing freshwater flow in the Everglades would help protect these wetlands' algal diversity. Chlorophyta richness (Okavango), and total, Bacillariophyta, Chlorophyta and cyanobacteria richness (Everglades) increased with higher P concentrations, as per species-energy theory. In the Okavango, we classified 6 C and 49 R indicator taxa (e.g. many planktonic Chlorophyta), and in the Everglades, 15 C, 1 S and 9 R taxa (e.g. benthic Bacillariophyta and planktonic/benthic Chlorophyta), and one stress- and disturbance-tolerant cyanobacterium species. Our results offer baseline information for future comparisons of richness, and abundance of C, S and R indicator taxa in subtropical wetlands; this can be used to quantify how algal communities may respond to potential changes in hydrology and P due to water diversion, anthropogenic nutrient loads, and climate change. Examining microhabitat heterogeneity, nitrogen and light availability, and grazing pressure in such wetlands would further illuminate patch-scale controls of richness and life-history strategy distribution in algal communities.
@article{marazzi_algal_2017,
title = {Algal richness and life-history strategies are influenced by hydrology and phosphorus in two major subtropical wetlands},
volume = {62},
issn = {0046-5070},
shorttitle = {Algal richness and life-history strategies are influenced by hydrology and phosphorus in two major subtropical wetlands},
url = {://WOS:000393793100005},
doi = {10.1111/fwb.12866},
abstract = {We explored controls of algal taxon richness (hereafter richness) in complex and hydrologically dynamic flood-pulsed wetlands by comparing results from independent studies in two globally important subtropical wetlands: the Okavango Delta (Botswana) and the Florida Everglades (U.S.A.). In both wetlands, the flood pulse hydrology is regulated by distinct wet and dry seasons, and creates floodplain landscapes with heterogeneous habitats; algal growth is limited by phosphorus (P); and water uses threaten ecosystem function. To inform future comparisons of algal richness and distribution patterns, we assessed the role of hydrology and P as key controls of richness, and identified indicator taxa of desiccation disturbance and P scarcity in these wetlands under increasing hydrological, nutrient, and habitat changes. We used the intermediate disturbance hypothesis, and the species-energy theory to explain algal richness patterns, and the competitive, stress-tolerant, ruderal (CSR) framework to classify indicator taxa. We collected algal samples, environmental data and information expected to influence community structure (water depth, relative depth change, P concentrations, hydroperiod and habitat type) over several years at sites representing a broad range of environmental characteristics. To account for sample size differences, we estimated algal richness by determining the asymptote of taxon accumulation curves. Using multiple regression analysis, we assessed if and how water depth, depth change, P, hydroperiod, and habitat type influence richness within each wetland. We then compared the strength of the relationships between these controlling features and richness between wetlands. Using indicator species analysis on relative abundance data, we classified C, S and R indicator taxa associated with shorter/longer hydroperiod, and lower/higher P concentrations. In either wetland, we did not observe the negative unimodal relationship between site-specific richness and water depth change that was expected following the intermediate disturbance hypothesis. It is possible that this relationship exists at more highly resolved temporal scales than the semi-annual to annual scales hypothesised here. However, as nutrient flows and algal habitats depend on these wetlands' flood pulse, maintaining the Okavango's natural pulse, and increasing freshwater flow in the Everglades would help protect these wetlands' algal diversity. Chlorophyta richness (Okavango), and total, Bacillariophyta, Chlorophyta and cyanobacteria richness (Everglades) increased with higher P concentrations, as per species-energy theory. In the Okavango, we classified 6 C and 49 R indicator taxa (e.g. many planktonic Chlorophyta), and in the Everglades, 15 C, 1 S and 9 R taxa (e.g. benthic Bacillariophyta and planktonic/benthic Chlorophyta), and one stress- and disturbance-tolerant cyanobacterium species. Our results offer baseline information for future comparisons of richness, and abundance of C, S and R indicator taxa in subtropical wetlands; this can be used to quantify how algal communities may respond to potential changes in hydrology and P due to water diversion, anthropogenic nutrient loads, and climate change. Examining microhabitat heterogeneity, nitrogen and light availability, and grazing pressure in such wetlands would further illuminate patch-scale controls of richness and life-history strategy distribution in algal communities.},
language = {English},
number = {2},
journal = {Freshwater Biology},
author = {Marazzi, L. and Gaiser, E. E. and Jones, V. J. and Tobias, F. A. C. and Mackay, A. W.},
month = feb,
year = {2017},
keywords = {biodiversity, algae, Environmental Sciences \& Ecology, phosphorus, hydrology, water chemistry, florida everglades, species-diversity, climate-change, Marine \& Freshwater Biology, biogeographical notes, diversity relationships, floodplains, intermediate disturbance, okavango desmids zygnematophyceae, phytoplankton communities, subtropical wetlands, temporary},
pages = {274--290}
}Biological Annihilation via the Ongoing Sixth Mass Extinction Signaled by Vertebrate Population Losses and Declines. Ceballos, G., Ehrlich, P. R., & Dirzo, R. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 114(30):E6089-E6096, July, 2017.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
[Significance] The strong focus on species extinctions, a critical aspect of the contemporary pulse of biological extinction, leads to a common misimpression that Earth's biota is not immediately threatened, just slowly entering an episode of major biodiversity loss. This view overlooks the current trends of population declines and extinctions. Using a sample of 27,600 terrestrial vertebrate species, and a more detailed analysis of 177 mammal species, we show the extremely high degree of population decay in vertebrates, even in common '' species of low concern.'' Dwindling population sizes and range shrinkages amount to a massive anthropogenic erosion of biodiversity and of the ecosystem services essential to civilization. This '' biological annihilation'' underlines the seriousness for humanity of Earth's ongoing sixth mass extinction event. [Abstract] The population extinction pulse we describe here shows, from a quantitative viewpoint, that Earth's sixth mass extinction is more severe than perceived when looking exclusively at species extinctions. Therefore, humanity needs to address anthropogenic population extirpation and decimation immediately. That conclusion is based on analyses of the numbers and degrees of range contraction (indicative of population shrinkage and/or population extinctions according to the International Union for Conservation of Nature) using a sample of 27,600 vertebrate species, and on a more detailed analysis documenting the population extinctions between 1900 and 2015 in 177 mammal species. We find that the rate of population loss in terrestrial vertebrates is extremely high – even in '' species of low concern.'' In our sample, comprising nearly half of known vertebrate species, 32\,% (8,851/27,600) are decreasing; that is, they have decreased in population size and range. In the 177 mammals for which we have detailed data, all have lost 30\,% or more of their geographic ranges and more than 40\,% of the species have experienced severe population declines ($>$80\,% range shrinkage). Our data indicate that beyond global species extinctions Earth is experiencing a huge episode of population declines and extirpations, which will have negative cascading consequences on ecosystem functioning and services vital to sustaining civilization. We describe this as a '' biological annihilation'' to highlight the current magnitude of Earth's ongoing sixth major extinction event.
@article{ceballosBiologicalAnnihilationOngoing2017,
title = {Biological Annihilation via the Ongoing Sixth Mass Extinction Signaled by Vertebrate Population Losses and Declines},
author = {Ceballos, Gerardo and Ehrlich, Paul R. and Dirzo, Rodolfo},
year = {2017},
month = jul,
volume = {114},
pages = {E6089-E6096},
issn = {1091-6490},
doi = {10.1073/pnas.1704949114},
abstract = {[Significance]
The strong focus on species extinctions, a critical aspect of the contemporary pulse of biological extinction, leads to a common misimpression that Earth's biota is not immediately threatened, just slowly entering an episode of major biodiversity loss. This view overlooks the current trends of population declines and extinctions. Using a sample of 27,600 terrestrial vertebrate species, and a more detailed analysis of 177 mammal species, we show the extremely high degree of population decay in vertebrates, even in common '' species of low concern.'' Dwindling population sizes and range shrinkages amount to a massive anthropogenic erosion of biodiversity and of the ecosystem services essential to civilization. This '' biological annihilation'' underlines the seriousness for humanity of Earth's ongoing sixth mass extinction event.
[Abstract]
The population extinction pulse we describe here shows, from a quantitative viewpoint, that Earth's sixth mass extinction is more severe than perceived when looking exclusively at species extinctions. Therefore, humanity needs to address anthropogenic population extirpation and decimation immediately. That conclusion is based on analyses of the numbers and degrees of range contraction (indicative of population shrinkage and/or population extinctions according to the International Union for Conservation of Nature) using a sample of 27,600 vertebrate species, and on a more detailed analysis documenting the population extinctions between 1900 and 2015 in 177 mammal species. We find that the rate of population loss in terrestrial vertebrates is extremely high -- even in '' species of low concern.'' In our sample, comprising nearly half of known vertebrate species, 32\,\% (8,851/27,600) are decreasing; that is, they have decreased in population size and range. In the 177 mammals for which we have detailed data, all have lost 30\,\% or more of their geographic ranges and more than 40\,\% of the species have experienced severe population declines ({$>$}80\,\% range shrinkage). Our data indicate that beyond global species extinctions Earth is experiencing a huge episode of population declines and extirpations, which will have negative cascading consequences on ecosystem functioning and services vital to sustaining civilization. We describe this as a '' biological annihilation'' to highlight the current magnitude of Earth's ongoing sixth major extinction event.},
journal = {Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14401158,~to-add-doi-URL,anthropocene,anthropogenic-changes,anthropogenic-impacts,biodiversity,iucn,mass-extinction,spatial-pattern,species-extinction,species-richness,vertebrate},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14401158},
number = {30}
}Bird and bat species’ global vulnerability to collision mortality at wind farms revealed through a trait-based assessment. Thaxter, C., B., Buchanan, G., M., Carr, J., Butchart, S., H., Newbold, T., Green, R., E., Tobias, J., A., Foden, W., B., O’Brien, S., & Pearce-Higgins, J., W. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 2017.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
Mitigation of anthropogenic climate change involves deployments of renewable energy worldwide, including wind farms, which can pose a significant collision risk to volant animals. Most studies into the collision risk between species and wind turbines, however, have taken place in industrialized countries. Potential effects for many locations and species therefore remain unclear. To redress this gap, we conducted a systematic literature review of recorded collisions between birds and bats and wind turbines within developed countries. We related collision rate to species-level traits and turbine characteristics to quantify the potential vulnerability of 9538 bird and 888 bat species globally. Avian collision rate was affected by migratory strategy, dispersal distance and habitat associations, and bat collision rates were influenced by dispersal distance. For birds and bats, larger turbine capacity (megawatts) increased collision rates; however, deploying a smaller number of large turbines with greater energy output reduced total collision risk per unit energy output, although bat mortality increased again with the largest turbines. Areas with high concentrations of vulnerable species were also identified, including migration corridors. Our results can therefore guide wind farm design and location to reduce the risk of large-scale animal mortality. This is the first quantitative global assessment of the relative collision vulnerability of species groups with wind turbines, providing valuable guidance for minimizing potentially serious negative impacts on biodiversity.
@article{
title = {Bird and bat species’ global vulnerability to collision mortality at wind farms revealed through a trait-based assessment},
type = {article},
year = {2017},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {Biodiversity,Climate change,Impact,Metaanalysis,Phylogeny,Renewable energy},
volume = {284},
id = {051abdd1-22d9-3226-808d-2123301261da},
created = {2019-11-12T14:21:20.487Z},
file_attached = {true},
profile_id = {1fa2588f-51c8-363f-a9a8-c1bf44b40c2b},
group_id = {3addd0f7-d578-34d3-be80-24022cc062a1},
last_modified = {2019-11-12T14:21:31.093Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
folder_uuids = {aa97dc5e-56f7-49c1-8274-469c64f7904f},
private_publication = {false},
abstract = {Mitigation of anthropogenic climate change involves deployments of renewable energy worldwide, including wind farms, which can pose a significant collision risk to volant animals. Most studies into the collision risk between species and wind turbines, however, have taken place in industrialized countries. Potential effects for many locations and species therefore remain unclear. To redress this gap, we conducted a systematic literature review of recorded collisions between birds and bats and wind turbines within developed countries. We related collision rate to species-level traits and turbine characteristics to quantify the potential vulnerability of 9538 bird and 888 bat species globally. Avian collision rate was affected by migratory strategy, dispersal distance and habitat associations, and bat collision rates were influenced by dispersal distance. For birds and bats, larger turbine capacity (megawatts) increased collision rates; however, deploying a smaller number of large turbines with greater energy output reduced total collision risk per unit energy output, although bat mortality increased again with the largest turbines. Areas with high concentrations of vulnerable species were also identified, including migration corridors. Our results can therefore guide wind farm design and location to reduce the risk of large-scale animal mortality. This is the first quantitative global assessment of the relative collision vulnerability of species groups with wind turbines, providing valuable guidance for minimizing potentially serious negative impacts on biodiversity.},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Thaxter, Chris B. and Buchanan, Graeme M. and Carr, Jamie and Butchart, Stuart H.M. and Newbold, Tim and Green, Rhys E. and Tobias, Joseph A. and Foden, Wendy B. and O’Brien, Sue and Pearce-Higgins, James W.},
journal = {Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences},
number = {1862}
}2016 (6)
An analysis of land cover change in Northern Virginia in the first decade of 21st century. Liu, Z., Sun, Z., & Di, L. In 2016 Fifth International Conference on Agro-Geoinformatics (Agro-Geoinformatics), pages 1–5, July, 2016.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Land cover change is a significant branch in global change researches and provides essential supporting materials for further studies on biogeochemical cycle, biodiversity, hydrology and climate changes. Based on the NLCD (National Land Cover Database), this study aims to measure the differences and spatiotemporal characteristics of land cover change from 2001 to 2011 by quantitative analysis. We designed and carried out a series of analysis experiments on NLCD for two major counties (Fairfax and Loudoun) in Northern Virginia. The results show that during the period from 2001 to 2011, the dominant land cover in Loudoun County was agricultural field, while in Fairfax County the major portion was occupied by developed land. Meantime, urban/suburban developments occurred in both counties. Developed land increasingly expanded and massively occupied agricultural land in Loudoun and forests in Fairfax. There is a significant difference in speed and scale of growth for developed land. Specifically, the area of developed land showed a continuous increase, while the area of agricultural and forest land experienced a decrease. In terms of second-level land classification hierarchy, in Loudoun County medium intensity developed land has the largest increase while the area of cultivated land has the biggest shrinking in the studied period. In Fairfax County, the barren land has the biggest change ratio with dynamic degree index of 5.22%, followed by the high intensity developed land with the dynamic degree index of 2.18% The new developed land in Loudoun County was mainly converted from cultivated land and evergreen forest land, while in Fairfax County it was mainly transferred from evergreen forest and mixed forest land. It indicates that there was a significant growth trend in speed and intensity of urban sprawl in Fairfax County. Given different location condition leads to difference of land cover pattern, the direction and scale of land cover change in both counties will greatly impact on the suitability of residential environment and public health.
@inproceedings{liu_analysis_2016,
title = {An analysis of land cover change in {Northern} {Virginia} in the first decade of 21st century},
doi = {10.1109/Agro-Geoinformatics.2016.7577675},
abstract = {Land cover change is a significant branch in global change researches and provides essential supporting materials for further studies on biogeochemical cycle, biodiversity, hydrology and climate changes. Based on the NLCD (National Land Cover Database), this study aims to measure the differences and spatiotemporal characteristics of land cover change from 2001 to 2011 by quantitative analysis. We designed and carried out a series of analysis experiments on NLCD for two major counties (Fairfax and Loudoun) in Northern Virginia. The results show that during the period from 2001 to 2011, the dominant land cover in Loudoun County was agricultural field, while in Fairfax County the major portion was occupied by developed land. Meantime, urban/suburban developments occurred in both counties. Developed land increasingly expanded and massively occupied agricultural land in Loudoun and forests in Fairfax. There is a significant difference in speed and scale of growth for developed land. Specifically, the area of developed land showed a continuous increase, while the area of agricultural and forest land experienced a decrease. In terms of second-level land classification hierarchy, in Loudoun County medium intensity developed land has the largest increase while the area of cultivated land has the biggest shrinking in the studied period. In Fairfax County, the barren land has the biggest change ratio with dynamic degree index of 5.22\%, followed by the high intensity developed land with the dynamic degree index of 2.18\% The new developed land in Loudoun County was mainly converted from cultivated land and evergreen forest land, while in Fairfax County it was mainly transferred from evergreen forest and mixed forest land. It indicates that there was a significant growth trend in speed and intensity of urban sprawl in Fairfax County. Given different location condition leads to difference of land cover pattern, the direction and scale of land cover change in both counties will greatly impact on the suitability of residential environment and public health.},
booktitle = {2016 {Fifth} {International} {Conference} on {Agro}-{Geoinformatics} ({Agro}-{Geoinformatics})},
author = {Liu, Z. and Sun, Z. and Di, L.},
month = jul,
year = {2016},
keywords = {AD 2001 to 2011, agricultural land, Agriculture, biodiversity, biogeochemical cycle, climate change, dynamic degree, evergreen forest land, Fairfax county, forestry, hydrology, Indexes, land classification hierarchy, land cover, land cover change, land cover change analysis, land cover pattern, Loudoun county, Market research, National Land Cover Database, NLCD, Northern Virginia, Sociology, Statistics, transfer matrix, urban /suburban development, urban sprawl, urban-suburban development, Wetlands},
pages = {1--5},
file = {IEEE Xplore Abstract Record:/Volumes/mini-disk1/Google Drive/_lib/zotero/storage/MB5JLUM7/7577675.html:text/html;IEEE Xplore Full Text PDF:/Volumes/mini-disk1/Google Drive/_lib/zotero/storage/947KAE8L/Liu et al. - 2016 - An analysis of land cover change in Northern Virgi.pdf:application/pdf}
}War and wildlife: linking armed conflict to conservation. Gaynor, K. M, Fiorella, K. J, Gregory, G. H, Kurz, D. J, Seto, K. L, Withey, L. S, & Brashares, J. S Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment, 14(10):533–542, December, 2016. 00000
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Armed conflict throughout the world's biodiversity hotspots poses a critical threat to conservation efforts. To date, research and policy have focused more on the ultimate outcomes of conflict for wildlife rather than on the ecological, social, and economic processes that create those outcomes. Yet the militarization that accompanies armed conflict, as well as consequent changes in governance, economies, and human settlement, has diverse influences on wildlife populations and habitats. To better understand these complex dynamics, we summarized 144 case studies from around the world and identified 24 distinct pathways linking armed conflict to wildlife outcomes. The most commonly cited pathways reflect changes to institutional and socioeconomic factors, rather than tactical aspects of conflict. Marked differences in the most salient pathways emerge across geographic regions and wildlife taxa. Our review demonstrates that mitigating the negative effects of conflict on biodiversity conservation requires a nuanced understanding of the ways in which conflict affects wildlife populations and communities.
@article{gaynor_war_2016,
title = {War and wildlife: linking armed conflict to conservation},
volume = {14},
issn = {15409295},
shorttitle = {War and wildlife},
url = {http://doi.wiley.com/10.1002/fee.1433},
doi = {10.1002/fee.1433},
abstract = {Armed conflict throughout the world's biodiversity hotspots poses a critical threat to conservation efforts. To date, research and policy have focused more on the ultimate outcomes of conflict for wildlife rather than on the ecological, social, and economic processes that create those outcomes. Yet the militarization that accompanies armed conflict, as well as consequent changes in governance, economies, and human settlement, has diverse influences on wildlife populations and habitats. To better understand these complex dynamics, we summarized 144 case studies from around the world and identified 24 distinct pathways linking armed conflict to wildlife outcomes. The most commonly cited pathways reflect changes to institutional and socioeconomic factors, rather than tactical aspects of conflict. Marked differences in the most salient pathways emerge across geographic regions and wildlife taxa. Our review demonstrates that mitigating the negative effects of conflict on biodiversity conservation requires a nuanced understanding of the ways in which conflict affects wildlife populations and communities.},
language = {en},
number = {10},
urldate = {2016-12-13},
journal = {Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment},
author = {Gaynor, Kaitlyn M and Fiorella, Kathryn J and Gregory, Gillian H and Kurz, David J and Seto, Katherine L and Withey, Lauren S and Brashares, Justin S},
month = dec,
year = {2016},
note = {00000},
keywords = {biodiversity, violence-conflicts-wars, collapse},
pages = {533--542},
file = {Gaynor et al. - 2016 - War and wildlife linking armed conflict to conser.pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\8NSRQURE\\Gaynor et al. - 2016 - War and wildlife linking armed conflict to conser.pdf:application/pdf}
}An Anthropocene Map of Genetic Diversity. Miraldo, A., Li, S., Borregaard, M. K., Florez-Rodriguez, A., Gopalakrishnan, S., Rizvanovic, M., Wang, Z., Rahbek, C., Marske, K. A., & Nogues-Bravo, D. Science, 353(6307):1532–1535, September, 2016.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
The Anthropocene is witnessing a loss of biodiversity, with well-documented declines in the diversity of ecosystems and species. For intraspecific genetic diversity, however, we lack even basic knowledge on its global distribution. We georeferenced 92,801 mitochondrial sequences for $>$4500 species of terrestrial mammals and amphibians, and found that genetic diversity is 27\,% higher in the tropics than in nontropical regions. Overall, habitats that are more affected by humans hold less genetic diversity than wilder regions, although results for mammals are sensitive to choice of genetic locus. Our study associates geographic coordinates with publicly available genetic sequences at a massive scale, yielding an opportunity to investigate both the drivers of this component of biodiversity and the genetic consequences of the anthropogenic modification of nature.
@article{miraldoAnthropoceneMapGenetic2016,
title = {An {{Anthropocene}} Map of Genetic Diversity},
author = {Miraldo, A. and Li, S. and Borregaard, M. K. and {Florez-Rodriguez}, A. and Gopalakrishnan, S. and Rizvanovic, M. and Wang, Z. and Rahbek, C. and Marske, K. A. and {Nogues-Bravo}, D.},
year = {2016},
month = sep,
volume = {353},
pages = {1532--1535},
issn = {0036-8075},
doi = {10.1126/science.aaf4381},
abstract = {The Anthropocene is witnessing a loss of biodiversity, with well-documented declines in the diversity of ecosystems and species. For intraspecific genetic diversity, however, we lack even basic knowledge on its global distribution. We georeferenced 92,801 mitochondrial sequences for {$>$}4500 species of terrestrial mammals and amphibians, and found that genetic diversity is 27\,\% higher in the tropics than in nontropical regions. Overall, habitats that are more affected by humans hold less genetic diversity than wilder regions, although results for mammals are sensitive to choice of genetic locus. Our study associates geographic coordinates with publicly available genetic sequences at a massive scale, yielding an opportunity to investigate both the drivers of this component of biodiversity and the genetic consequences of the anthropogenic modification of nature.},
journal = {Science},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14149078,amphibians,anthropic-feedback,anthropocene,anthropogenic-impacts,biodiversity,genetic-diversity,global-scale,mammals},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14149078},
number = {6307}
}Intraspecific Trait Variation across Scales: Implications for Understanding Global Change Responses. Moran, E. V., Hartig, F., & Bell, D. M. Global Change Biology, 22(1):137–150, January, 2016.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Recognition of the importance of intraspecific variation in ecological processes has been growing, but empirical studies and models of global change have only begun to address this issue in detail. This review discusses sources and patterns of intraspecific trait variation and their consequences for understanding how ecological processes and patterns will respond to global change. We examine how current ecological models and theories incorporate intraspecific variation, review existing data sources that could help parameterize models that account for intraspecific variation in global change predictions, and discuss new data that may be needed. We provide guidelines on when it is most important to consider intraspecific variation, such as when trait variation is heritable or when nonlinear relationships are involved. We also highlight benefits and limitations of different model types and argue that many common modeling approaches such as matrix population models or global dynamic vegetation models can allow a stronger consideration of intraspecific trait variation if the necessary data are available. We recommend that existing data need to be made more accessible, though in some cases, new experiments are needed to disentangle causes of variation.
@article{moranIntraspecificTraitVariation2016,
title = {Intraspecific Trait Variation across Scales: Implications for Understanding Global Change Responses},
author = {Moran, Emily V. and Hartig, Florian and Bell, David M.},
year = {2016},
month = jan,
volume = {22},
pages = {137--150},
issn = {1354-1013},
doi = {10.1111/gcb.13000},
abstract = {Recognition of the importance of intraspecific variation in ecological processes has been growing, but empirical studies and models of global change have only begun to address this issue in detail. This review discusses sources and patterns of intraspecific trait variation and their consequences for understanding how ecological processes and patterns will respond to global change. We examine how current ecological models and theories incorporate intraspecific variation, review existing data sources that could help parameterize models that account for intraspecific variation in global change predictions, and discuss new data that may be needed. We provide guidelines on when it is most important to consider intraspecific variation, such as when trait variation is heritable or when nonlinear relationships are involved. We also highlight benefits and limitations of different model types and argue that many common modeling approaches such as matrix population models or global dynamic vegetation models can allow a stronger consideration of intraspecific trait variation if the necessary data are available. We recommend that existing data need to be made more accessible, though in some cases, new experiments are needed to disentangle causes of variation.},
journal = {Global Change Biology},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14307987,biodiversity,genetic-diversity,global-change,non-linearity,phenotypes-vs-genotypes,population-structuring},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14307987},
number = {1}
}The diversity of Late Pleistocene and Holocene wild ungulates and kites structures in Armenia. Chahoud, J., Vila, E., Bălăşescu, A., & Crassard, R. Quaternary International, 395:133–153, 2016.
Paper doi bibtex
Paper doi bibtex @article{chahoud_diversity_2016,
title = {The diversity of {Late} {Pleistocene} and {Holocene} wild ungulates and kites structures in {Armenia}},
volume = {395},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-01829334},
doi = {10.1016/j.quaint.2015.04.024},
journal = {Quaternary International},
author = {Chahoud, Jwana and Vila, Emmanuelle and Bălăşescu, Adrian and Crassard, Rémy},
year = {2016},
keywords = {Biodiversity, Habitat range, Kites, Procurement strategy, Southern Caucasus, Wild ungulates},
pages = {133--153},
}Does Increased Forest Protection Correspond to Higher Fire Severity in Frequent-Fire Forests of the Western United States?. Bradley, C. M., Hanson, C. T., & DellaSala, D. A. Ecosphere, 7(10):e01492+, October, 2016.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
There is a widespread view among land managers and others that the protected status of many forestlands in the western United States corresponds with higher fire severity levels due to historical restrictions on logging that contribute to greater amounts of biomass and fuel loading in less intensively managed areas, particularly after decades of fire suppression. This view has led to recent proposals – both administrative and legislative – to reduce or eliminate forest protections and increase some forms of logging based on the belief that restrictions on active management have increased fire severity. We investigated the relationship between protected status and fire severity using the Random Forests algorithm applied to 1500 fires affecting 9.5 million hectares between 1984 and 2014 in pine (Pinus ponderosa, Pinus jeffreyi) and mixed-conifer forests of western United States, accounting for key topographic and climate variables. We found forests with higher levels of protection had lower severity values even though they are generally identified as having the highest overall levels of biomass and fuel loading. Our results suggest a need to reconsider current overly simplistic assumptions about the relationship between forest protection and fire severity in fire management and policy. [Excerpt: Conclusions] In general, our findings – that forests with the highest levels of protection from logging tend to burn least severely – suggest a need for managers and policymakers to rethink current forest and fire management direction, particularly proposals that seek to weaken forest protections or suspend environmental laws ostensibly to facilitate a more extensive and industrial forest-fire management regime. Such approaches would likely achieve the opposite of their intended consequences and would degrade complex early seral forests (DellaSala et al. 2015). We suggest that the results of our study counsel in favor of increased protection for federal forestlands without the concern that this may lead to more severe fires. [] Allowing wildfires to burn under safe conditions is an effective restoration tool for achieving landscape heterogeneity and biodiversity conservation objectives in regions where high levels of biodiversity are associated with mixed-intensity fires (i.e., '' pyrodiversity begets biodiversity,'' see DellaSala and Hanson 2015b). Managers concerned about fires can close and decommission roads that contribute to human-caused fire ignitions and treat fire-prone tree plantations where fires have been shown to burn uncharacteristically severe (Odion et al. 2004). Prioritizing fuel treatments to flammable vegetation adjacent to homes along with specific measures that reduce fire risks to home structures are precautionary steps for allowing more fires to proceed safely in the backcountry (Moritz 2014, DellaSala et al. 2015, Moritz and Knowles 2016). [] Managing for wildfire benefits as we suggest is also consistent with recent national forest policies such as 2012 National Forest Management Act planning rule that emphasizes maintaining and restoring ecological integrity across the national forest system and because complex early forests can only be produced by natural disturbance events not mimicked by mechanical fuel reduction or clear-cut logging (Swanson et al. 2011, DellaSala et al. 2014). Thus, managers wishing to maintain biodiversity in fire-adapted forests should appropriately weigh the benefits of wildfires against the ecological costs of mechanical fuel reduction and fire suppression (Ingalsbee and Raja 2015) and should consider expansion of protected forest areas as a means of maintaining natural ecosystem processes like wildland fire. [] [...]
@article{bradleyDoesIncreasedForest2016,
title = {Does Increased Forest Protection Correspond to Higher Fire Severity in Frequent-Fire Forests of the Western {{United States}}?},
author = {Bradley, Curtis M. and Hanson, Chad T. and DellaSala, Dominick A.},
year = {2016},
month = oct,
volume = {7},
pages = {e01492+},
issn = {2150-8925},
doi = {10.1002/ecs2.1492},
abstract = {There is a widespread view among land managers and others that the protected status of many forestlands in the western United States corresponds with higher fire severity levels due to historical restrictions on logging that contribute to greater amounts of biomass and fuel loading in less intensively managed areas, particularly after decades of fire suppression. This view has led to recent proposals -- both administrative and legislative -- to reduce or eliminate forest protections and increase some forms of logging based on the belief that restrictions on active management have increased fire severity. We investigated the relationship between protected status and fire severity using the Random Forests algorithm applied to 1500 fires affecting 9.5 million hectares between 1984 and 2014 in pine (Pinus ponderosa, Pinus jeffreyi) and mixed-conifer forests of western United States, accounting for key topographic and climate variables. We found forests with higher levels of protection had lower severity values even though they are generally identified as having the highest overall levels of biomass and fuel loading. Our results suggest a need to reconsider current overly simplistic assumptions about the relationship between forest protection and fire severity in fire management and policy.
[Excerpt: Conclusions]
In general, our findings -- that forests with the highest levels of protection from logging tend to burn least severely -- suggest a need for managers and policymakers to rethink current forest and fire management direction, particularly proposals that seek to weaken forest protections or suspend environmental laws ostensibly to facilitate a more extensive and industrial forest-fire management regime. Such approaches would likely achieve the opposite of their intended consequences and would degrade complex early seral forests (DellaSala et al. 2015). We suggest that the results of our study counsel in favor of increased protection for federal forestlands without the concern that this may lead to more severe fires.
[] Allowing wildfires to burn under safe conditions is an effective restoration tool for achieving landscape heterogeneity and biodiversity conservation objectives in regions where high levels of biodiversity are associated with mixed-intensity fires (i.e., '' pyrodiversity begets biodiversity,'' see DellaSala and Hanson 2015b). Managers concerned about fires can close and decommission roads that contribute to human-caused fire ignitions and treat fire-prone tree plantations where fires have been shown to burn uncharacteristically severe (Odion et al. 2004). Prioritizing fuel treatments to flammable vegetation adjacent to homes along with specific measures that reduce fire risks to home structures are precautionary steps for allowing more fires to proceed safely in the backcountry (Moritz 2014, DellaSala et al. 2015, Moritz and Knowles 2016).
[] Managing for wildfire benefits as we suggest is also consistent with recent national forest policies such as 2012 National Forest Management Act planning rule that emphasizes maintaining and restoring ecological integrity across the national forest system and because complex early forests can only be produced by natural disturbance events not mimicked by mechanical fuel reduction or clear-cut logging (Swanson et al. 2011, DellaSala et al. 2014). Thus, managers wishing to maintain biodiversity in fire-adapted forests should appropriately weigh the benefits of wildfires against the ecological costs of mechanical fuel reduction and fire suppression (Ingalsbee and Raja 2015) and should consider expansion of protected forest areas as a means of maintaining natural ecosystem processes like wildland fire.
[] [...]},
journal = {Ecosphere},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14178845,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,fire-fuel,fire-severity,forest-fires,forest-management,forest-resources,protected-areas,protection,wildfires},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14178845},
number = {10}
}2015 (8)
Global Trends in the Status of Bird and Mammal Pollinators. Regan, E. C., Santini, L., Ingwall-King, L., Hoffmann, M., Rondinini, C., Symes, A., Taylor, J., & Butchart, S. H. Conservation Letters, March, 2015.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Biodiversity is declining, with direct and indirect effects on ecosystem functions and services that are poorly quantified. Here, we develop the first global assessment of trends in pollinators, focusing on pollinating birds and mammals. A Red List Index for these species shows that, overall, pollinating bird and mammal species are deteriorating in status, with more species moving toward extinction than away from it. On average, 2.5 species per year have moved one Red List category toward extinction in recent decades, representing a substantial increase in the extinction risk across this set of species. This may be impacting the delivery of benefits that these species provide to people. We recommend that the index be expanded to include taxonomic groups that contribute more significantly to pollination, such as bees, wasps, and butterflies, thereby giving a more complete picture of the state of pollinating species worldwide.
@article{regan_global_2015,
title = {Global {Trends} in the {Status} of {Bird} and {Mammal} {Pollinators}},
copyright = {Copyright and Photocopying: ©2015 The Authors Conservation Letters published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of Society for Conservation Biology, This is an open access article under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution License, which permits use, distribution and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.},
issn = {1755-263X},
url = {http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/conl.12162/abstract},
doi = {10.1111/conl.12162},
abstract = {Biodiversity is declining, with direct and indirect effects on ecosystem functions and services that are poorly quantified. Here, we develop the first global assessment of trends in pollinators, focusing on pollinating birds and mammals. A Red List Index for these species shows that, overall, pollinating bird and mammal species are deteriorating in status, with more species moving toward extinction than away from it. On average, 2.5 species per year have moved one Red List category toward extinction in recent decades, representing a substantial increase in the extinction risk across this set of species. This may be impacting the delivery of benefits that these species provide to people. We recommend that the index be expanded to include taxonomic groups that contribute more significantly to pollination, such as bees, wasps, and butterflies, thereby giving a more complete picture of the state of pollinating species worldwide.},
language = {en},
urldate = {2015-04-17},
journal = {Conservation Letters},
author = {Regan, Eugenie C. and Santini, Luca and Ingwall-King, Lisa and Hoffmann, Michael and Rondinini, Carlo and Symes, Andy and Taylor, Joseph and Butchart, Stuart H.M.},
month = mar,
year = {2015},
keywords = {biodiversity, boundaries, collapse},
pages = {n/a--n/a},
file = {Regan et al. - 2015 - Global Trends in the Status of Bird and Mammal Pol.pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\2AQ5CFXF\\Regan et al. - 2015 - Global Trends in the Status of Bird and Mammal Pol.pdf:application/pdf}
}Tree Neighbourhood Matters - Tree Species Composition Drives Diversity-Productivity Patterns in a near-Natural Beech Forest. Ratcliffe, S., Holzwarth, F., Nadrowski, K., Levick, S., & Wirth, C. Forest Ecology and Management, 335:225–234, January, 2015.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
[Highlights] [::] We test tree diversity-productivity relationships in a temperate beech forest. [::] Beech and hornbeam trees grew faster in more diverse neighbourhoods. [::] Complementarity effects were driven by differences in species' competitive strengths. [::] Small scale admixture with patches of different species promotes tree growth. [Abstract] European beech forest with a variable admixture is one of the most important forest types in Central Europe. Growing evidence has demonstrated the positive effect of increased biodiversity on vital forest ecosystem functions and services such as productivity and nutrient cycling. Both complementarity in resource use and species identity are known to influence tree productivity but they have received relatively little attention in observational studies. Using a large dataset of repeat inventory trees in a near-natural deciduous forest in Central Germany we test whether tree diversity enhances tree productivity at the tree and the stand level, whilst accounting for tree size, tree vitality, local topography and the potentially confounding effects of spatial autocorrelation and negative growth estimates. Beech and hornbeam individual tree growth was sensitive to their neighbourhood diversity and composition whilst ash trees were only sensitive to the neighbourhood tree density. Neighbourhood complementarity effects were driven by differences in species' competitive strengths, whilst at the stand level productivity gains were primarily attributable to the density of ash and diversity effects were less prominent. We conclude that small-scale admixture with patches of different species promotes tree growth in European beech forest; congruent with current management plans for beech and hardwood forests.
@article{ratcliffeTreeNeighbourhoodMatters2015,
title = {Tree Neighbourhood Matters - {{Tree}} Species Composition Drives Diversity-Productivity Patterns in a near-Natural Beech Forest},
author = {Ratcliffe, Sophia and Holzwarth, Fr{\'e}d{\'e}ric and Nadrowski, Karin and Levick, Shaun and Wirth, Christian},
year = {2015},
month = jan,
volume = {335},
pages = {225--234},
issn = {0378-1127},
doi = {10.1016/j.foreco.2014.09.032},
abstract = {[Highlights]
[::] We test tree diversity-productivity relationships in a temperate beech forest.
[::] Beech and hornbeam trees grew faster in more diverse neighbourhoods.
[::] Complementarity effects were driven by differences in species' competitive strengths.
[::] Small scale admixture with patches of different species promotes tree growth.
[Abstract]
European beech forest with a variable admixture is one of the most important forest types in Central Europe. Growing evidence has demonstrated the positive effect of increased biodiversity on vital forest ecosystem functions and services such as productivity and nutrient cycling. Both complementarity in resource use and species identity are known to influence tree productivity but they have received relatively little attention in observational studies. Using a large dataset of repeat inventory trees in a near-natural deciduous forest in Central Germany we test whether tree diversity enhances tree productivity at the tree and the stand level, whilst accounting for tree size, tree vitality, local topography and the potentially confounding effects of spatial autocorrelation and negative growth estimates. Beech and hornbeam individual tree growth was sensitive to their neighbourhood diversity and composition whilst ash trees were only sensitive to the neighbourhood tree density. Neighbourhood complementarity effects were driven by differences in species' competitive strengths, whilst at the stand level productivity gains were primarily attributable to the density of ash and diversity effects were less prominent. We conclude that small-scale admixture with patches of different species promotes tree growth in European beech forest; congruent with current management plans for beech and hardwood forests.},
journal = {Forest Ecology and Management},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14070499,~to-add-doi-URL,acer-campestre,acer-platanoides,acer-pseudoplatanus,biodiversity,carpinus-betulus,diversity,fagus-sylvatica,forest-resources,fraxinus-excelsior,germany,species-richness,ulmus-glabra},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14070499}
}Top carnivores increase their kill rates on prey as a response to human-induced fear. Smith, J. A., Wang, Y., & Wilmers, C. C. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 282(1802):20142711–20142711, January, 2015.
Paper doi bibtex
Paper doi bibtex @article{smith_top_2015,
title = {Top carnivores increase their kill rates on prey as a response to human-induced fear},
volume = {282},
issn = {0962-8452, 1471-2954},
url = {http://rspb.royalsocietypublishing.org/cgi/doi/10.1098/rspb.2014.2711},
doi = {10.1098/rspb.2014.2711},
language = {en},
number = {1802},
urldate = {2015-03-05},
journal = {Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences},
author = {Smith, J. A. and Wang, Y. and Wilmers, C. C.},
month = jan,
year = {2015},
keywords = {biodiversity, boundaries, collapse},
pages = {20142711--20142711},
file = {Smith et al. - 2015 - Top carnivores increase their kill rates on prey a.pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\SJJF9WW2\\Smith et al. - 2015 - Top carnivores increase their kill rates on prey a.pdf:application/pdf}
}Southern Ocean Asteroidea: a proposed update for the Register of Antarctic Marine Species. Moreau, C., Agüera, A., Jossart, Q., & Danis, B. Biodiversity Data Journal, 3:e7062, 2015.
![Southern Ocean Asteroidea: a proposed update for the Register of Antarctic Marine Species [pdf]](https://bibbase.org/img/filetypes/pdf.svg "pdf")
Paper Website abstract bibtex
Paper Website abstract bibtex Background The Register of Antarctic Marine Species (RAMS, De Broyer et al. 2015) is the regional component of the World Register of Marine Species (WoRMS Editorial Board 2015) in the Southern Ocean. It has been operating for the last ten years, with a special effort devoted towards its completion after the International Polar Year (IPY) in 2007-2008, in the framework of the Census of Antarctic Marine Life (CAML, 2005 - 2010). Its objective is to offer free and open access to a complete register of all known species living in the Southern Ocean, building a workbench of the present taxonomic knowledge for that region. The Antarctic zone defined by this dynamic and community-based tool has been investigated with a particular interest. The Sub-Antarctic zone was a secondary objective during the establishment of the RAMS and is still lacking the impulse of the scientific community for some taxa. New information In the present study, more than 13,000 occurrences records of Asteroidea (Echinodermata) have been compiled within the RAMS area of interest and checked against the RAMS species list of sea stars, using WoRMS Taxon Match tool. Few mismatches (basionym mistakes : i.e. original name misspelled or incorrect) were found within the existing list and 97 unregistered species are actually occurring within the RAMS boundaries. After this update, the number of Asteroidea species was increased by around 50%, now reaching 295 accepted species.
@article{
title = {Southern Ocean Asteroidea: a proposed update for the Register of Antarctic Marine Species},
type = {article},
year = {2015},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {Asteroidea,Biodiversity,Checklist,RAMS,Register of Antarctic Marine Species,Sea stars,Southern Ocean,WoRMS},
pages = {e7062},
volume = {3},
websites = {http://bdj.pensoft.net/articles.php?id=7062&display_type=list&element_type=8},
id = {1f95e324-b519-3e78-bce2-31a138914af7},
created = {2016-03-31T21:03:12.000Z},
file_attached = {true},
profile_id = {a6b775b7-bd0f-3ebc-b4a0-67a4e549340e},
last_modified = {2017-07-29T09:31:04.913Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {true},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
private_publication = {false},
abstract = {Background The Register of Antarctic Marine Species (RAMS, De Broyer et al. 2015) is the regional component of the World Register of Marine Species (WoRMS Editorial Board 2015) in the Southern Ocean. It has been operating for the last ten years, with a special effort devoted towards its completion after the International Polar Year (IPY) in 2007-2008, in the framework of the Census of Antarctic Marine Life (CAML, 2005 - 2010). Its objective is to offer free and open access to a complete register of all known species living in the Southern Ocean, building a workbench of the present taxonomic knowledge for that region. The Antarctic zone defined by this dynamic and community-based tool has been investigated with a particular interest. The Sub-Antarctic zone was a secondary objective during the establishment of the RAMS and is still lacking the impulse of the scientific community for some taxa. New information In the present study, more than 13,000 occurrences records of Asteroidea (Echinodermata) have been compiled within the RAMS area of interest and checked against the RAMS species list of sea stars, using WoRMS Taxon Match tool. Few mismatches (basionym mistakes : i.e. original name misspelled or incorrect) were found within the existing list and 97 unregistered species are actually occurring within the RAMS boundaries. After this update, the number of Asteroidea species was increased by around 50%, now reaching 295 accepted species.},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Moreau, Camille and Agüera, Antonio and Jossart, Quentin and Danis, Bruno},
journal = {Biodiversity Data Journal}
}Evaluating Interactions of Forest Conservation Policies on Avoided Deforestation. Robalino, J., A., Sandoval, C., Barton, D., N., Chacon, A., & Pfaff, A. PLoS ONE, 10(4):e0124910, Public Library of Science, 4, 2015.
Website abstract bibtex
Website abstract bibtex We estimate the effects on deforestation that have resulted from policy interactions between parks and payments and between park buffers and payments in Costa Rica between 2000 and 2005. We show that the characteristics of the areas where protected and unprotected lands are located differ significantly. Additionally, we find that land characteristics of each of the policies and of the places where they interact also differ significantly. To adequately estimate the effects of the policies and their interactions, we use matching methods. Matching is implemented not only to define adequate control groups, as in previous research, but also to define those groups of locations under the influence of policies that are comparable to each other. We find that it is more effective to locate parks and payments away from each other, rather than in the same location or near each other. The high levels of enforcement inside both parks and lands with payments, and the presence of conservation spillovers that reduce deforestation near parks, significantly reduce the potential impact of combining these two policies.
@article{
title = {Evaluating Interactions of Forest Conservation Policies on Avoided Deforestation},
type = {article},
year = {2015},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {crn3025},
pages = {e0124910},
volume = {10},
websites = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0124910,citeulike-article-id:14161492},
month = {4},
publisher = {Public Library of Science},
day = {24},
id = {ba9fee21-122a-3986-adea-ad587006bed6},
created = {2019-04-01T18:01:42.338Z},
file_attached = {false},
profile_id = {1f5347e3-dec5-3349-a941-3b484c2dfce9},
group_id = {184ee5d4-bd93-3566-938b-14cc43849390},
last_modified = {2019-04-01T18:01:42.338Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {false},
hidden = {false},
source_type = {JOUR},
private_publication = {false},
abstract = {We estimate the effects on deforestation that have resulted from policy interactions between parks and payments and between park buffers and payments in Costa Rica between 2000 and 2005. We show that the characteristics of the areas where protected and unprotected lands are located differ significantly. Additionally, we find that land characteristics of each of the policies and of the places where they interact also differ significantly. To adequately estimate the effects of the policies and their interactions, we use matching methods. Matching is implemented not only to define adequate control groups, as in previous research, but also to define those groups of locations under the influence of policies that are comparable to each other. We find that it is more effective to locate parks and payments away from each other, rather than in the same location or near each other. The high levels of enforcement inside both parks and lands with payments, and the presence of conservation spillovers that reduce deforestation near parks, significantly reduce the potential impact of combining these two policies.},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Robalino, J A and Sandoval, C and Barton, D N and Chacon, A and Pfaff, A},
journal = {PLoS ONE},
number = {4}
}Climate Modulates the Effects of Tree Diversity on Forest Productivity. Jucker, T., Av ̆ac ̆ariței, D., B ̆arnoaiea, I., Duduman, G., Bouriaud, O., & Coomes, D. A. Journal of Ecology, December, 2015.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
[Summary] [::] Despite growing evidence that, on average, diverse forests tend to be more productive than species-poor ones, individual studies often report strongly contrasting relationships between tree species richness and above-ground wood production (AWP). In the attempt to reconcile these apparently inconsistent results, we explored whether the strength and shape of AWP-diversity relationships shifts along spatial and temporal environmental gradients in forests across Europe. [::] We used tree ring data from a network of permanent forest plots distributed at six sites across Europe to estimate annual AWP over a 15-year period (1997-2011). We then tested whether the relationship between tree species richness and AWP changes (i) across sites as a function of large-scale gradients in climatic productivity and tree packing density and (ii) among years within each sites as a result of fluctuating climatic conditions. [::] AWP-species richness relationships varied markedly among sites. As predicted by theory, the relationship shifted from strongly positive at sites where climate imposed a strong limitation on wood production and tree packing densities were low, to weakly negative at sites where climatic conditions for growth were most suitable. In contrast, we found no consistent effect of interannual fluctuations in climate on the strength of AWP-species richness relationships within sites. [::Synthesis]. Our results indicate that the shape and strength of the relationship between tree diversity and forest productivity depends critically on environmental context. Across Europe, tree diversity shows the greatest potential to positively influence forest productivity at either end of the latitudinal gradient, where adverse climatic conditions limit productivity and lead to the development of less densely packed stands. [Excerpt: Implications for Forest Conservation and Management] Identifying where and when tree diversity has the greatest potential to positively influence forest productivity has important implications for forest management and conservation practises, as well as efforts to mitigate climate change (Cardinale et al. 2012; Zhang, Chen & Reich 2012; Scherer-Lorenzen 2014). We found that in terms of maximizing rates of wood production, the benefits of maintaining diverse forests are most pronounced in systems where environmental conditions strongly limit productivity. While our study provides a useful framework for predicting under which conditions tree diversity is likely to matter most, there are, however, several reasons why practises aimed at maintaining diverse forests should not necessarily be limited to specific ecological contexts or geographic regions. For instance, in addition to promoting forest productivity, tree diversity has also been shown to help stabilize wood production over time across a range of forest types, highlighting the fact that mixed-species forests are able to remain productive under a wider range of environmental conditions than monocultures (Jucker et al. 2014a; Morin et al. 2014). Secondly, although we detected clear differences in the importance of tree diversity as a driver of productivity among forest types, only one site showed any indication of a negative association between diversity and productivity. Consequently, even though gains in productivity may be negligible for certain forest types, maintaining diverse forests is unlikely to adversely affect wood production and has the advantage of delivering a number of added ecological and economic co-benefits (e.g. reduced risk of pest and pathogen outbreaks, increased associated biodiversity, greater soil carbon storage; Scherer-Lorenzen 2014). [\n] In addition to highlighting under which circumstance tree diversity is currently most important for forest productivity, our study also provides a number of clues as to how climate change is likely to influence AWP-diversity relationships in future forests. By the end of this century, Mediterranean forests in Europe are expected to suffer more frequent and prolonged periods of drought, while boreal systems are predicted to warm considerably and experience longer growing seasons (Jacob et al. 2014). As a result, diversity effects may weaken in strength, particularly in the case of boreal forests where spring warming is expected to reduce the degree of phenological mismatch among coexisting tree species (Polgar & Primack 2011). More importantly, however, our results suggest that longer-term responses of forests to climate change - such as changes in species composition and forest structure - are what will ultimately determine how the relationship between tree diversity and forest productivity will look like in the future.
@article{juckerClimateModulatesEffects2015,
title = {Climate Modulates the Effects of Tree Diversity on Forest Productivity},
author = {Jucker, Tommaso and Av{\u a}c{\u a}riței, Daniel and B{\u a}rnoaiea, Ionuț and Duduman, Gabriel and Bouriaud, Olivier and Coomes, David A.},
year = {2015},
month = dec,
pages = {n/a},
issn = {1365-2745},
doi = {10.1111/1365-2745.12522},
abstract = {[Summary]
[::] Despite growing evidence that, on average, diverse forests tend to be more productive than species-poor ones, individual studies often report strongly contrasting relationships between tree species richness and above-ground wood production (AWP). In the attempt to reconcile these apparently inconsistent results, we explored whether the strength and shape of AWP-diversity relationships shifts along spatial and temporal environmental gradients in forests across Europe.
[::] We used tree ring data from a network of permanent forest plots distributed at six sites across Europe to estimate annual AWP over a 15-year period (1997-2011). We then tested whether the relationship between tree species richness and AWP changes (i) across sites as a function of large-scale gradients in climatic productivity and tree packing density and (ii) among years within each sites as a result of fluctuating climatic conditions.
[::] AWP-species richness relationships varied markedly among sites. As predicted by theory, the relationship shifted from strongly positive at sites where climate imposed a strong limitation on wood production and tree packing densities were low, to weakly negative at sites where climatic conditions for growth were most suitable. In contrast, we found no consistent effect of interannual fluctuations in climate on the strength of AWP-species richness relationships within sites.
[::Synthesis]. Our results indicate that the shape and strength of the relationship between tree diversity and forest productivity depends critically on environmental context. Across Europe, tree diversity shows the greatest potential to positively influence forest productivity at either end of the latitudinal gradient, where adverse climatic conditions limit productivity and lead to the development of less densely packed stands.
[Excerpt: Implications for Forest Conservation and Management]
Identifying where and when tree diversity has the greatest potential to positively influence forest productivity has important implications for forest management and conservation practises, as well as efforts to mitigate climate change (Cardinale et al. 2012; Zhang, Chen \& Reich 2012; Scherer-Lorenzen 2014). We found that in terms of maximizing rates of wood production, the benefits of maintaining diverse forests are most pronounced in systems where environmental conditions strongly limit productivity. While our study provides a useful framework for predicting under which conditions tree diversity is likely to matter most, there are, however, several reasons why practises aimed at maintaining diverse forests should not necessarily be limited to specific ecological contexts or geographic regions. For instance, in addition to promoting forest productivity, tree diversity has also been shown to help stabilize wood production over time across a range of forest types, highlighting the fact that mixed-species forests are able to remain productive under a wider range of environmental conditions than monocultures (Jucker et al. 2014a; Morin et al. 2014). Secondly, although we detected clear differences in the importance of tree diversity as a driver of productivity among forest types, only one site showed any indication of a negative association between diversity and productivity. Consequently, even though gains in productivity may be negligible for certain forest types, maintaining diverse forests is unlikely to adversely affect wood production and has the advantage of delivering a number of added ecological and economic co-benefits (e.g. reduced risk of pest and pathogen outbreaks, increased associated biodiversity, greater soil carbon storage; Scherer-Lorenzen 2014).
[\textbackslash n] In addition to highlighting under which circumstance tree diversity is currently most important for forest productivity, our study also provides a number of clues as to how climate change is likely to influence AWP-diversity relationships in future forests. By the end of this century, Mediterranean forests in Europe are expected to suffer more frequent and prolonged periods of drought, while boreal systems are predicted to warm considerably and experience longer growing seasons (Jacob et al. 2014). As a result, diversity effects may weaken in strength, particularly in the case of boreal forests where spring warming is expected to reduce the degree of phenological mismatch among coexisting tree species (Polgar \& Primack 2011). More importantly, however, our results suggest that longer-term responses of forests to climate change - such as changes in species composition and forest structure - are what will ultimately determine how the relationship between tree diversity and forest productivity will look like in the future.},
journal = {Journal of Ecology},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13917201,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,climate,diversity,habitat-suitability,mixed-forests,wood-production},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13917201}
}Marine regime shifts: drivers and impacts on ecosystems services. Rocha, J., Yletyinen, J., Biggs, R., Blenckner, T., & Peterson, G. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B: Biological Sciences, 370(1659):20130273, January, 2015. 00005
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Marine ecosystems can experience regime shifts, in which they shift from being organized around one set of mutually reinforcing structures and processes to another. Anthropogenic global change has broadly increased a wide variety of processes that can drive regime shifts. To assess the vulnerability of marine ecosystems to such shifts and their potential consequences, we reviewed the scientific literature for 13 types of marine regime shifts and used networks to conduct an analysis of co-occurrence of drivers and ecosystem service impacts. We found that regime shifts are caused by multiple drivers and have multiple consequences that co-occur in a non-random pattern. Drivers related to food production, climate change and coastal development are the most common co-occurring causes of regime shifts, while cultural services, biodiversity and primary production are the most common cluster of ecosystem services affected. These clusters prioritize sets of drivers for management and highlight the need for coordinated actions across multiple drivers and scales to reduce the risk of marine regime shifts. Managerial strategies are likely to fail if they only address well-understood or data-rich variables, and international cooperation and polycentric institutions will be critical to implement and coordinate action across the scales at which different drivers operate. By better understanding these underlying patterns, we hope to inform the development of managerial strategies to reduce the risk of high-impact marine regime shifts, especially for areas of the world where data are not available or monitoring programmes are not in place.
@article{rocha_marine_2015,
title = {Marine regime shifts: drivers and impacts on ecosystems services},
volume = {370},
copyright = {. © 2014 The Authors. Published by the Royal Society under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution License http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/, which permits unrestricted use, provided the original author and source are credited.},
issn = {0962-8436, 1471-2970},
shorttitle = {Marine regime shifts},
url = {http://rstb.royalsocietypublishing.org/content/370/1659/20130273},
doi = {10.1098/rstb.2013.0273},
abstract = {Marine ecosystems can experience regime shifts, in which they shift from being organized around one set of mutually reinforcing structures and processes to another. Anthropogenic global change has broadly increased a wide variety of processes that can drive regime shifts. To assess the vulnerability of marine ecosystems to such shifts and their potential consequences, we reviewed the scientific literature for 13 types of marine regime shifts and used networks to conduct an analysis of co-occurrence of drivers and ecosystem service impacts. We found that regime shifts are caused by multiple drivers and have multiple consequences that co-occur in a non-random pattern. Drivers related to food production, climate change and coastal development are the most common co-occurring causes of regime shifts, while cultural services, biodiversity and primary production are the most common cluster of ecosystem services affected. These clusters prioritize sets of drivers for management and highlight the need for coordinated actions across multiple drivers and scales to reduce the risk of marine regime shifts. Managerial strategies are likely to fail if they only address well-understood or data-rich variables, and international cooperation and polycentric institutions will be critical to implement and coordinate action across the scales at which different drivers operate. By better understanding these underlying patterns, we hope to inform the development of managerial strategies to reduce the risk of high-impact marine regime shifts, especially for areas of the world where data are not available or monitoring programmes are not in place.},
language = {en},
number = {1659},
urldate = {2015-04-06},
journal = {Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B: Biological Sciences},
author = {Rocha, J. and Yletyinen, J. and Biggs, R. and Blenckner, T. and Peterson, G.},
month = jan,
year = {2015},
note = {00005},
keywords = {biodiversity, boundaries, collapse, regime shifts, oceans},
pages = {20130273},
file = {Rocha et al. - 2015 - Marine regime shifts drivers and impacts on ecosy.pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\9TXHZVJ2\\Rocha et al. - 2015 - Marine regime shifts drivers and impacts on ecosy.pdf:application/pdf}
}Black Woodpecker Dryocopus Martius (L., 1758) Distribution, Abundance, Habitat Use and Breeding Performance in a Recently Colonized Region in SW Europe. Olano, M., Aierbe, T., Beñaran, H., Hurtado, R., Ugarte, J., Urruzola, A., Vázquez, J., Ansorregi, F., Galdos, A., Gracianteparaluceta, A., & Fernández-Garć\ia, J. M. Munibe Ciencias Naturales, 2015.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
At the southwestern edge of its global distribution, the Pyrenean population of the black woodpecker Dryocopus martius has increased its range during the last three decades, colonizing new areas where the species was previously unknown. This is the case for Gipuzkoa, where a systematic survey was performed in the breeding season of 2013 aimed at describing the species distribution, abundance, habitat use and reproductive performance. Potential locations were identified using forest inventories and were visited since January until March. Locations were considered occupied when nests or pairs were found, or single individuals were detected during three consecutive visits. Breeding performance in active nests was monitored during May and June. We found 21 breeding home ranges, mainly distributed across the Eastern and Southern fringes of the study area. The environmental variables positively related to the presence of breeding home ranges were higher proportions of canopy cover, mature structure of the stand, cover of beech Fagus sylvatica, mixed deciduous and black pine Pinus nigra stands, and unfragmented forest patches. Monterey pine P. radiata plantations and low tree heights were negatively selected. Preferred foraging areas comprised proportions of American oak Quercus rubra and black pine plantations. Thirteen active nests were found. All nests but two were excavated in beech trees. Breeding success was high (92%) but fledging success (1.8) was below the average reported in Europe, suggesting intrinsic limitations associated to a peripheral population. [Excerpt: Discussion] [::The colonizing process] The absence of paleozoological records for the black woodpecker in Europe west and south of the Alps might suggest that the species is a historic colonizer of the Atlantic section of the continent (Arribas, 2004; Holm & Svenning, 2014). During the 20th century, considerable range expansions have been described in The Netherlands, Belgium, France and Italy, with birds invading lowland, reforested regions (Cuisin, 1985; Mikusinski, 1995; Cuisin, 1998; Ceccarelli et al., 2008). In Northern Iberia, at the south-western edge of the global distribution, the black woodpecker has also increased its breeding range, colonizing formerly vacant areas over the last 30 years (Mart́ınez-Vidal, 2004; Camprodon et al., 2007). In Gipuzkoa, the first report of the black woodpecker dates back to the 1960's (Noval, 1967), but until the 2000's the species was extremely rare and irregular (Gainzarain, 1998; Aierbe et al., 2001). In 2011, the first successful reproduction was confirmed (Ruiz de Azua, 2012), though, without doubt, the Black Woodpecker was already breeding a few years before (T. Aierbe, com. pers.). [\n] This particular colonizing event is part of the wider range expansion across the Basque Mountains, which is currently filling the intermediate gap between the Pyrenean and the Cantabrian populations (Gainzarain & Fernández-Garćıa, 2013). The geographic origin of this recent population is unknown so far. There is not genetic or ringing information to support a Cantabrian or Pyrenean origin, which are the closest source areas. However, based on the favourable population trend of the neighbouring Pyrenean population (Mart́ınez-Vidal, 2004), opposite to the Cantabrian one (Simal & Herrero, 2003; Garćıa, 2008; Sánchez et al., 2009), it is plausible to speculate about a Pyrenean origin. [\n] The black woodpecker fulfills several biological features that Mikusinski (2006) related to decline-prone woodpecker species in transformed landscapes, like large body size and extensive home-ranges, therefore needing a network of vast forest tracts to maintain viable populations. But, on the the other hand, this species maintains a huge distribution indicating adaptability (Croci et al., 2007), is relatively tolerant to forestry practices (Cárcamo, 2006) which associates to rapid occupation of vacant habitats (Villard & Taylor, 1994), and has good dispersal abilities, in turn related to the velocity of expansion (Lensink, 1997). Although there are hardly any studies in Europe reporting on emigration and immigration rates (Passinelli, 2006), recoveries of ringed birds show a noticeable proportion of long post-juvenile movements (Gorman, 2011) and high average natal dispersal distance (16.25 km in Denmark; Christensen, 2002). Both this kind of life-history traits and tolerance to disturbance are fair predictors of colonizer birds (Shigesada & Kawasaki, 2002) and may explain the black woodpecker capability to expand its distribution, as shown from our study area. [\n] At the continental scale, the expansion of the black woodpeckers' range has been attributed to extensive coniferous reforestation (Mikusinski, 1995), but at the regional scale more emphasis is placed on forest maturation, due to a decline in timber exploitation (Gil- Tena et al., 2010). The occupancy of patches in Gipuzkoa did not seem to be influenced by distance to population sources, which was not unexpected given the comparatively small scale of our study area. In the Eastern Pyrenees, about three times larger, the pattern of colonization by the black woodpecker was mediated by connectivity among forest patches, depending in turn on distance to source and forest structure (i. e. basal area; Gil- Tena et al., 2013). The availability of a network of stepping stones is crucial to explain the progressive spread of the population (Saura et al., 2014). Such spatially explicit models could be improved if indicators of foraging quality, such as availability of dead wood, are taken into account (see below). Foraging quality enhances breeding performance and the production of a surplus of individuals than can disperse to non-occupied patches (Newton, 1998). [::Plantations and the black woodpecker] The black woodpecker inhabits several different types of Palearctic boreal and temperate forests, including coniferous plantations (Mikusinski, 1995; Gorman, 2011). In boreal and hemiboreal forests, the species is tolerant to plantation managing, provided that thick trunks (diameter $>$40 cm) for excavating nests remain, and decaying trees are also left as foraging substrates (Angelstam & Mikusinski, 1994). In the framework of worldwide afforestation and reforestation activities for commercial purposes, intense debates focus on the effect of plantation forestry on biodiversity (Bremer & Farley, 2010). As for birds, metaanalyses in Europe have shown that landscape history and spatial structure (patch size, matrix pattern) are probably more informative in explaining species richness than management at the stand scale (Paillet et al., 2009). [\n] Extensive Monterey pine plantations in Northern Spain have contributed to the restoration of forest bird communities (Carrascal & Telleŕıa, 1990), but for the black woodpecker in particular our study has found a number of limitations. Plantations of this pine species in the Basque region are a novel habitat for the black woodpecker across its entire range (Mead, 2013). The species' selection for nesting habitats is rather demanding, both for cavity- trees and cavity-tree plots (Mart́ınez-Vidal, 2001; Camprodon et al., 2007; Pirovano & Zecca, 2014). Preference for beech as nesting substrate has been demonstrated over much of Western Europe (Gorman, 2011; Zahner et al., 2012), and our own data supports this view. Beech trees provide less accessible nests: high holes and smooth bark are associated to lower predation pressure (Zahner & Bauer, 2014). But pine trees (i.e. black pine, Scots pine) are also used in some mountain regions, like the Pyrenees and the Alps, in similar proportion to their availability on the landscape (Mart́ınez-Vidal, 2001; Bocca et al., 2007). In Gipuzkoa, the avoidance of Monterey pine patches deserves further research, but the reason may lie on the combined absence of suitable (i.e thick, tall and debranched) nesting trees and the scarcity of foraging resources in dense, shaded stands (see below). On the contrary, stands of mixed deciduous trees were favoured because they probably supply hole-trees (beech and American oak, even though these two species do not dominate such stands). Because of the forest history of the study area, mixed deciduous stands appear scattered at lower altitudes, surrounded by the matrix of Monterey pine plantations. Similarly, Bocca et al. (2007) found a negative selection for the mountain pine Pinus uncinata in the Alps -in spite of accounting for half of the surface of their study area- attributed to the unsuitable tree conformation and the dense structure of this kind of forest. [::The role of habitat fragmentation] An interesting outcome was the influence of the spatial structure of the habitat on the presence of black woodpecker BHR. Fragmentation of suitable forest patches embedded in a matrix dominated by intensively managed plantations largely determines the composition of bird assemblages (Estades & Temple, 1999) but in a species-specific-way (Mönkkonen et al., 2014). Woodpeckers are thought to be relatively tolerant to fragmentation because, as primary cavity-nesters, they avoid the increasing effect of predation while decreasing patch size. This seems to be the case for the black woodpecker, whose density and breeding performance was not influenced by fragmentation in Sweden (Tjernber et al. 1993) or landscape structure in Finland (Brotons et al., 2003). [\n] But more detailed analyses have shown differences referred to patch size and density of edges in another generalist species, the great spotted woodpecker Dendrocopos major (Mazgajski & Rejt, 2006; Barbaro et al., 2007). Reduced clutch size, low number of fledglings and delayed breeding phenology were observed in smaller woodlots. Therefore even generalist woodpeckers can be sensitive to fragmentation processes, and this could also apply to the black woodpecker (Mikusinski, 1995). The preference for larger, less complex forest patches in our study area, as opposed to the pattern over much of the species range (Rueda et al., 2013), might indicate that the spatial structure plays an increasing role as departing from the range core. This idea is also supported by the fact that such a preference has also been described in other peripheral areas, namely Northern Scandinavia and the Pyrenees (Tjernberg et al., 1993; Garmendia et al., 2006), regardless of their varying degree of forest fragmentation at the European landscape level (Estreguil et al., 2013). [::Is breeding performance limited by habitat or demography?] A high percentage of the monitored nests produced fledglings. The review of Passinelli (2006) reported a median breeding success of 80.2\,% (55-96\,% in 12 studies from France, Germany, Denmark, Sweden and Finland); the figure in our study area was close to the highest section of that range. This might be an artifact because precision of nest success estimates depends on sample size (Pacĺık et al., 2009) and breeding failures at the stages of nesting and incubation are more difficult to detect, but the same could be applied to the mentioned studies, and the intensity of our field effort suggests that the breeding success was indeed relatively high. On the contrary, the number of fledglings per successful nest was low, if compared to the average 3.3 given over of the above referred studies (Passinelli, 2006). Our figure is based on a one-year monitoring, but additional data from previous years were in accordance with this (Ruiz de Azua, 2012; T. Aierbe, pers. com.). [\n] Although clutch size has been reported to be influenced by latitude in many bird species, other breeding parameters such as the number of fledglings per successful nest probably depend less on geographical determinants (Sanz, 1998). Reproductive performance in the black woodpecker is influenced by territory quality (Rolstad et al., 2000) and, possibly, by age, experience, duration of bond and kinship between the pair members, although these latter aspects have seldom been investigated in European woodpeckers (Christensen & Kampp, 2003; Passinelli, 2006). Regarding our study area, we do not have data to exclude any of these hypotheses. As for the first, the high proportion of exotic tree stands in black woodpecker territories may limit the availability of invertebrates as foraging resources, and drive higher chick mortality, as has been suggested for forest passerines in Monterey pine plantations (De la Hera et al., 2013). Epigeal ant and beetle abundances are very impoverished in Monterey pine plantations from Australia and South America, where this tree is also aloctonous (Gunther & New, 2003; Sinclair & New, 2004; Corley et al., 2006; Paritsis & Aitzen, 2008). [\n] In our study area, Alberdi et al. (2012) measured a lower frequency of occurrence of ground-dwelling ant (Lasius spp., Formica spp.) mounds on Monterey pine plots (11\,%, N=392), beech (7 %, N=157), black pine (7 %, N=54) and larch, Douglas fir and Lawson cypress (9 %, N=118), as opposed to oak and mixed deciduous plots (19 %, N=209). This data does not explain the foraging use by the black woodpecker, possibly because the abundance of ground-dwelling ants is not a reliable indicator of foraging habitat quality in our study area. Although these ants are known to be a part of the black woodpecker's diet, arboreal carpenter ants (Camponotus spp.) are the staple food in Europe (Rolstad et al., 1998; Gorman, 2011). The abundance of carpenter ants and saproxylophagous prey is primarily related to the shading and canopy cover (Dolek et al., 2009; Lemperiere & Marage, 2010). In Gipuzkoa, black pine stands are more sun-exposed than Monterey pine and beech stands, as deduced by the average herbaceous covers (28.5, 18.6 and 12.1 % respectively). In the Pyrenees, unmanaged patches of black pine are known to be good foraging sites (Camprodon et al., 2007). [\n] Overall, these differences may account for the foraging habitat use of the black woodpecker, even acknowledging the need for in-site field data to counteract the presumed high variability in determinants of foraging habitat quality (González & Villate, 2003; Pirovano & Zecca, 2014). Being a '' generalist-forager'' species, the black woodpecker is able to exploit several forest development phases (Begehold et al., 2015) in search of the most available prey types, thriving on dead wood (arboreal ants, saproxylophagous beetles) or on alternative substrates (ground-dwelling ants). Its dependence on dead wood volume seems not to be as intense as in other European woodpeckers (Garmendia et al., 2006; Lohmus et al., 2010; Camprodon, 2013). [\n] As for the second hypothesis, poor reproduction may be associated to demographic issues. For instance, if a greater proportion of young, dispersing birds from the core range was present in this area of recent colonization, lower breeding output could be expected (Karvonen et al., 2012). Peripheral populations may experience continual gene flow from central parts of the range, slowing the rate of adaptation to local conditions (Kawecki, 2008; Martin & Liebl, 2014). This kind of population can turn into demographic sinks, the persistence of which is favoured by dispersers from core areas with higher survival and reproduction (Newton, 2003). We do not have data to support or dismiss this hypothesis, but it deserves future study, because understanding demographic and spatial dynamics across central and marginal range sectors is key to determine the conservation status and perspectives of populations (Passinelli, 2006). [\n] [...]
@article{olanoBlackWoodpeckerDryocopus2015,
title = {Black Woodpecker {{Dryocopus}} Martius ({{L}}., 1758) Distribution, Abundance, Habitat Use and Breeding Performance in a Recently Colonized Region in {{SW Europe}}},
author = {Olano, Mikel and Aierbe, Tomas and Be{\~n}aran, Haritz and Hurtado, Rober and Ugarte, Jon and Urruzola, Aitzol and V{\'a}zquez, Jabier and Ansorregi, Fermin and Galdos, Aitor and Gracianteparaluceta, Ana and {Fern{\'a}ndez-Gar{\'c}{\i}a}, Jos{\'e} M.},
year = {2015},
volume = {63},
issn = {2172-4547},
abstract = {At the southwestern edge of its global distribution, the Pyrenean population of the black woodpecker Dryocopus martius has increased its range during the last three decades, colonizing new areas where the species was previously unknown. This is the case for Gipuzkoa, where a systematic survey was performed in the breeding season of 2013 aimed at describing the species distribution, abundance, habitat use and reproductive performance. Potential locations were identified using forest inventories and were visited since January until March. Locations were considered occupied when nests or pairs were found, or single individuals were detected during three consecutive visits. Breeding performance in active nests was monitored during May and June. We found 21 breeding home ranges, mainly distributed across the Eastern and Southern fringes of the study area. The environmental variables positively related to the presence of breeding home ranges were higher proportions of canopy cover, mature structure of the stand, cover of beech Fagus sylvatica, mixed deciduous and black pine Pinus nigra stands, and unfragmented forest patches. Monterey pine P. radiata plantations and low tree heights were negatively selected. Preferred foraging areas comprised proportions of American oak Quercus rubra and black pine plantations. Thirteen active nests were found. All nests but two were excavated in beech trees. Breeding success was high (92\%) but fledging success (1.8) was below the average reported in Europe, suggesting intrinsic limitations associated to a peripheral population.
[Excerpt: Discussion]
[::The colonizing process] The absence of paleozoological records for the black woodpecker in Europe west and south of the Alps might suggest that the species is a historic colonizer of the Atlantic section of the continent (Arribas, 2004; Holm \& Svenning, 2014). During the 20th century, considerable range expansions have been described in The Netherlands, Belgium, France and Italy, with birds invading lowland, reforested regions (Cuisin, 1985; Mikusinski, 1995; Cuisin, 1998; Ceccarelli et al., 2008). In Northern Iberia, at the south-western edge of the global distribution, the black woodpecker has also increased its breeding range, colonizing formerly vacant areas over the last 30 years (Mar{\'t}\i nez-Vidal, 2004; Camprodon et al., 2007). In Gipuzkoa, the first report of the black woodpecker dates back to the 1960's (Noval, 1967), but until the 2000's the species was extremely rare and irregular (Gainzarain, 1998; Aierbe et al., 2001). In 2011, the first successful reproduction was confirmed (Ruiz de Azua, 2012), though, without doubt, the Black Woodpecker was already breeding a few years before (T. Aierbe, com. pers.).
[\textbackslash n] This particular colonizing event is part of the wider range expansion across the Basque Mountains, which is currently filling the intermediate gap between the Pyrenean and the Cantabrian populations (Gainzarain \& Fern\'andez-Gar\'c\i a, 2013). The geographic origin of this recent population is unknown so far. There is not genetic or ringing information to support a Cantabrian or Pyrenean origin, which are the closest source areas. However, based on the favourable population trend of the neighbouring Pyrenean population (Mar{\'t}\i nez-Vidal, 2004), opposite to the Cantabrian one (Simal \& Herrero, 2003; Gar\'c\i a, 2008; S\'anchez et al., 2009), it is plausible to speculate about a Pyrenean origin.
[\textbackslash n] The black woodpecker fulfills several biological features that Mikusinski (2006) related to decline-prone woodpecker species in transformed landscapes, like large body size and extensive home-ranges, therefore needing a network of vast forest tracts to maintain viable populations. But, on the the other hand, this species maintains a huge distribution indicating adaptability (Croci et al., 2007), is relatively tolerant to forestry practices (C\'arcamo, 2006) which associates to rapid occupation of vacant habitats (Villard \& Taylor, 1994), and has good dispersal abilities, in turn related to the velocity of expansion (Lensink, 1997). Although there are hardly any studies in Europe reporting on emigration and immigration rates (Passinelli, 2006), recoveries of ringed birds show a noticeable proportion of long post-juvenile movements (Gorman, 2011) and high average natal dispersal distance (16.25 km in Denmark; Christensen, 2002). Both this kind of life-history traits and tolerance to disturbance are fair predictors of colonizer birds (Shigesada \& Kawasaki, 2002) and may explain the black woodpecker capability to expand its distribution, as shown from our study area.
[\textbackslash n] At the continental scale, the expansion of the black woodpeckers' range has been attributed to extensive coniferous reforestation (Mikusinski, 1995), but at the regional scale more emphasis is placed on forest maturation, due to a decline in timber exploitation (Gil- Tena et al., 2010). The occupancy of patches in Gipuzkoa did not seem to be influenced by distance to population sources, which was not unexpected given the comparatively small scale of our study area. In the Eastern Pyrenees, about three times larger, the pattern of colonization by the black woodpecker was mediated by connectivity among forest patches, depending in turn on distance to source and forest structure (i. e. basal area; Gil- Tena et al., 2013). The availability of a network of stepping stones is crucial to explain the progressive spread of the population (Saura et al., 2014). Such spatially explicit models could be improved if indicators of foraging quality, such as availability of dead wood, are taken into account (see below). Foraging quality enhances breeding performance and the production of a surplus of individuals than can disperse to non-occupied patches (Newton, 1998).
[::Plantations and the black woodpecker] The black woodpecker inhabits several different types of Palearctic boreal and temperate forests, including coniferous plantations (Mikusinski, 1995; Gorman, 2011). In boreal and hemiboreal forests, the species is tolerant to plantation managing, provided that thick trunks (diameter {$>$}40 cm) for excavating nests remain, and decaying trees are also left as foraging substrates (Angelstam \& Mikusinski, 1994). In the framework of worldwide afforestation and reforestation activities for commercial purposes, intense debates focus on the effect of plantation forestry on biodiversity (Bremer \& Farley, 2010). As for birds, metaanalyses in Europe have shown that landscape history and spatial structure (patch size, matrix pattern) are probably more informative in explaining species richness than management at the stand scale (Paillet et al., 2009).
[\textbackslash n] Extensive Monterey pine plantations in Northern Spain have contributed to the restoration of forest bird communities (Carrascal \& Telle\'r\i a, 1990), but for the black woodpecker in particular our study has found a number of limitations. Plantations of this pine species in the Basque region are a novel habitat for the black woodpecker across its entire range (Mead, 2013). The species' selection for nesting habitats is rather demanding, both for cavity- trees and cavity-tree plots (Mar{\'t}\i nez-Vidal, 2001; Camprodon et al., 2007; Pirovano \& Zecca, 2014). Preference for beech as nesting substrate has been demonstrated over much of Western Europe (Gorman, 2011; Zahner et al., 2012), and our own data supports this view. Beech trees provide less accessible nests: high holes and smooth bark are associated to lower predation pressure (Zahner \& Bauer, 2014). But pine trees (i.e. black pine, Scots pine) are also used in some mountain regions, like the Pyrenees and the Alps, in similar proportion to their availability on the landscape (Mar{\'t}\i nez-Vidal, 2001; Bocca et al., 2007). In Gipuzkoa, the avoidance of Monterey pine patches deserves further research, but the reason may lie on the combined absence of suitable (i.e thick, tall and debranched) nesting trees and the scarcity of foraging resources in dense, shaded stands (see below). On the contrary, stands of mixed deciduous trees were favoured because they probably supply hole-trees (beech and American oak, even though these two species do not dominate such stands). Because of the forest history of the study area, mixed deciduous stands appear scattered at lower altitudes, surrounded by the matrix of Monterey pine plantations. Similarly, Bocca et al. (2007) found a negative selection for the mountain pine Pinus uncinata in the Alps -in spite of accounting for half of the surface of their study area- attributed to the unsuitable tree conformation and the dense structure of this kind of forest.
[::The role of habitat fragmentation] An interesting outcome was the influence of the spatial structure of the habitat on the presence of black woodpecker BHR. Fragmentation of suitable forest patches embedded in a matrix dominated by intensively managed plantations largely determines the composition of bird assemblages (Estades \& Temple, 1999) but in a species-specific-way (M\"onkkonen et al., 2014). Woodpeckers are thought to be relatively tolerant to fragmentation because, as primary cavity-nesters, they avoid the increasing effect of predation while decreasing patch size. This seems to be the case for the black woodpecker, whose density and breeding performance was not influenced by fragmentation in Sweden (Tjernber et al. 1993) or landscape structure in Finland (Brotons et al., 2003).
[\textbackslash n] But more detailed analyses have shown differences referred to patch size and density of edges in another generalist species, the great spotted woodpecker Dendrocopos major (Mazgajski \& Rejt, 2006; Barbaro et al., 2007). Reduced clutch size, low number of fledglings and delayed breeding phenology were observed in smaller woodlots. Therefore even generalist woodpeckers can be sensitive to fragmentation processes, and this could also apply to the black woodpecker (Mikusinski, 1995). The preference for larger, less complex forest patches in our study area, as opposed to the pattern over much of the species range (Rueda et al., 2013), might indicate that the spatial structure plays an increasing role as departing from the range core. This idea is also supported by the fact that such a preference has also been described in other peripheral areas, namely Northern Scandinavia and the Pyrenees (Tjernberg et al., 1993; Garmendia et al., 2006), regardless of their varying degree of forest fragmentation at the European landscape level (Estreguil et al., 2013).
[::Is breeding performance limited by habitat or demography?] A high percentage of the monitored nests produced fledglings. The review of Passinelli (2006) reported a median breeding success of 80.2\,\% (55-96\,\% in 12 studies from France, Germany, Denmark, Sweden and Finland); the figure in our study area was close to the highest section of that range. This might be an artifact because precision of nest success estimates depends on sample size (Pac\'l\i k et al., 2009) and breeding failures at the stages of nesting and incubation are more difficult to detect, but the same could be applied to the mentioned studies, and the intensity of our field effort suggests that the breeding success was indeed relatively high. On the contrary, the number of fledglings per successful nest was low, if compared to the average 3.3 given over of the above referred studies (Passinelli, 2006). Our figure is based on a one-year monitoring, but additional data from previous years were in accordance with this (Ruiz de Azua, 2012; T. Aierbe, pers. com.).
[\textbackslash n] Although clutch size has been reported to be influenced by latitude in many bird species, other breeding parameters such as the number of fledglings per successful nest probably depend less on geographical determinants (Sanz, 1998). Reproductive performance in the black woodpecker is influenced by territory quality (Rolstad et al., 2000) and, possibly, by age, experience, duration of bond and kinship between the pair members, although these latter aspects have seldom been investigated in European woodpeckers (Christensen \& Kampp, 2003; Passinelli, 2006). Regarding our study area, we do not have data to exclude any of these hypotheses. As for the first, the high proportion of exotic tree stands in black woodpecker territories may limit the availability of invertebrates as foraging resources, and drive higher chick mortality, as has been suggested for forest passerines in Monterey pine plantations (De la Hera et al., 2013). Epigeal ant and beetle abundances are very impoverished in Monterey pine plantations from Australia and South America, where this tree is also aloctonous (Gunther \& New, 2003; Sinclair \& New, 2004; Corley et al., 2006; Paritsis \& Aitzen, 2008).
[\textbackslash n] In our study area, Alberdi et al. (2012) measured a lower frequency of occurrence of ground-dwelling ant (Lasius spp., Formica spp.) mounds on Monterey pine plots (11\,\%, N=392), beech (7 \%, N=157), black pine (7 \%, N=54) and larch, Douglas fir and Lawson cypress (9 \%, N=118), as opposed to oak and mixed deciduous plots (19 \%, N=209). This data does not explain the foraging use by the black woodpecker, possibly because the abundance of ground-dwelling ants is not a reliable indicator of foraging habitat quality in our study area. Although these ants are known to be a part of the black woodpecker's diet, arboreal carpenter ants (Camponotus spp.) are the staple food in Europe (Rolstad et al., 1998; Gorman, 2011). The abundance of carpenter ants and saproxylophagous prey is primarily related to the shading and canopy cover (Dolek et al., 2009; Lemperiere \& Marage, 2010). In Gipuzkoa, black pine stands are more sun-exposed than Monterey pine and beech stands, as deduced by the average herbaceous covers (28.5, 18.6 and 12.1 \% respectively). In the Pyrenees, unmanaged patches of black pine are known to be good foraging sites (Camprodon et al., 2007).
[\textbackslash n] Overall, these differences may account for the foraging habitat use of the black woodpecker, even acknowledging the need for in-site field data to counteract the presumed high variability in determinants of foraging habitat quality (Gonz\'alez \& Villate, 2003; Pirovano \& Zecca, 2014). Being a '' generalist-forager'' species, the black woodpecker is able to exploit several forest development phases (Begehold et al., 2015) in search of the most available prey types, thriving on dead wood (arboreal ants, saproxylophagous beetles) or on alternative substrates (ground-dwelling ants). Its dependence on dead wood volume seems not to be as intense as in other European woodpeckers (Garmendia et al., 2006; Lohmus et al., 2010; Camprodon, 2013).
[\textbackslash n] As for the second hypothesis, poor reproduction may be associated to demographic issues. For instance, if a greater proportion of young, dispersing birds from the core range was present in this area of recent colonization, lower breeding output could be expected (Karvonen et al., 2012). Peripheral populations may experience continual gene flow from central parts of the range, slowing the rate of adaptation to local conditions (Kawecki, 2008; Martin \& Liebl, 2014). This kind of population can turn into demographic sinks, the persistence of which is favoured by dispersers from core areas with higher survival and reproduction (Newton, 2003). We do not have data to support or dismiss this hypothesis, but it deserves future study, because understanding demographic and spatial dynamics across central and marginal range sectors is key to determine the conservation status and perspectives of populations (Passinelli, 2006).
[\textbackslash n] [...]},
journal = {Munibe Ciencias Naturales},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13911737,biodiversity,bird-conservation,conservation,dryocopus-martius,ecology,ecosystem,fagus-sylvatica,forest-resources,pinus-nigra,pinus-radiata,pyrenees-region,quercus-rubra},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13911737}
}2014 (9)
Alnus Viridis Expansion Contributes to Excess Reactive Nitrogen Release, Reduces Biodiversity and Constrains Forest Succession in the Alps. Bühlmann, T., Hiltbrunner, E., & Körner, C. Alpine Botany, 124(2):187–191, 2014.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Reduction in land use and complete land abandonment are widespread in mountainous regions and are mainly driven by socio-economic factors. Following land-use decline, shrubs and trees expand rapidly into montane and subalpine grassland and alter ecosystem properties at a large scale. In particular, the N2-fixing shrub Alnus viridis is currently spreading at a breath-taking speed and thereby reduces biodiversity, leads to substantial reactive nitrogen enrichment and suppresses species succession towards coniferous forests across large areas in the Alps. In addition, this shrub vegetation neither protects against avalanches nor does it secure slopes from erosion. The expanding, monotonous A. viridis shrubland is impenetrable for hikers and diminishes scenic beauty and touristic value of the landscape. Actions and management adaptations are needed to halt the expansion of A. viridis. Goats and the traditional sheep breed Engadine sheep proved to be very effective in preventing and reverting shrub expansion because of their specific browsing behaviour.
@article{buhlmannAlnusViridisExpansion2014,
title = {Alnus Viridis Expansion Contributes to Excess Reactive Nitrogen Release, Reduces Biodiversity and Constrains Forest Succession in the {{Alps}}},
author = {B{\"u}hlmann, Tobias and Hiltbrunner, Erika and K{\"o}rner, Christian},
year = {2014},
volume = {124},
pages = {187--191},
doi = {10.1007/s00035-014-0134-y},
abstract = {Reduction in land use and complete land abandonment are widespread in mountainous regions and are mainly driven by socio-economic factors. Following land-use decline, shrubs and trees expand rapidly into montane and subalpine grassland and alter ecosystem properties at a large scale. In particular, the N2-fixing shrub Alnus viridis is currently spreading at a breath-taking speed and thereby reduces biodiversity, leads to substantial reactive nitrogen enrichment and suppresses species succession towards coniferous forests across large areas in the Alps. In addition, this shrub vegetation neither protects against avalanches nor does it secure slopes from erosion. The expanding, monotonous A. viridis shrubland is impenetrable for hikers and diminishes scenic beauty and touristic value of the landscape. Actions and management adaptations are needed to halt the expansion of A. viridis. Goats and the traditional sheep breed Engadine sheep proved to be very effective in preventing and reverting shrub expansion because of their specific browsing behaviour.},
journal = {Alpine Botany},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13488323,alnus-viridis,alpine-region,biodiversity,green-alder,nitrogen,succession},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13488323},
number = {2}
}Satellite remote sensing for applied ecologists: opportunities and challenges. Pettorelli, N., Laurance, W. F., O'Brien, T. G., Wegmann, M., Nagendra, H., & Turner, W. Journal of Applied Ecology, 41:839-848, 2014.
Paper doi bibtex
Paper doi bibtex @ARTICLE{JPE:JPE12261,
author = {Pettorelli, Nathalie and Laurance, William F. and O'Brien, Timothy
G. and Wegmann, Martin and Nagendra, Harini and Turner, Woody},
title = {Satellite remote sensing for applied ecologists: opportunities and
challenges},
journal = {Journal of Applied Ecology},
year = {2014},
volume = {41},
pages = {839-848},
doi = {10.1111/1365-2664.12261},
issn = {1365-2664},
keywords = {Technology, Wildlife Management, Environmental Management, Earth Observations,
Natural Capital, Sensor, Biodiversity},
owner = {Tiago Marques},
timestamp = {2014.04.09},
url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/1365-2664.12261}
}Remaining Natural Vegetation in the Global Biodiversity Hotspots. Sloan, S., Jenkins, C. N., Joppa, L. N., Gaveau, D. L. A., & Laurance, W. F. Biological Conservation, 177:12–24, September, 2014.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
[Highlights] [::] We estimate the area of natural intact vegetation in the global biodiversity hotspots. [::] Natural intact vegetation spans 3,545,975 km2, or 14.9\,% of its original extent. [::] Hotspots previously considered most intact suffered greatest downward adjustments. [::] Natural intact vegetation area is critical ($<$10%) in 6 of 12 biomes in the hotspots. [::] Natural intact vegetation is marketed more fragmented when $<$10\,% of hotspot area. [Abstract] The biodiversity hotspots are 35 biogeographical regions that have both exceptional endemism and extreme threats to their vegetation integrity, and as such are global conservation priorities. Nonetheless, prior estimates of natural intact vegetation (NIV) in the hotspots are generally imprecise, indirect, coarse, and/or dated. Using moderate- and high-resolution satellite imagery as well as maps of roads, settlements, and fires, we estimate the current extent of NIV for the hotspots. Our analysis indicates that hotspots retain 14.9\,% of their total area as NIV ($\sim$3,546,975 km2). Most hotspots have much less NIV than previously estimated, with half now having $\leqslant$10\,% NIV by area, a threshold beneath which mean NIV patch area declines precipitously below 1000 ha. Hotspots with the greatest previous NIV estimates suffered the greatest apparent losses. The paucity of NIV is most pronounced in biomes dominated by dry forests, open woodlands, and grasslands, reflecting their historic affinities with agriculture, such that NIV tends to concentrate in select biomes. Low and declining levels of NIV in the hotspots underscore the need for an urgent focus of limited conservation resources on these biologically crucial regions.
@article{sloanRemainingNaturalVegetation2014,
title = {Remaining Natural Vegetation in the Global Biodiversity Hotspots},
author = {Sloan, Sean and Jenkins, Clinton N. and Joppa, Lucas N. and Gaveau, David L. A. and Laurance, William F.},
year = {2014},
month = sep,
volume = {177},
pages = {12--24},
issn = {0006-3207},
doi = {10.1016/j.biocon.2014.05.027},
abstract = {[Highlights]
[::] We estimate the area of natural intact vegetation in the global biodiversity hotspots. [::] Natural intact vegetation spans 3,545,975 km2, or 14.9\,\% of its original extent. [::] Hotspots previously considered most intact suffered greatest downward adjustments. [::] Natural intact vegetation area is critical ({$<$}10\%) in 6 of 12 biomes in the hotspots. [::] Natural intact vegetation is marketed more fragmented when {$<$}10\,\% of hotspot area.
[Abstract]
The biodiversity hotspots are 35 biogeographical regions that have both exceptional endemism and extreme threats to their vegetation integrity, and as such are global conservation priorities. Nonetheless, prior estimates of natural intact vegetation (NIV) in the hotspots are generally imprecise, indirect, coarse, and/or dated. Using moderate- and high-resolution satellite imagery as well as maps of roads, settlements, and fires, we estimate the current extent of NIV for the hotspots. Our analysis indicates that hotspots retain 14.9\,\% of their total area as NIV ({$\sim$}3,546,975 km2). Most hotspots have much less NIV than previously estimated, with half now having {$\leqslant$}10\,\% NIV by area, a threshold beneath which mean NIV patch area declines precipitously below 1000 ha. Hotspots with the greatest previous NIV estimates suffered the greatest apparent losses. The paucity of NIV is most pronounced in biomes dominated by dry forests, open woodlands, and grasslands, reflecting their historic affinities with agriculture, such that NIV tends to concentrate in select biomes. Low and declining levels of NIV in the hotspots underscore the need for an urgent focus of limited conservation resources on these biologically crucial regions.},
journal = {Biological Conservation},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13268307,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,biodiversity-hotspot,conservation,forest-resources,global-scale,habitat-conservation,hotspot,vegetation},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13268307}
}Taking a Bite out of Biodiversity. Machovina, B. & Feeley, K. J. Science, 343(6173):838, February, 2014.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
[excerpt] In the Review '' Status and ecological effects of the world's largest carnivores'' (10 January, DOI: 10.1126/science.1241484), W. J. Ripple et al. claim that meat consumption by humans is one of many threats to carnivores and biodiversity. We argue that human carnivory is in fact the single greatest threat to overall biodiversity. Livestock production accounts for up to 75\,% of all agricultural lands and 30\,% of Earth's land surface, making it the single largest anthropogenic land use. Meat and feedstock production is rapidly rising in biodiversity-rich developing countries. [...] Substituting meat with soy protein could reduce total human biomass appropriation in 2050 by 94\,% below 2000 baseline levels and greatly reduce other environmental impacts related to use of water, fertilizer, fossil fuel, and biocides. [...] We argue that reducing and maintaining animal products to even 10\,% of the global human diet would enable the future global population to be fed on just the current area of agricultural lands. [...]
@article{machovinaTakingBiteOut2014,
title = {Taking a Bite out of Biodiversity},
author = {Machovina, Brian and Feeley, Kenneth J.},
year = {2014},
month = feb,
volume = {343},
pages = {838},
issn = {1095-9203},
doi = {10.1126/science.343.6173.838-a},
abstract = {[excerpt] In the Review '' Status and ecological effects of the world's largest carnivores'' (10 January, DOI: 10.1126/science.1241484), W. J. Ripple et al. claim that meat consumption by humans is one of many threats to carnivores and biodiversity. We argue that human carnivory is in fact the single greatest threat to overall biodiversity. Livestock production accounts for up to 75\,\% of all agricultural lands and 30\,\% of Earth's land surface, making it the single largest anthropogenic land use. Meat and feedstock production is rapidly rising in biodiversity-rich developing countries. [...] Substituting meat with soy protein could reduce total human biomass appropriation in 2050 by 94\,\% below 2000 baseline levels and greatly reduce other environmental impacts related to use of water, fertilizer, fossil fuel, and biocides. [...] We argue that reducing and maintaining animal products to even 10\,\% of the global human diet would enable the future global population to be fed on just the current area of agricultural lands. [...]},
journal = {Science},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13056490,~to-add-doi-URL,agricultural-land,agricultural-policy,agricultural-resources,biodiversity,carnivores,environment-society-economy,food-security,global-scale,land-use,scenario-analysis},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13056490},
number = {6173}
}Identifying new pathways for ocean governance: The role of legal principles in areas beyond national jurisdiction. Houghton, K. Marine Policy, 49:118--126, November, 2014.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex This paper seeks to illustrate the role of principles in an emerging regime for the conservation and sustainable use of marine biodiversity in areas beyond national jurisdiction (ABNJ). While certainly not a standalone solution for a complex issue, principles nonetheless serve an essential function in regime-building, bridging legal and governance processes to identify new ways forward. Given the fundamental questions of international law at hand – the restriction of the freedoms of the high seas, the nature of UNCLOS as a “living instrument” and the need to engage in innovative practice spanning law and governance – it comes as no surprise that discussions on the future of ABNJ have been highly polarized. Principles offer points of convergence to address both the “regulatory gaps” and “implementation gaps” identified and serve the structural needs of both law and governance to produce dynamic change in the protection of marine biodiversity in ABNJ. Through their function as precursors to rules, principles prepare a common space for the emergence of a regime and give it a set of mechanisms through which it can strengthen its connections to the diversity of instruments and institutions involved in addressing a multifaceted problem. A statement of principles to strengthen the conservation and sustainable use of marine biodiversity in ABNJ – many of which constitute customary international law – would therefore be a logical and constructive next step in this on-going process.
@article{houghton_identifying_2014,
title = {Identifying new pathways for ocean governance: {The} role of legal principles in areas beyond national jurisdiction},
volume = {49},
issn = {0308-597X},
shorttitle = {Identifying new pathways for ocean governance},
url = {http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0308597X14001298},
doi = {10.1016/j.marpol.2014.04.007},
abstract = {This paper seeks to illustrate the role of principles in an emerging regime for the conservation and sustainable use of marine biodiversity in areas beyond national jurisdiction (ABNJ). While certainly not a standalone solution for a complex issue, principles nonetheless serve an essential function in regime-building, bridging legal and governance processes to identify new ways forward. Given the fundamental questions of international law at hand – the restriction of the freedoms of the high seas, the nature of UNCLOS as a “living instrument” and the need to engage in innovative practice spanning law and governance – it comes as no surprise that discussions on the future of ABNJ have been highly polarized. Principles offer points of convergence to address both the “regulatory gaps” and “implementation gaps” identified and serve the structural needs of both law and governance to produce dynamic change in the protection of marine biodiversity in ABNJ. Through their function as precursors to rules, principles prepare a common space for the emergence of a regime and give it a set of mechanisms through which it can strengthen its connections to the diversity of instruments and institutions involved in addressing a multifaceted problem. A statement of principles to strengthen the conservation and sustainable use of marine biodiversity in ABNJ – many of which constitute customary international law – would therefore be a logical and constructive next step in this on-going process.},
urldate = {2014-06-25},
journal = {Marine Policy},
author = {Houghton, Katherine},
month = nov,
year = {2014},
keywords = {Areas beyond national jurisdiction, BBNJ Working Group, Biodiversity, High seas, Legal principles, UNCLOS},
pages = {118--126},
file = {ScienceDirect Full Text PDF:files/49310/Houghton - 2014 - Identifying new pathways for ocean governance The.pdf:application/pdf;ScienceDirect Snapshot:files/49311/S0308597X14001298.html:text/html}
}Supplementary materials for: a proposal for an integrated modelling framework to characterise habitat pattern. Estreguil, C., de Rigo, D., & Caudullo, G. Technical Report 2014. (Extended version of the supplementary materials as published in Environmental Modelling \& Software 52, 176-191, DOI:10.1016/j.envsoft.2013.10.011)
Paper abstract bibtex
Paper abstract bibtex In Estreguil et al. (Environ Modell Softw 52, 176-191, 2014), an integrated modelling framework is proposed to characterise habitat pattern. The modelling approach is there exemplified by deriving a set of twelve indices aggregated into four categories: general landscape composition, habitat morphology, edge interface and connectivity. The easy and reproducible computability is ensured with the integrated use of publicly available software (GUIDOS free-download software, Conefor free software) and of newly programmed tools. A statistical analysis is then conducted using classical linear correlation and nonlinear Brownian Distance Correlation (Mastrave free software modelling library) as an alternative to traditional dimensionality-reduction techniques and with an effort towards reusability in other contexts and reproducible research, by means of concise semantic array programming codelets. Here, a reasoned set of materials and methods is presented to complement that proposal. Supplementary tables and figures are provided as well as the dataset of indices used in the analyses, the detailed mathematical formulation of landscape indices and concise semantic array programming codelets to reproduce the statistical computations. This extended version of the supplementary materials of Estreguil et al. (2014) provides a more articulated presentation of the original content with an enriched bibliographic apparatus.
@techreport{ citeulike:13234981,
abstract = {In Estreguil et al. (Environ Modell Softw 52, 176-191, 2014), an integrated modelling framework is proposed to characterise habitat pattern. The modelling approach is there exemplified by deriving a set of twelve indices aggregated into four categories: general landscape composition, habitat morphology, edge interface and connectivity. The easy and reproducible computability is ensured with the integrated use of publicly available software ({GUIDOS} free-download software, Conefor free software) and of newly programmed tools. A statistical analysis is then conducted using classical linear correlation and nonlinear Brownian Distance Correlation (Mastrave free software modelling library) as an alternative to traditional dimensionality-reduction techniques and with an effort towards reusability in other contexts and reproducible research, by means of concise semantic array programming codelets. Here, a reasoned set of materials and methods is presented to complement that proposal. Supplementary tables and figures are provided as well as the dataset of indices used in the analyses, the detailed mathematical formulation of landscape indices and concise semantic array programming codelets to reproduce the statistical computations. This extended version of the supplementary materials of Estreguil et al. (2014) provides a more articulated presentation of the original content with an enriched bibliographic apparatus.},
author = {Estreguil, Christine and de Rigo, Daniele and Caudullo, Giovanni},
citeulike-article-id = {13234981},
citeulike-linkout-0 = {http://mastrave.org/bib/Estreguil_etal_EMSsuppl_2014.pdf},
keywords = {biodiversity, codelet, connectivity, data-transformation-codelets, data-transformation-modelling, dimensionality-reduction, distance-correlation, environmental-modelling, forest-resources, fragmentation, free-scientific-software, free-software, geospatial-semantic-array-programming, habitat-availability, indices, integrated-modelling, integration-techniques, landscape-modelling, mastrave-modelling-library, non-linearity, nonadditive-measures, nonlinear-correlation, reproducible-research, robust-modelling, semantic-array-programming, spatial-pattern, statistics},
note = {(Extended version of the supplementary materials as published in Environmental Modelling \& Software 52, 176-191, DOI:10.1016/j.envsoft.2013.10.011)},
posted-at = {2014-06-20 17:06:13},
priority = {2},
title = {Supplementary materials for: a proposal for an integrated modelling framework to characterise habitat pattern},
url = {http://mastrave.org/bib/Estreguil_etal_EMSsuppl_2014.pdf},
year = {2014}
}Political Borders Should Not Hamper Wildlife. Ellison, A. M. Nature, 508(7494):9, April, 2014.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
[Excerpt] Given the lack of global legislation, nations should work hard to establish cross-border protections for vulnerable species, says Aaron M. Ellison. [...] Conservation biologists have repeatedly called for global, or at least cross-border, systems of protected areas. Long-standing international treaties, such as the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), make similar pronouncements. But although the CBD has guidelines and suggestions for the conservation of biological diversity, it provides no legal protection for threatened or endangered species. And even if the CBD could be given regulatory power, every time a new country is formed, treaties have to be reopened, renegotiated and re-ratified; history suggests that the result tends to be new treaties or laws with more exceptions and weaker protections. [...]
@article{ellisonPoliticalBordersShould2014,
title = {Political Borders Should Not Hamper Wildlife},
author = {Ellison, Aaron M.},
year = {2014},
month = apr,
volume = {508},
pages = {9},
issn = {0028-0836},
doi = {10.1038/508009a},
abstract = {[Excerpt] Given the lack of global legislation, nations should work hard to establish cross-border protections for vulnerable species, says Aaron M. Ellison. [...] Conservation biologists have repeatedly called for global, or at least cross-border, systems of protected areas. Long-standing international treaties, such as the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), make similar pronouncements. But although the CBD has guidelines and suggestions for the conservation of biological diversity, it provides no legal protection for threatened or endangered species. And even if the CBD could be given regulatory power, every time a new country is formed, treaties have to be reopened, renegotiated and re-ratified; history suggests that the result tends to be new treaties or laws with more exceptions and weaker protections. [...]},
journal = {Nature},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13125280,anthropogenic-impacts,biodiversity,legislation,protection,science-policy-interface,transboundary-effects},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13125280},
number = {7494}
}Temporal variability of forest communities: Empirical estimates of population change in 4000 tree species. Chisholm, R. A., Condit, R., Rahman, K. A., Baker, P. J., Bunyavejchewin, S., Chen, Y. Y., Chuyong, G., Dattaraja, H. S., Davies, S., Ewango, C. E N, Gunatilleke, C. V S, Nimal Gunatilleke, I. A U, Hubbell, S., Kenfack, D., Kiratiprayoon, S., Lin, Y., Makana, J. R., Pongpattananurak, N., Pulla, S., Punchi-Manage, R., Sukumar, R., Su, S. H., Sun, I. F., Suresh, H. S., Tan, S., Thomas, D., & Yap, S. Ecology Letters, 17(7):855–865, 2014.
Pdf doi abstract bibtex
Pdf doi abstract bibtex Long-term surveys of entire communities of species are needed to measure fluctuations in natural populations and elucidate the mechanisms driving population dynamics and community assembly. We analysed changes in abundance of over 4000 tree species in 12 forests across the world over periods of 6-28 years. Abundance fluctuations in all forests are large and consistent with population dynamics models in which temporal environmental variance plays a central role. At some sites we identify clear environmental drivers, such as fire and drought, that could underlie these patterns, but at other sites there is a need for further research to identify drivers. In addition, cross-site comparisons showed that abundance fluctuations were smaller at species-rich sites, consistent with the idea that stable environmental conditions promote higher diversity. Much community ecology theory emphasises demographic variance and niche stabilisation; we encourage the development of theory in which temporal environmental variance plays a central role.
@Article{Chisholm2014,
author = {Chisholm, Ryan A. and Condit, Richard and Rahman, K. A. and Baker, Patrick J. and Bunyavejchewin, Sarayudh and Chen, Yu Yun and Chuyong, George and Dattaraja, H. S. and Davies, Stuart and Ewango, Corneille E N and Gunatilleke, C. V S and {Nimal Gunatilleke}, I. A U and Hubbell, Stephen and Kenfack, David and Kiratiprayoon, Somboon and Lin, Yiching and Makana, Jean Remy and Pongpattananurak, Nantachai and Pulla, Sandeep and Punchi-Manage, Ruwan and Sukumar, Raman and Su, Sheng Hsin and Sun, I. Fang and Suresh, H. S. and Tan, Sylvester and Thomas, Duncan and Yap, Sandra},
title = {{Temporal variability of forest communities: Empirical estimates of population change in 4000 tree species}},
journal = {Ecology Letters},
year = {2014},
volume = {17},
number = {7},
pages = {855--865},
issn = {14610248},
url_pdf = {http://uni-goettingen.de/de/document/download/897eb9b870e62d8de832707962fe96a6.pdf/Chisholm_et_al_2014_ECOLOGY_LETTERS_temporal_variability_forest_communities.pdf},
abstract = {Long-term surveys of entire communities of species are needed to measure fluctuations in natural populations and elucidate the mechanisms driving population dynamics and community assembly. We analysed changes in abundance of over 4000 tree species in 12 forests across the world over periods of 6-28 years. Abundance fluctuations in all forests are large and consistent with population dynamics models in which temporal environmental variance plays a central role. At some sites we identify clear environmental drivers, such as fire and drought, that could underlie these patterns, but at other sites there is a need for further research to identify drivers. In addition, cross-site comparisons showed that abundance fluctuations were smaller at species-rich sites, consistent with the idea that stable environmental conditions promote higher diversity. Much community ecology theory emphasises demographic variance and niche stabilisation; we encourage the development of theory in which temporal environmental variance plays a central role.},
comment = {public},
doi = {10.1111/ele.12296},
isbn = {1461-0248},
keywords = {Abundance fluctuations,Biodiversity,Demographic stochasticity,Environmental variance,Forest dynamics,Neutral theory,Niche stabilization},
pmid = {24805976},
}Environmental valuation by the local population and visitors for zoning a protected area. Matos, D., Díaz, P., Ruiz-Labourdette, D., Rodríguez, A., Santana, A., Schmitz, M., & Pineda, F. WIT Transactions on Ecology and the Environment, 187:161–173, 2014.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Protected natural areas have traditionally played an important role in tourist destinations. There are over one hundred thousand of these areas throughout the world and to date, their landscapes and biodiversity have constituted the main factor attracting visitors. Although these components have not lost their power to attract, many tourist destinations now highlight the relationship between nature and traditional culture. On one hand, the planning and management of natural areas have fundamentally been based on biophysical aspects; hence, their name. But, on the other, the socioeconomic perspective is of great importance and should be incorporated further into this management. The professional field of the sciences of ‘nature’, which so far has played a major role in these areas, along with the disciplines of social sciences and humanities, faces the challenge of integrating their analysis methods, which can be directly applied to an understanding of the dynamics of present-day tourism. This integration could consider protected areas and territories beyond their physical boundaries. Our team, with experience in the development of environmental analysis models applied to the zoning and subsequent declaration of these areas, has proposed a new procedure for evaluating carrying capacities and tourism potentialities, integrating environmental (landscape), anthropological (local society and visitors) and socioeconomic (living standard and quality of life of local population) perspectives. The research relates this kind of components through multivariate analyses, geo-referenced databases and questionnaires. The pathway of the model is landscape functioning (ecosystem) and its function for society (ecosystem services). © 2014 WIT Press.
@article{matos_environmental_2014,
title = {Environmental valuation by the local population and visitors for zoning a protected area},
volume = {187},
issn = {17433541},
url = {https://www2.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84930364235&doi=10.2495%2fST140131&partnerID=40&md5=fd41ed37a6ebf15cc6b1e32261ad03a5},
doi = {10.2495/ST140131},
abstract = {Protected natural areas have traditionally played an important role in tourist destinations. There are over one hundred thousand of these areas throughout the world and to date, their landscapes and biodiversity have constituted the main factor attracting visitors. Although these components have not lost their power to attract, many tourist destinations now highlight the relationship between nature and traditional culture. On one hand, the planning and management of natural areas have fundamentally been based on biophysical aspects; hence, their name. But, on the other, the socioeconomic perspective is of great importance and should be incorporated further into this management. The professional field of the sciences of ‘nature’, which so far has played a major role in these areas, along with the disciplines of social sciences and humanities, faces the challenge of integrating their analysis methods, which can be directly applied to an understanding of the dynamics of present-day tourism. This integration could consider protected areas and territories beyond their physical boundaries. Our team, with experience in the development of environmental analysis models applied to the zoning and subsequent declaration of these areas, has proposed a new procedure for evaluating carrying capacities and tourism potentialities, integrating environmental (landscape), anthropological (local society and visitors) and socioeconomic (living standard and quality of life of local population) perspectives. The research relates this kind of components through multivariate analyses, geo-referenced databases and questionnaires. The pathway of the model is landscape functioning (ecosystem) and its function for society (ecosystem services). © 2014 WIT Press.},
language = {English},
journal = {WIT Transactions on Ecology and the Environment},
author = {Matos, D.G.G. and Díaz, P. and Ruiz-Labourdette, D. and Rodríguez, A.J. and Santana, A. and Schmitz, M.F. and Pineda, F.D.},
editor = {Favro S., Pineda F.D., Brebbia C.A., Brebbia C.A., Favro S., Pineda F.D.},
year = {2014},
keywords = {biodiversity, carrying capacity, cultural landscape, ecosystem service, ecotourism, environmental planning, landscape structure, protected area, tourist destination, zoning policy},
pages = {161--173}
}2013 (6)
The Devolution of the Seas The Consequences of Oceanic Destruction. Sielen, A. B. Foreign Affairs, 92(6):124–132, 2013.
bibtex
bibtex
@article{sielen_devolution_2013,
title = {The {Devolution} of the {Seas} {The} {Consequences} of {Oceanic} {Destruction}},
volume = {92},
number = {6},
journal = {Foreign Affairs},
author = {Sielen, Alan B.},
year = {2013},
keywords = {biodiversity, boundaries, collapse, oceans},
pages = {124--132},
file = {Sielen - 2013 - The Devolution of the Seas The Consequences of Oce.pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\6BD7PDJ2\\Sielen - 2013 - The Devolution of the Seas The Consequences of Oce.pdf:application/pdf}
}Landslide-Facilitated Species Diversity in a Beech-Dominant Forest. Seiwa, K., Miwa, Y., Akasaka, S., Kanno, H., Tomita, M., Saitoh, T., Ueno, N., Kimura, M., Hasegawa, Y., Konno, M., & Masaka, K. Ecological Research, 28(1):29–41, November, 2013.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
To evaluate the extent to which landslides affect community dynamics and consequent species diversity in a beech-dominated forest, differences in the composition and size structure of tree species were compared between landslide and adjacent stable (control) stands. Demography and changes in size were compared between the two stands over a 5-year period about 60 years after a landslide. In the control stand, replacement occurred even amongst late-successional species, with beech ( Fagus crenata ) – the most dominant species – increasing in relative abundance. In the landslide stand, very few large individuals of late-successional species occurred, whereas large individuals of early-successional species occurred only in the landslide stand. The traits indicate that the landslide strongly facilitated species diversity, not only by reducing the dominance of late-successional species, but also by promoting recruitment of early-successional species. However, new recruitment of early-successional species was inhibited in the landslide stand, although we observed succeeding regeneration and subsequent population growth of late-successional species there. As a result, the relative dominance of late-successional species increased with succession after the landslide, thus decreasing future species diversity. In beech-dominant forest landscapes in Japan that include communities with different developmental stages, the mosaic of serial stages may facilitate species diversity after a landslide.
@article{seiwaLandslidefacilitatedSpeciesDiversity2013,
title = {Landslide-Facilitated Species Diversity in a Beech-Dominant Forest},
author = {Seiwa, Kenji and Miwa, Yoshiko and Akasaka, Shigetoshi and Kanno, Hiroshi and Tomita, Mizuki and Saitoh, Tomoyuki and Ueno, Naoto and Kimura, Megumi and Hasegawa, Yoichi and Konno, Miki and Masaka, Kazuhiko},
year = {2013},
month = nov,
volume = {28},
pages = {29--41},
issn = {0912-3814},
doi = {10.1007/s11284-012-0996-7},
abstract = {To evaluate the extent to which landslides affect community dynamics and consequent species diversity in a beech-dominated forest, differences in the composition and size structure of tree species were compared between landslide and adjacent stable (control) stands. Demography and changes in size were compared between the two stands over a 5-year period about 60 years after a landslide. In the control stand, replacement occurred even amongst late-successional species, with beech ( Fagus crenata ) -- the most dominant species -- increasing in relative abundance. In the landslide stand, very few large individuals of late-successional species occurred, whereas large individuals of early-successional species occurred only in the landslide stand. The traits indicate that the landslide strongly facilitated species diversity, not only by reducing the dominance of late-successional species, but also by promoting recruitment of early-successional species. However, new recruitment of early-successional species was inhibited in the landslide stand, although we observed succeeding regeneration and subsequent population growth of late-successional species there. As a result, the relative dominance of late-successional species increased with succession after the landslide, thus decreasing future species diversity. In beech-dominant forest landscapes in Japan that include communities with different developmental stages, the mosaic of serial stages may facilitate species diversity after a landslide.},
journal = {Ecological Research},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-11682676,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,disturbances,diversity,fagus-crenata,forest-resources,forest-succession,japan,landslides,species-richness},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-11682676},
number = {1}
}Persisting Bark Beetle Outbreak Indicates the Unsustainability of Secondary Norway Spruce Forests: Case Study from Central Europe. Hlásny, T. & Tur ̌cáni, M. Annals of Forest Science, 70(5):481–491, 2013.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
[Context] Secondary Norway spruce forests in the Western Beskids are among the most damaged forests in Europe. Although spruce bark beetle (Ips typographus) has been recently causing large-scale damage to these forests, our understanding of I. typographus dynamics in this environment is inadequate for evaluating forest sustainability. [Aim] This study aims to evaluate the patterns of damage caused by I. typographus to spruce forests with compromised ecological stability. [Methods] Forest infestation by I. typographus was inferred from sanitary felling data collected from 1998 to 2004. Stand and site data were obtained from forest management plans. Spatial-dependence analysis, ordinary kriging and neural network-based regression modelling were used to investigate the patterns of infestation and the casual relationships in the studied ecosystem. [Results] I. typographus long-distance dispersal substantially decreased with outbreak culmination. The spread of infestation was only weakly related to stand and site parameters. Infestations spread isotropically at the stand and patch level but directionally at the regional scale. [Conclusions] The large-scale spread of infestation can be explained by the uniform age and species composition of the investigated forests and by the ability of populations to overwhelm suboptimal trees. The observations presented here suggest that secondary spruce forests in Europe may be unsustainable due to unprecedented bark beetle outbreaks, which can be further amplified by changing climate.
@article{hlasnyPersistingBarkBeetle2013,
title = {Persisting Bark Beetle Outbreak Indicates the Unsustainability of Secondary {{Norway}} Spruce Forests: Case Study from {{Central Europe}}},
author = {Hl{\'a}sny, Tom{\'a}{\v s} and Tur{\v c}{\'a}ni, Marek},
year = {2013},
volume = {70},
pages = {481--491},
issn = {1297-966X},
doi = {10.1007/s13595-013-0279-7},
abstract = {[Context] Secondary Norway spruce forests in the Western Beskids are among the most damaged forests in Europe. Although spruce bark beetle (Ips typographus) has been recently causing large-scale damage to these forests, our understanding of I. typographus dynamics in this environment is inadequate for evaluating forest sustainability.
[Aim] This study aims to evaluate the patterns of damage caused by I. typographus to spruce forests with compromised ecological stability.
[Methods] Forest infestation by I. typographus was inferred from sanitary felling data collected from 1998 to 2004. Stand and site data were obtained from forest management plans. Spatial-dependence analysis, ordinary kriging and neural network-based regression modelling were used to investigate the patterns of infestation and the casual relationships in the studied ecosystem.
[Results] I. typographus long-distance dispersal substantially decreased with outbreak culmination. The spread of infestation was only weakly related to stand and site parameters. Infestations spread isotropically at the stand and patch level but directionally at the regional scale.
[Conclusions] The large-scale spread of infestation can be explained by the uniform age and species composition of the investigated forests and by the ability of populations to overwhelm suboptimal trees. The observations presented here suggest that secondary spruce forests in Europe may be unsustainable due to unprecedented bark beetle outbreaks, which can be further amplified by changing climate.},
journal = {Annals of Forest Science},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13561691,biodiversity,central-europe,forest-pests,forest-resources,ips-typographus,low-diversity,plant-health,species-decline,spruce-decline},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13561691},
number = {5}
}Understanding and Managing Conservation Conflicts. Redpath, S. M., Young, J., Evely, A., Adams, W. M., Sutherland, W. J., Whitehouse, A., Amar, A., Lambert, R. A., Linnell, J. D. C., Watt, A., & Gutiérrez, R. J. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 28(2):100–109, February, 2013.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Conservation conflicts are increasing and need to be managed to minimise negative impacts on biodiversity, human livelihoods, and human well-being. Here, we explore strategies and case studies that highlight the long-term, dynamic nature of conflicts and the challenges to their management. Conflict management requires parties to recognise problems as shared ones, and engage with clear goals, a transparent evidence base, and an awareness of trade-offs. We hypothesise that conservation outcomes will be less durable when conservationists assert their interests to the detriment of others. Effective conflict management and long-term conservation benefit will be enhanced by better integration of the underpinning social context with the material impacts and evaluation of the efficacy of alternative conflict management approaches.
@article{redpathUnderstandingManagingConservation2013,
title = {Understanding and Managing Conservation Conflicts},
author = {Redpath, Steve M. and Young, Juliette and Evely, Anna and Adams, William M. and Sutherland, William J. and Whitehouse, Andrew and Amar, Arjun and Lambert, Robert A. and Linnell, John D. C. and Watt, Allan and Guti{\'e}rrez, R. J.},
year = {2013},
month = feb,
volume = {28},
pages = {100--109},
issn = {0169-5347},
doi = {10.1016/j.tree.2012.08.021},
abstract = {Conservation conflicts are increasing and need to be managed to minimise negative impacts on biodiversity, human livelihoods, and human well-being. Here, we explore strategies and case studies that highlight the long-term, dynamic nature of conflicts and the challenges to their management. Conflict management requires parties to recognise problems as shared ones, and engage with clear goals, a transparent evidence base, and an awareness of trade-offs. We hypothesise that conservation outcomes will be less durable when conservationists assert their interests to the detriment of others. Effective conflict management and long-term conservation benefit will be enhanced by better integration of the underpinning social context with the material impacts and evaluation of the efficacy of alternative conflict management approaches.},
journal = {Trends in Ecology \& Evolution},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-11400879,biodiversity,conflicts,conservation,decision-making-procedure,integrated-natural-resources-modelling-and-management,multiauthor,science-policy-interface},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-11400879},
number = {2}
}A Meta-Analysis of the Effect of Forest Management for Timber on Understory Plant Species Diversity in Temperate Forests. Duguid, M. C. & Ashton, M. S. Forest Ecology and Management, 303:81–90, September, 2013.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
[Highlights] [::] We synthesized data from 100 studies to examine understory response to forest harvesting. [::] Across all studies there was no significant effect from timber harvesting on understory richness. [::] Selection harvesting had a positive effect on understory species richness. [::] Even-aged silvicultural treatments showed effects after 50 years or more, while early successional stages did not. [::] Thinning treatments had no effect on understory richness. [Abstract] Many studies have examined affects of forest management – particularly regeneration treatments – for timber on understory plant diversity. These studies taken independently show no clear trends in diversity with degree and/or periodicity of disturbance from timber harvests. Here we present a meta-analysis synthesizing primary field research on response of understory plant diversity to timber harvesting in temperate forests, particularly in North America. Across a pool of 96 studies, we find no effect on understory plant species richness from managing forests for timber. When intensive regeneration harvests (e.g. clearcut, shelterwood) are separated from less intensive regeneration harvests (e.g. single tree and group selection systems) and thinnings, selection harvests show a positive effect on species richness. Intensive regeneration harvests and thinning treatments had no effect on species richness. We examined the role of stand development following regeneration treatments, and found no detectable effects on species richness for even-aged stands within the first 50 years after clearcut and shelterwood timber harvests. Stands in later successional stages, however, had lower species richness than un-logged stands. All these findings together suggest that silvicultural activities focused toward timber management are not inconsistent with conservation of understory plant diversity. We suggest site-specific characteristics (e.g. resource availability, resource heterogeneity) at various temporal and spatial scales, have a larger role to play in defining understory plant diversity than the disturbance of harvesting itself. Managers therefore should consider underlying factors of site and species composition, and should examine regionally specific studies when planning silvicultural treatments. In addition, it should be noted that our analysis makes no distinction in classifying the nature of diversity, especially between colonizing early-successional species that peak after 1-10 years and then disappear, and late successional, often more site specific and shade tolerant species, that may persist post harvest but often disappear or retract in their range and abundance. Further studies are needed to tease out differences in diversity in relation to successional stage and affects of forest management. [Excerpt:Meta-analysis] Firstly, across all studies, irrespective of silvicultural treatment (clearcut, shelterwood, selection, thinning) or successional stage, timber harvesting had no clear influence on understory plant richness [...]. The effect size measure by the response ratio indicates a slight increase of 4.9\,% [...] in understory species diversity under forest management as compared to unmanaged, but this increase is not significant [...] [\n] Secondly, the only silvicultural treatment with a positive effect on understory richness was selection [...], with a 30\,% [...] increase in understory plant diversity as calculated by the response ratio. Both even-aged regeneration methods (clearcut, shelterwood) [...] and thinning [...] had no significant effects detected. Studies within each treatment category, however, showed considerable variation with positive, negative, or no significant difference [...] [\n] Lastly, when we included the grouping factor of successional stage within the even-aged regeneration methods we found stands in later successional stages had lower species richness than unharvested controls [...], a 28.4\,% decrease [...] in understory species richness from the controls. [...] [\n] [...]
@article{duguidMetaanalysisEffectForest2013,
title = {A Meta-Analysis of the Effect of Forest Management for Timber on Understory Plant Species Diversity in Temperate Forests},
author = {Duguid, Marlyse C. and Ashton, Mark S.},
year = {2013},
month = sep,
volume = {303},
pages = {81--90},
issn = {0378-1127},
doi = {10.1016/j.foreco.2013.04.009},
abstract = {[Highlights]
[::] We synthesized data from 100 studies to examine understory response to forest harvesting.
[::] Across all studies there was no significant effect from timber harvesting on understory richness.
[::] Selection harvesting had a positive effect on understory species richness.
[::] Even-aged silvicultural treatments showed effects after 50 years or more, while early successional stages did not.
[::] Thinning treatments had no effect on understory richness.
[Abstract]
Many studies have examined affects of forest management -- particularly regeneration treatments -- for timber on understory plant diversity. These studies taken independently show no clear trends in diversity with degree and/or periodicity of disturbance from timber harvests. Here we present a meta-analysis synthesizing primary field research on response of understory plant diversity to timber harvesting in temperate forests, particularly in North America. Across a pool of 96 studies, we find no effect on understory plant species richness from managing forests for timber. When intensive regeneration harvests (e.g. clearcut, shelterwood) are separated from less intensive regeneration harvests (e.g. single tree and group selection systems) and thinnings, selection harvests show a positive effect on species richness. Intensive regeneration harvests and thinning treatments had no effect on species richness. We examined the role of stand development following regeneration treatments, and found no detectable effects on species richness for even-aged stands within the first 50 years after clearcut and shelterwood timber harvests. Stands in later successional stages, however, had lower species richness than un-logged stands. All these findings together suggest that silvicultural activities focused toward timber management are not inconsistent with conservation of understory plant diversity. We suggest site-specific characteristics (e.g. resource availability, resource heterogeneity) at various temporal and spatial scales, have a larger role to play in defining understory plant diversity than the disturbance of harvesting itself. Managers therefore should consider underlying factors of site and species composition, and should examine regionally specific studies when planning silvicultural treatments. In addition, it should be noted that our analysis makes no distinction in classifying the nature of diversity, especially between colonizing early-successional species that peak after 1-10 years and then disappear, and late successional, often more site specific and shade tolerant species, that may persist post harvest but often disappear or retract in their range and abundance. Further studies are needed to tease out differences in diversity in relation to successional stage and affects of forest management.
[Excerpt:Meta-analysis]
Firstly, across all studies, irrespective of silvicultural treatment (clearcut, shelterwood, selection, thinning) or successional stage, timber harvesting had no clear influence on understory plant richness [...]. The effect size measure by the response ratio indicates a slight increase of 4.9\,\% [...] in understory species diversity under forest management as compared to unmanaged, but this increase is not significant [...]
[\textbackslash n] Secondly, the only silvicultural treatment with a positive effect on understory richness was selection [...], with a 30\,\% [...] increase in understory plant diversity as calculated by the response ratio. Both even-aged regeneration methods (clearcut, shelterwood) [...] and thinning [...] had no significant effects detected. Studies within each treatment category, however, showed considerable variation with positive, negative, or no significant difference [...]
[\textbackslash n] Lastly, when we included the grouping factor of successional stage within the even-aged regeneration methods we found stands in later successional stages had lower species richness than unharvested controls [...], a 28.4\,\% decrease [...] in understory species richness from the controls. [...]
[\textbackslash n] [...]},
journal = {Forest Ecology and Management},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14068436,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,diversity,forest-management,forest-resources,species-richness,temperate-forests,understorey},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14068436}
}Human Influences on Nitrogen Removal in Lakes. Finlay, J. C., Small, G. E., & Sterner, R. W. Science, 342(6155):247–250, 2013.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
The negative consequences of increased loading of nitrogen and phosphorus into aquatic ecosystems are well known. Management strategies aimed at reducing the sources of these excess nutrients, such as fertilizer runoff or sewage outflows, can largely mitigate the increases in nitrogen and phosphorus levels; however, it is unclear if these strategies are influencing other spects of these ecosystems. Using a global lake data set, Finlay et al. (p. 247; see the Perspective by Bernhardt) found that reducing phosphorus inputs reduced a lake's ability to export reactive nitrogen, exacerbating nitrate pollution. Human activities have increased the availability of reactive nitrogen in many ecosystems, leading to negative impacts on human health, biodiversity, and water quality. Freshwater ecosystems, including lakes, streams, and wetlands, are a large global sink for reactive nitrogen, but factors that determine the efficacy of freshwater nitrogen removal rates are poorly known. Using a global lake data set, we show that the availability of phosphorus, a limiting nutrient, affects both annual nitrogen removal rate and efficiency. This result indicates that increased phosphorus inputs from human activities have stimulated nitrogen removal processes in many lakes. Recent management-driven reductions in phosphorus availability promote water column accumulation and export of nitrogen from large lakes, an unintended consequence of single-element management that argues for greater control of nitrogen as well as phosphorus sources.
@article{finlayHumanInfluencesNitrogen2013,
title = {Human Influences on Nitrogen Removal in Lakes},
author = {Finlay, Jacques C. and Small, Gaston E. and Sterner, Robert W.},
year = {2013},
volume = {342},
pages = {247--250},
issn = {1095-9203},
doi = {10.1126/science.1242575},
abstract = {The negative consequences of increased loading of nitrogen and phosphorus into aquatic ecosystems are well known. Management strategies aimed at reducing the sources of these excess nutrients, such as fertilizer runoff or sewage outflows, can largely mitigate the increases in nitrogen and phosphorus levels; however, it is unclear if these strategies are influencing other spects of these ecosystems. Using a global lake data set, Finlay et al. (p. 247; see the Perspective by Bernhardt) found that reducing phosphorus inputs reduced a lake's ability to export reactive nitrogen, exacerbating nitrate pollution. Human activities have increased the availability of reactive nitrogen in many ecosystems, leading to negative impacts on human health, biodiversity, and water quality. Freshwater ecosystems, including lakes, streams, and wetlands, are a large global sink for reactive nitrogen, but factors that determine the efficacy of freshwater nitrogen removal rates are poorly known. Using a global lake data set, we show that the availability of phosphorus, a limiting nutrient, affects both annual nitrogen removal rate and efficiency. This result indicates that increased phosphorus inputs from human activities have stimulated nitrogen removal processes in many lakes. Recent management-driven reductions in phosphorus availability promote water column accumulation and export of nitrogen from large lakes, an unintended consequence of single-element management that argues for greater control of nitrogen as well as phosphorus sources.},
journal = {Science},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14007212,biodiversity,complexity,ecosystem,human-health,multiplicity,nitrogen,phosphorus,water-quality,water-resources},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14007212},
number = {6155}
}2012 (3)
Diet and trophic niche of Lithobates catesbeianus (Amphibia: Anura). Leivas, P., T., Leivas, F., W., T., & Moura, M., O. Zoologia (Curitiba), 29(5):405-412, 10, 2012.
Website bibtex
Website bibtex @article{
title = {Diet and trophic niche of Lithobates catesbeianus (Amphibia: Anura)},
type = {article},
year = {2012},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {and environmental problems because,biodiversity,biological invasion,biological invasions are recognized,bullfrog,on the economy and,predation,the most complex social,they have negative impacts,worldwide as one of},
pages = {405-412},
volume = {29},
websites = {http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S1984-46702012000500003&lng=en&nrm=iso&tlng=en},
month = {10},
id = {ab97cd0a-757e-3bd3-8004-48310eb3c1e8},
created = {2014-11-12T15:36:49.000Z},
accessed = {2014-07-18},
file_attached = {false},
profile_id = {e77fd8b5-61ed-3cb6-9a8d-ead8c87a9123},
group_id = {886a50df-fbf3-30e6-9d6b-6771e376eacf},
last_modified = {2015-08-21T02:37:33.000Z},
tags = {Lithobates catesbeianus},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Leivas, Peterson T. and Leivas, Fernando W. T. and Moura, Maurício O.},
journal = {Zoologia (Curitiba)},
number = {5}
}Effects of Plant Species Diversity on Soil Conservation and Stability in the Secondary Succession Phases of a Semihumid Evergreen Broadleaf Forest in China. Wang, Z., Hou, Y., Fang, H., Yu, D., Zhang, M., Xu, C., Chen, M., & Sun, L. Journal of Soil and Water Conservation, 67(4):311–320, July, 2012.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
One of the most studied aspects of ecosystems in recent years has been the relationship between plant species diversity and ecosystem functions; however, the relationship with one such ecosystem function, soil conservation, has been less well studied. We established forest plots in the secondary succession phases of a semihumid evergreen broadleaf forest in China. The plots differed in plant species richness but had otherwise similar soil-erosion factors, observed surface runoff, sediment, and total phosphorus (P) loss. We analyzed the relationship between plant diversity and soil conservation and stability. Results indicated that the frequency and volume of surface runoff, sediment, and total P loss in the test plots, as well as their CV (coefficients of variation), present significant negative correlations with increasing species richness. The plot with the lowest richness in Yunnan pine, African boxwood, and running mountaingrass (Ass. Pinus yunnanensis, Myrsine africana, and Oplismenus compositus [APMO]) yielded the highest runoff rates, with runoff occurring a total of 77 times: 23, 32, and 22 times in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively. The average values for surface runoff, sediment, and total P loss over the three-year study period were, respectively, 960.20 m3 ha-1 y-1 (13.72 thousand ft3 ac-1 yr-1), 11.40 t ha-1 y-1 (4.54 tn ac-1 yr-1), and 127.69 kg ha-1 y-1 (113.82 lb ac-1 yr-1). The CV values for the three parameters were, respectively, 287.6, 534.21, and 315.47. However, in the plot with the highest richness in a native oak species, Evelyn keteleeria, and a species of viola (Ass. Cyclobalanopsis glaucoides, Keteleeria evelyniana, and Viola duelouxii [ACKV]), surface runoff only occurred 9 times: 2, 4, and 3 times, respectively in the three years. The average values for surface runoff, sediment, and total P loss were 75.55 m3 ha-1 y-1 (1.08 thousand ft3 ac-1 yr-1), 0.28 t ha-1 y-1 (0.11 tn ac-1 yr-1), and 4.71 kg ha-1 y-1 (4.20 lb ac-1 yr-1). The CV values for the three parameters were, respectively, 57.93, 187.94, and 59.2. Plant density increased linearly in herb, shrub, and tree layers with increasing plant species richness, whereas plant cover increased logarithmically. Plant species diversity can enhance soil conservation, but this effect was comparatively weak relative to the contributions of plant cover and density to soil conservation. Plant species diversity increases plant density and cover in the local community, indirectly regulating and enhancing soil conservation. Competition and niche theories can explain, to some extent, the increases in plant density and cover. Our results challenge the view of a negative relationship between plant species diversity and productivity.
@article{wangEffectsPlantSpecies2012,
title = {Effects of Plant Species Diversity on Soil Conservation and Stability in the Secondary Succession Phases of a Semihumid Evergreen Broadleaf Forest in {{China}}},
author = {Wang, Z. and Hou, Y. and Fang, Hong and Yu, D. and Zhang, M. and Xu, C. and Chen, M. and Sun, L.},
year = {2012},
month = jul,
volume = {67},
pages = {311--320},
issn = {1941-3300},
doi = {10.2489/jswc.67.4.311},
abstract = {One of the most studied aspects of ecosystems in recent years has been the relationship between plant species diversity and ecosystem functions; however, the relationship with one such ecosystem function, soil conservation, has been less well studied. We established forest plots in the secondary succession phases of a semihumid evergreen broadleaf forest in China. The plots differed in plant species richness but had otherwise similar soil-erosion factors, observed surface runoff, sediment, and total phosphorus (P) loss. We analyzed the relationship between plant diversity and soil conservation and stability. Results indicated that the frequency and volume of surface runoff, sediment, and total P loss in the test plots, as well as their CV (coefficients of variation), present significant negative correlations with increasing species richness. The plot with the lowest richness in Yunnan pine, African boxwood, and running mountaingrass (Ass. Pinus yunnanensis, Myrsine africana, and Oplismenus compositus [APMO]) yielded the highest runoff rates, with runoff occurring a total of 77 times: 23, 32, and 22 times in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively. The average values for surface runoff, sediment, and total P loss over the three-year study period were, respectively, 960.20 m3 ha-1 y-1 (13.72 thousand ft3 ac-1 yr-1), 11.40 t ha-1 y-1 (4.54 tn ac-1 yr-1), and 127.69 kg ha-1 y-1 (113.82 lb ac-1 yr-1). The CV values for the three parameters were, respectively, 287.6, 534.21, and 315.47. However, in the plot with the highest richness in a native oak species, Evelyn keteleeria, and a species of viola (Ass. Cyclobalanopsis glaucoides, Keteleeria evelyniana, and Viola duelouxii [ACKV]), surface runoff only occurred 9 times: 2, 4, and 3 times, respectively in the three years. The average values for surface runoff, sediment, and total P loss were 75.55 m3 ha-1 y-1 (1.08 thousand ft3 ac-1 yr-1), 0.28 t ha-1 y-1 (0.11 tn ac-1 yr-1), and 4.71 kg ha-1 y-1 (4.20 lb ac-1 yr-1). The CV values for the three parameters were, respectively, 57.93, 187.94, and 59.2. Plant density increased linearly in herb, shrub, and tree layers with increasing plant species richness, whereas plant cover increased logarithmically. Plant species diversity can enhance soil conservation, but this effect was comparatively weak relative to the contributions of plant cover and density to soil conservation. Plant species diversity increases plant density and cover in the local community, indirectly regulating and enhancing soil conservation. Competition and niche theories can explain, to some extent, the increases in plant density and cover. Our results challenge the view of a negative relationship between plant species diversity and productivity.},
journal = {Journal of Soil and Water Conservation},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13175880,biodiversity,broadleaved,china,forest-resources,protection,soil-erosion,soil-resources},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13175880},
number = {4}
}Who likes it hot? A global analysis of the climatic, ecological, and evolutionary determinants of warming tolerance in ants. Diamond, S. E., Sorger, D. M., Hulcr, J., Pelini, S. L., Toro, I. D., Hirsch, C., Oberg, E., & Dunn, R. R. Global Change Biology, 18(2):448–456, 2012.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Effects of climate warming on wild populations of organisms are expected to be greatest at higher latitudes, paralleling greater anticipated increases in temperature in these regions. Yet, these expectations assume that populations in different regions are equally susceptible to the effects of warming. This is unlikely to be the case. Here, we develop a series of predictive models for physiological thermal tolerances in ants based on current and future climates. We found that tropical ants have lower warming tolerances, a metric of susceptibility to climate warming, than temperate ants despite greater increases in temperature at higher latitudes. Using climatic, ecological and phylogenetic data, we refine our predictions of which ants (across all regions) were most susceptible to climate warming. We found that ants occupying warmer and more mesic forested habitats at lower elevations are the most physiologically susceptible to deleterious effects of climate warming. Phylogenetic history was also a strong indicator of physiological susceptibility. In short, we find that ants that live in the canopies of hot, tropical forest are the most at risk, globally, from climate warming. Unfortunately this is where many, perhaps most, ant and other species on Earth live.
@article{diamond_who_2012,
title = {Who likes it hot? {A} global analysis of the climatic, ecological, and evolutionary determinants of warming tolerance in ants},
volume = {18},
issn = {13541013},
doi = {10.1111/j.1365-2486.2011.02542.x},
abstract = {Effects of climate warming on wild populations of organisms are expected to be greatest at higher latitudes, paralleling greater anticipated increases in temperature in these regions. Yet, these expectations assume that populations in different regions are equally susceptible to the effects of warming. This is unlikely to be the case. Here, we develop a series of predictive models for physiological thermal tolerances in ants based on current and future climates. We found that tropical ants have lower warming tolerances, a metric of susceptibility to climate warming, than temperate ants despite greater increases in temperature at higher latitudes. Using climatic, ecological and phylogenetic data, we refine our predictions of which ants (across all regions) were most susceptible to climate warming. We found that ants occupying warmer and more mesic forested habitats at lower elevations are the most physiologically susceptible to deleterious effects of climate warming. Phylogenetic history was also a strong indicator of physiological susceptibility. In short, we find that ants that live in the canopies of hot, tropical forest are the most at risk, globally, from climate warming. Unfortunately this is where many, perhaps most, ant and other species on Earth live.},
number = {2},
journal = {Global Change Biology},
author = {Diamond, Sarah E. and Sorger, D. Magdalena and Hulcr, Jiri and Pelini, Shannon L. and Toro, Israel Del and Hirsch, Christopher and Oberg, Erik and Dunn, Robert R.},
year = {2012},
keywords = {Biodiversity, Formicidae, Global warming, Insect, Latitudinal Hypothesis, Physiology, Temperature},
pages = {448--456},
}2011 (2)
Harmonization Tests. Chirici, G., McRoberts, R. E., Winter, S., Barbati, A., Brändli, U., Abegg, M., Beranova, J., Rondeux, J., Bertini, R., Alberdi Asensio, I., & Condés, S. In Chirici, G., Winter, S., & McRoberts, R. E., editors, National Forest Inventories: Contributions to Forest Biodiversity Assessments, volume 20, of Managing Forest Ecosystems, pages 121–190. Springer Netherlands, 2011.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Chapter 5 reports the results of testing the proposed procedures for harmonizing estimates of indicators for six of the seven essential features of forest biodiversity. Twenty indicators were tested using data from the common database.In general, positive results were obtained for forest categories, forest structure, forest age, deadwood, and naturalness; the results were less positive for ground vegetation because of the considerable differences in definitions and data acquisition methods. Of importance is, that the test focused on assessing harmonization procedures rather than on producing comprehensive estimates for particular countries or forest categories.
@incollection{chiriciHarmonizationTests2011,
title = {Harmonization Tests},
booktitle = {National Forest Inventories: Contributions to Forest Biodiversity Assessments},
author = {Chirici, Gherardo and McRoberts, Ronald E. and Winter, Susanne and Barbati, Anna and Br{\"a}ndli, Urs-Beat and Abegg, Meinrad and Beranova, Jana and Rondeux, Jacques and Bertini, Roberta and Alberdi Asensio, Iciar and Cond{\'e}s, Sonia},
editor = {Chirici, Gherardo and Winter, Susanne and McRoberts, Ronald E.},
year = {2011},
volume = {20},
pages = {121--190},
publisher = {{Springer Netherlands}},
issn = {1568-1319},
doi = {10.1007/978-94-007-0482-4\\_5},
abstract = {Chapter 5 reports the results of testing the proposed procedures for harmonizing estimates of indicators for six of the seven essential features of forest biodiversity. Twenty indicators were tested using data from the common database.In general, positive results were obtained for forest categories, forest structure, forest age, deadwood, and naturalness; the results were less positive for ground vegetation because of the considerable differences in definitions and data acquisition methods. Of importance is, that the test focused on assessing harmonization procedures rather than on producing comprehensive estimates for particular countries or forest categories.},
isbn = {978-94-007-0482-4},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14249004,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,biodiversity-indicator,europe,forest-inventories,forest-resources},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14249004},
series = {Managing {{Forest Ecosystems}}}
}Prospects for Canada's protected areas in an era of rapid climate change. Lemieux, C. J., Beechey, T. J., & Gray, P. A. Land Use Policy, 28(4):928--941, October, 2011.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex \textlessp\textgreater\textlessbr/\textgreaterGiven the known and potential impacts of climate change on ecosystem composition, structure, and function, some recent studies question the efficacy and relevancy of current protected area policies and management objectives. For example, in a rapidly changing climate is it practical to continue to identify and protect [`]representative' samples of the natural heritage estate? This paper examines a number of climate-related issues that now confront agencies and organizations responsible for the protection of natural heritage areas, including the roles of protected areas, representation targets, ecological integrity, protected area design, management techniques, research and monitoring needs, and agency capacity to respond. Potential avenues for adaptation are proposed in light of these issues. The development and implementation of a cross-jurisdictional landscape-scale strategic conservation framework focused on protecting, connecting, and restoring ecosystems will be fundamental to enhancing ecological resilience to climate change. We conclude that even though climate change presents unprecedented and significant challenges, the protected area contribution to ecosystem function and human health and well-being will remain an essential and worthwhile investment in the 21st century.\textless/p\textgreater
@article{lemieux_prospects_2011,
title = {Prospects for {Canada}'s protected areas in an era of rapid climate change},
volume = {28},
issn = {0264-8377},
url = {http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0264837711000299},
doi = {16/j.landusepol.2011.03.008},
abstract = {{\textless}p{\textgreater}{\textless}br/{\textgreater}Given the known and potential impacts of climate change on ecosystem composition, structure, and function, some recent studies question the efficacy and relevancy of current protected area policies and management objectives. For example, in a rapidly changing climate is it practical to continue to identify and protect [`]representative' samples of the natural heritage estate? This paper examines a number of climate-related issues that now confront agencies and organizations responsible for the protection of natural heritage areas, including the roles of protected areas, representation targets, ecological integrity, protected area design, management techniques, research and monitoring needs, and agency capacity to respond. Potential avenues for adaptation are proposed in light of these issues. The development and implementation of a cross-jurisdictional landscape-scale strategic conservation framework focused on protecting, connecting, and restoring ecosystems will be fundamental to enhancing ecological resilience to climate change. We conclude that even though climate change presents unprecedented and significant challenges, the protected area contribution to ecosystem function and human health and well-being will remain an essential and worthwhile investment in the 21st century.{\textless}/p{\textgreater}},
number = {4},
urldate = {2011-06-06},
journal = {Land Use Policy},
author = {Lemieux, Christopher J. and Beechey, Thomas J. and Gray, Paul A.},
month = oct,
year = {2011},
keywords = {Adaptation, Biodiversity, climate change, Conservation, Parks, Policy, Protected areas},
pages = {928--941},
file = {ScienceDirect Snapshot:files/33423/Lemieux et al. - 2011 - Prospects for Canada's protected areas in an era o:}
}2010 (4)
Global biodiversity outlook 3. of the Convention on Biological Diversity, S. Technical Report Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity / UNEP, 2010.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
The action taken over the next decade or two, and the direction charted under the Convention on Biological Diversity, will determine whether the relatively stable environmental conditions on which human civilization has depended for the past 10,000 years will continue beyond this century. If we fail to use this opportunity, many ecosystems on the planet will move into new, unprecedented states in which the capacity to provide for the needs of present and future generations is highly uncertain.
@techreport{secretariat_of_the_convention_on_biological_diversity_global_2010,
title = {Global biodiversity outlook 3},
abstract = {The action taken over the next decade or two,
and the direction charted under the Convention
on Biological Diversity, will determine
whether the relatively stable environmental
conditions on which human civilization has
depended for the past 10,000 years will continue
beyond this century. If we fail to use this
opportunity, many ecosystems on the planet
will move into new, unprecedented states in
which the capacity to provide for the needs of
present and future generations is highly uncertain.},
institution = {Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity / UNEP},
author = {Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity},
year = {2010},
keywords = {biodiversity, boundaries, collapse},
file = {Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity - 2010 - Global biodiversity outlook 3.pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\N88DM5T5\\Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity - 2010 - Global biodiversity outlook 3.pdf:application/pdf}
}Unrecognized Antarctic biodiversity: a case study of the genus Odontaster (Odontasteridae; Asteroidea). Janosik, A., M. & Halanych, K., M. Integrative and comparative biology, 50(6):981-92, 12, 2010.
Paper Website abstract bibtex
Paper Website abstract bibtex Antarctica has a complex and multifaceted geologic and oceanographic history that has influenced and shaped patterns of marine invertebrate diversity. This evolutionary history consists of major events on a wide range of time scales such as the formation of the Antarctic Polar Front (25-41 million years ago) to repeated glacial cycles during the past million years. These factors variably influenced genetic connectivity of fauna to produce a highly unique, but incredibly diverse marine community. Use of molecular phylogeographic methods is creating the need to revise our understanding of Antarctic patterns of biodiversity. In particular, almost every phylogeographic study carried out to date, suggests that the biodiversity of Antarctic marine shelf fauna is considerably underestimated. In discovering this diversity, some lineages (i.e., cryptic lineages) show no diagnostic morphological differences whereas others (i.e., unrecognized species) show differences that were unknown to science. The sea star genus Odontaster is among the best-studied of Antarctic invertebrate groups. Nonetheless, two unrecognized lineages were recently discovered along the Antarctic Peninsula, which is one of the best-studied regions in Antarctica. Herein, we elucidate the molecular and morphological uniqueness of these species and name them O. roseus and O. pearsei. The latter is in honor of John Pearse, an Antarctic biologist, as well as past President and long-time member of the Society of Integrative and Comparative Biology.
@article{
title = {Unrecognized Antarctic biodiversity: a case study of the genus Odontaster (Odontasteridae; Asteroidea).},
type = {article},
year = {2010},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {16S,16S: genetics,Animals,Antarctic Regions,Base Sequence,Biodiversity,Ecosystem,Electron Transport Complex IV,Electron Transport Complex IV: genetics,Genes,Genetic Variation,Mitochondrial,Molecular Sequence Data,Phylogeny,RNA,Ribosomal,Starfish,Starfish: anatomy & histology,Starfish: classification,Starfish: genetics},
pages = {981-92},
volume = {50},
websites = {http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21558254},
month = {12},
id = {5352e3bc-2720-3d4e-90cb-c4c7934ae2c2},
created = {2012-09-26T14:56:05.000Z},
accessed = {2012-04-23},
file_attached = {true},
profile_id = {c6c6f844-18d2-32db-a619-2e915134a952},
group_id = {764582e8-5773-3a66-8d6b-9b40e4fb5a88},
last_modified = {2017-03-14T17:27:14.020Z},
read = {true},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
citation_key = {Janosik2010},
abstract = {Antarctica has a complex and multifaceted geologic and oceanographic history that has influenced and shaped patterns of marine invertebrate diversity. This evolutionary history consists of major events on a wide range of time scales such as the formation of the Antarctic Polar Front (25-41 million years ago) to repeated glacial cycles during the past million years. These factors variably influenced genetic connectivity of fauna to produce a highly unique, but incredibly diverse marine community. Use of molecular phylogeographic methods is creating the need to revise our understanding of Antarctic patterns of biodiversity. In particular, almost every phylogeographic study carried out to date, suggests that the biodiversity of Antarctic marine shelf fauna is considerably underestimated. In discovering this diversity, some lineages (i.e., cryptic lineages) show no diagnostic morphological differences whereas others (i.e., unrecognized species) show differences that were unknown to science. The sea star genus Odontaster is among the best-studied of Antarctic invertebrate groups. Nonetheless, two unrecognized lineages were recently discovered along the Antarctic Peninsula, which is one of the best-studied regions in Antarctica. Herein, we elucidate the molecular and morphological uniqueness of these species and name them O. roseus and O. pearsei. The latter is in honor of John Pearse, an Antarctic biologist, as well as past President and long-time member of the Society of Integrative and Comparative Biology.},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Janosik, Alexis M and Halanych, Kenneth M},
journal = {Integrative and comparative biology},
number = {6}
}Bioaccumulation and biomagnification of polybrominated diphenyl ethers in a food web of Lake Michigan. Kuo, Y., Sepúlveda, M. S, Hua, I., Ochoa-Acuña, H. G, & Sutton, T. M Ecotoxicology (London, England), 19(4):623–34, April, 2010.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Polybrominated diphenyl ethers are hydrophobic chemicals and can biomagnify in food chains. Little is known about the biomagnification of PBDEs in the Lake Michigan food web. Plankton, Diporeia, lake whitefish, lake trout, and Chinook salmon were collected from Lake Michigan in 2006 between April and August. Fish liver and muscle and whole invertebrates were analyzed for six PBDEs (BDE-47, 99, 100, 153, 154, and 209). Carbon and nitrogen stable isotope ratios (delta(13)C and delta(15)N) were also quantified in order to establish the trophic structure of the food web. Geometric means of Sigma PBDE concentrations in fish ranged from 0.562 to 1.61 microg/g-lipid. BDE-209 concentrations ranged from 0.184 to 1.23 microg/g-lipid in all three fish species. Sigma BDE-47, 99, and 209 comprised 80-94% of Sigma PBDE molar concentration. Within each fish species, there were no significant differences in PBDE concentrations between liver and muscle. The highest concentration of BDE-209 (144 microg/g-lipid) was detected in Diporeia. Based on analysis of delta(15)N and PBDE concentrations, BDE-47 and 100 were found to biomagnify, whereas BDE-209 did not. A significant negative correlation between BDE-209 and trophic level was found in this food web. Biomagnification factors were also calculated and again BDE-47 and 100 biomagnified between food web members whereas BDE-209 did not. Diporeia could be one of the main dietary sources of BDE-209 for fish in Lake Michigan; BDE-47 and 100 biomagnified within this food chain; the concentration of BDE-209 decreased at higher trophic levels, suggesting partial uptake and/or biotransformation of BDE-209 in the Lake Michigan food web.
@article{kuo_bioaccumulation_2010,
title = {Bioaccumulation and biomagnification of polybrominated diphenyl ethers in a food web of {Lake} {Michigan}.},
volume = {19},
issn = {1573-3017},
url = {http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19882349},
doi = {10.1007/s10646-009-0431-1},
abstract = {Polybrominated diphenyl ethers are hydrophobic chemicals and can biomagnify in food chains. Little is known about the biomagnification of PBDEs in the Lake Michigan food web. Plankton, Diporeia, lake whitefish, lake trout, and Chinook salmon were collected from Lake Michigan in 2006 between April and August. Fish liver and muscle and whole invertebrates were analyzed for six PBDEs (BDE-47, 99, 100, 153, 154, and 209). Carbon and nitrogen stable isotope ratios (delta(13)C and delta(15)N) were also quantified in order to establish the trophic structure of the food web. Geometric means of Sigma PBDE concentrations in fish ranged from 0.562 to 1.61 microg/g-lipid. BDE-209 concentrations ranged from 0.184 to 1.23 microg/g-lipid in all three fish species. Sigma BDE-47, 99, and 209 comprised 80-94\% of Sigma PBDE molar concentration. Within each fish species, there were no significant differences in PBDE concentrations between liver and muscle. The highest concentration of BDE-209 (144 microg/g-lipid) was detected in Diporeia. Based on analysis of delta(15)N and PBDE concentrations, BDE-47 and 100 were found to biomagnify, whereas BDE-209 did not. A significant negative correlation between BDE-209 and trophic level was found in this food web. Biomagnification factors were also calculated and again BDE-47 and 100 biomagnified between food web members whereas BDE-209 did not. Diporeia could be one of the main dietary sources of BDE-209 for fish in Lake Michigan; BDE-47 and 100 biomagnified within this food chain; the concentration of BDE-209 decreased at higher trophic levels, suggesting partial uptake and/or biotransformation of BDE-209 in the Lake Michigan food web.},
number = {4},
journal = {Ecotoxicology (London, England)},
author = {Kuo, Yin-Ming and Sepúlveda, Maria S and Hua, Inez and Ochoa-Acuña, Hugo G and Sutton, Trent M},
month = apr,
year = {2010},
pmid = {19882349},
keywords = {Amphipoda, Amphipoda: metabolism, Animals, Biodiversity, Biotransformation, Body Burden, Body Weight, Carbon Isotopes, Carbon Isotopes: metabolism, Chemical, Chemical: metabolism, Environmental Monitoring, Fishes, Fishes: growth \& development, Fishes: metabolism, Flame Retardants: metabolism, Flame retardants, Food Chain, Fresh Water, Fresh Water: chemistry, Halogenated Diphenyl Ethers, Halogenated Diphenyl Ethers: metabolism, Liver, Liver: metabolism, Michigan, Muscles, Muscles: metabolism, Nitrogen Isotopes, Nitrogen Isotopes: metabolism, Plankton, Plankton: metabolism, Tissue Distribution, Water Pollutants},
pages = {623--34},
}Facilitation cascade explains positive relationship between native biodiversity and invasion success. Altieri, A. H., van Wesenbeeck, B. K., Bertness, M. D., & Silliman, B. R. Ecology, 2010.
Paper abstract bibtex
Paper abstract bibtex The pervasive impact of invasive species has motivated considerable research to understand how characteristics of invaded communities, such as native species diversity, affect the establishment of invasive species. Efforts to identify general mechanisms that limit invasion success, however, have been frustrated by disagreement between landscape-scale observations that generally find a positive relationship between native diversity and invasibility and smaller-scale experiments that consistently reveal competitive interactions that generate the opposite relationship. Here we experimentally elucidate the mechanism explaining the large-scale positive associations between invasion success and native intertidal diversity revealed in our landscape-scale surveys of New England shorelines. Experimental manipulations revealed this large-scale pattern is driven by a facilitation cascade where ecosystem-engineering species interact nonlinearly to enhance native diversity and invasion success by alleviating thermal stress and substrate instability. Our findings reveal that large-scale diversity
@article{altieri_facilitation_2010,
title = {Facilitation cascade explains positive relationship between native biodiversity and invasion success},
volume = {91},
url = {http://www.esajournals.org/doi/abs/10.1890/09-1301.1},
abstract = {The pervasive impact of invasive species has motivated considerable research to understand how characteristics of invaded communities, such as native species diversity, affect the establishment of invasive species. Efforts to identify general mechanisms that limit invasion success, however, have been frustrated by disagreement between landscape-scale observations that generally find a positive relationship between native diversity and invasibility and smaller-scale experiments that consistently reveal competitive interactions that generate the opposite relationship. Here we experimentally elucidate the mechanism explaining the large-scale positive associations between invasion success and native intertidal diversity revealed in our landscape-scale surveys of New England shorelines. Experimental manipulations revealed this large-scale pattern is driven by a facilitation cascade where ecosystem-engineering species interact nonlinearly to enhance native diversity and invasion success by alleviating thermal stress and substrate instability. Our findings reveal that large-scale diversity},
journal = {Ecology},
author = {Altieri, Andrew H. and van Wesenbeeck, Bregje K. and Bertness, Mark D. and Silliman, Brian R.},
year = {2010},
keywords = {GCE, biodiversity, invasive species, ecosystem engineer, facilitation cascade, foundation species, invasion paradox, marine conservation, nonlinear ecological interactions}
}2009 (3)
Climate Change, Habitat Loss, Protected Areas and the Climate Adaptation Potential of Species in Mediterranean Ecosystems Worldwide. Klausmeyer, K. R. & Shaw, M. R. PLOS ONE, 4(7):e6392+, July, 2009.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Mediterranean climate is found on five continents and supports five global biodiversity hotspots. Based on combined downscaled results from 23 atmosphere-ocean general circulation models (AOGCMs) for three emissions scenarios, we determined the projected spatial shifts in the mediterranean climate extent (MCE) over the next century. Although most AOGCMs project a moderate expansion in the global MCE, regional impacts are large and uneven. The median AOGCM simulation output for the three emissions scenarios project the MCE at the end of the 21st century in Chile will range from 129-153\,% of its current size, while in Australia, it will contract to only 77-49\,% of its current size losing an area equivalent to over twice the size of Portugal. Only 4\,% of the land area within the current MCE worldwide is in protected status (compared to a global average of 12\,% for all biome types), and, depending on the emissions scenario, only 50-60\,% of these protected areas are likely to be in the future MCE. To exacerbate the climate impact, nearly one third (29-31\,%) of the land where the MCE is projected to remain stable has already been converted to human use, limiting the size of the potential climate refuges and diminishing the adaptation potential of native biota. High conversion and low protection in projected stable areas make Australia the highest priority region for investment in climate-adaptation strategies to reduce the threat of climate change to the rich biodiversity of the Mediterranean biome.
@article{klausmeyerClimateChangeHabitat2009,
title = {Climate Change, Habitat Loss, Protected Areas and the Climate Adaptation Potential of Species in {{Mediterranean}} Ecosystems Worldwide},
author = {Klausmeyer, Kirk R. and Shaw, M. R.},
year = {2009},
month = jul,
volume = {4},
pages = {e6392+},
issn = {1932-6203},
doi = {10.1371/journal.pone.0006392},
abstract = {Mediterranean climate is found on five continents and supports five global biodiversity hotspots. Based on combined downscaled results from 23 atmosphere-ocean general circulation models (AOGCMs) for three emissions scenarios, we determined the projected spatial shifts in the mediterranean climate extent (MCE) over the next century. Although most AOGCMs project a moderate expansion in the global MCE, regional impacts are large and uneven. The median AOGCM simulation output for the three emissions scenarios project the MCE at the end of the 21st century in Chile will range from 129-153\,\% of its current size, while in Australia, it will contract to only 77-49\,\% of its current size losing an area equivalent to over twice the size of Portugal. Only 4\,\% of the land area within the current MCE worldwide is in protected status (compared to a global average of 12\,\% for all biome types), and, depending on the emissions scenario, only 50-60\,\% of these protected areas are likely to be in the future MCE. To exacerbate the climate impact, nearly one third (29-31\,\%) of the land where the MCE is projected to remain stable has already been converted to human use, limiting the size of the potential climate refuges and diminishing the adaptation potential of native biota. High conversion and low protection in projected stable areas make Australia the highest priority region for investment in climate-adaptation strategies to reduce the threat of climate change to the rich biodiversity of the Mediterranean biome.},
journal = {PLOS ONE},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14257874,~to-add-doi-URL,adaptation,australia,biodiversity,chile,climate-change,conservation,ecosystem,habitat-conservation,mediterranean-region,protected-areas},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14257874},
number = {7}
}A stressor-independent test for biodiversity – ecosystem function relationships during a 23-year whole-lake experiment. Vinebrooke, R., D., Turner, M., A., Findlay, D., L., & Paterson, M., J. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 66(11):1903-1909, 2009.
Paper abstract bibtex
Paper abstract bibtex Abstract: Anthropogenic stressors are the current drivers of loss of global biodiversity and deterioration of ecosystem function (e.g., primary production). However, it is debatable whether human stressors or associated changes in biodiversity better predict the impairment of ecosystem function. Variation in plankton communities during a whole-lake experiment (Lake 302S, Experimental Lakes Area, Canada) was examined to test whether the stressor treatment effect or subsequent stressor-independent variation in species richness best explained interannual variation in aggregate functional properties, such as productivity or net total biomass. Although significant ‘‘biodiversity – ecosystem function’’ relationships were de- tected, these correlations were confounded by the negative effect of experimental acidification on species richness. The stressor effect was removed by plotting functional properties against the residuals from the species richness – pH regres- sions, which generated either negative or nonsignificant relationships. The lack of significant stressor-independent positive relationships between functional properties and species richness highlights the potential greater importance of other media- ting factors, such as interactions among multiple stressors, species identity, and altered trophic interactions, at the whole- ecosystem scale. Re ´sume ´ : Les stress anthropiques sont les causes courantes de la perte de la biodiversite ´ globale et de la de ´rioration du ´te fonctionnement des e ´cosyste `mes (par ex., de la production primaire). Il n’est pas clair, cependant, si ce sont les facteurs anthropiques de stress ou les changements de biodiversite ´ qui leur sont associe ´s qui pre ´disent le mieux la de ´rioration du ´te fonctionnement des e ´cosyste `mes. Nous avons examine ´ la variation des communaute ´s de plancton dans une expe ´rience a ` l’e ´chelle d’un lac entier (lac 302S, Re ´gion des lacs expe ´rimentaux, Canada) afin de ve ´rifier si la variation interannuelle des proprie ´s fonctionnelles globales, telles que la productivite ´te ´ ou la biomasse totale nette, s’expliquent mieux par les ef- fets du traitement de stress ou par la variation subse ´quente de la richesse spe ´cifique qui est inde ´pendante du facteur de stress. Bien que des relations significatives « biodiversite ´ – fonction e ´cosyste ´mique » puissent e ˆtre de ´cele ´es, ces corre ´lations sont obscurcies par l’effet ne ´gatif de l’acidification expe ´rimentale sur la richesse spe ´cifique. L’effet du facteur de stress est retire ´ en repre ´sentant sur un graphique les proprie ´s fonctionnelles en fonction des re ´te ´sidus des re ´gressions de la ri- chesse spe ´cifique sur le pH, ce qui ge `re des relations ne ´ne ´gatives ou alors non significatives. L’absence de relations posi- tives significatives inde ´pendantes du facteur de stress entre les proprie ´s fonctionnelles et la richesse spe ´te ´cifique souligne l’importance potentiellement supe ´rieure d’autres facteurs explicatifs, tels que les interactions entre les multiples facteurs de stress, l’identite ´ des espe `ces et l’alte ´ration des relations trophiques a ` l’e ´chelle de l’e ´cosyste `me entier. [Traduit par la Re ´daction] Introduction
@article{
title = {A stressor-independent test for biodiversity – ecosystem function relationships during a 23-year whole-lake experiment},
type = {article},
year = {2009},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
pages = {1903-1909},
volume = {66},
id = {9c690c6c-6704-3425-aed4-a218c69deab7},
created = {2019-07-12T15:07:48.375Z},
file_attached = {true},
profile_id = {3c181434-ae75-3e95-a723-2bfcc2f14c0b},
group_id = {db3318bf-b2fb-3b86-9f1d-17188c0ddfa3},
last_modified = {2019-07-24T17:15:23.073Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
citation_key = {Vinebrooke2009a},
private_publication = {false},
abstract = {Abstract: Anthropogenic stressors are the current drivers of loss of global biodiversity and deterioration of ecosystem function (e.g., primary production). However, it is debatable whether human stressors or associated changes in biodiversity better predict the impairment of ecosystem function. Variation in plankton communities during a whole-lake experiment (Lake 302S, Experimental Lakes Area, Canada) was examined to test whether the stressor treatment effect or subsequent stressor-independent variation in species richness best explained interannual variation in aggregate functional properties, such as productivity or net total biomass. Although significant ‘‘biodiversity – ecosystem function’’ relationships were de- tected, these correlations were confounded by the negative effect of experimental acidification on species richness. The stressor effect was removed by plotting functional properties against the residuals from the species richness – pH regres- sions, which generated either negative or nonsignificant relationships. The lack of significant stressor-independent positive relationships between functional properties and species richness highlights the potential greater importance of other media- ting factors, such as interactions among multiple stressors, species identity, and altered trophic interactions, at the whole- ecosystem scale. Re ´sume ´ : Les stress anthropiques sont les causes courantes de la perte de la biodiversite ´ globale et de la de ´rioration du ´te fonctionnement des e ´cosyste `mes (par ex., de la production primaire). Il n’est pas clair, cependant, si ce sont les facteurs anthropiques de stress ou les changements de biodiversite ´ qui leur sont associe ´s qui pre ´disent le mieux la de ´rioration du ´te fonctionnement des e ´cosyste `mes. Nous avons examine ´ la variation des communaute ´s de plancton dans une expe ´rience a ` l’e ´chelle d’un lac entier (lac 302S, Re ´gion des lacs expe ´rimentaux, Canada) afin de ve ´rifier si la variation interannuelle des proprie ´s fonctionnelles globales, telles que la productivite ´te ´ ou la biomasse totale nette, s’expliquent mieux par les ef- fets du traitement de stress ou par la variation subse ´quente de la richesse spe ´cifique qui est inde ´pendante du facteur de stress. Bien que des relations significatives « biodiversite ´ – fonction e ´cosyste ´mique » puissent e ˆtre de ´cele ´es, ces corre ´lations sont obscurcies par l’effet ne ´gatif de l’acidification expe ´rimentale sur la richesse spe ´cifique. L’effet du facteur de stress est retire ´ en repre ´sentant sur un graphique les proprie ´s fonctionnelles en fonction des re ´te ´sidus des re ´gressions de la ri- chesse spe ´cifique sur le pH, ce qui ge `re des relations ne ´ne ´gatives ou alors non significatives. L’absence de relations posi- tives significatives inde ´pendantes du facteur de stress entre les proprie ´s fonctionnelles et la richesse spe ´te ´cifique souligne l’importance potentiellement supe ´rieure d’autres facteurs explicatifs, tels que les interactions entre les multiples facteurs de stress, l’identite ´ des espe `ces et l’alte ´ration des relations trophiques a ` l’e ´chelle de l’e ´cosyste `me entier. [Traduit par la Re ´daction] Introduction},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Vinebrooke, R. D. and Turner, M. A. and Findlay, D. L. and Paterson, M. J.},
journal = {Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences},
number = {11},
keywords = {ACIDIFICATION,BIODIVERSITY,ELA,HUMAN,L302S,Multiple stressors,PH,PHYTOPLANKTON,PRIMARY PRODUCTION,SCALE,SPECIES DIVERSITY,Whole-lake manipulation,ZOOPLANKTON}
}Community Genetics: Resource Addition Has Opposing Effects on Genetic and Species Diversity in a 150-Year Experiment. Silvertown, J., Biss, P. M., & Freeland, J. Ecology Letters, 12(2):165–170, February, 2009.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
We used the Park Grass Experiment, begun in 1856, to test alternative hypotheses about the relationship between genetic diversity and plant species diversity. The niche variation hypothesis predicts that populations with few interspecific competitors and hence broader niches are expected to contain greater genetic diversity. The coexistence hypothesis predicts that genetic diversity within species favours coexistence among species and therefore species and genetic diversity should be positively correlated. Amplified Fragment Length Polymorphism (AFLP) markers were used to measure the genetic diversity of populations of Anthoxanthum odoratum growing in 10 plots of differing species richness that lie along resource and soil pH gradients. Genetic diversity in A. odoratum was positively correlated with the number of resources added to a plot, but not correlated with species richness. However, separate analyses have shown a negative correlation between resource addition and species richness at Park Grass and elsewhere, so genetic and species diversity appear to respond in opposite directions.
@article{silvertownCommunityGeneticsResource2009,
title = {Community Genetics: Resource Addition Has Opposing Effects on Genetic and Species Diversity in a 150-Year Experiment},
author = {Silvertown, Jonathan and Biss, Pamela M. and Freeland, Joanna},
year = {2009},
month = feb,
volume = {12},
pages = {165--170},
issn = {1461-023X},
doi = {10.1111/j.1461-0248.2008.01273.x},
abstract = {We used the Park Grass Experiment, begun in 1856, to test alternative hypotheses about the relationship between genetic diversity and plant species diversity. The niche variation hypothesis predicts that populations with few interspecific competitors and hence broader niches are expected to contain greater genetic diversity. The coexistence hypothesis predicts that genetic diversity within species favours coexistence among species and therefore species and genetic diversity should be positively correlated. Amplified Fragment Length Polymorphism (AFLP) markers were used to measure the genetic diversity of populations of Anthoxanthum odoratum growing in 10 plots of differing species richness that lie along resource and soil pH gradients. Genetic diversity in A. odoratum was positively correlated with the number of resources added to a plot, but not correlated with species richness. However, separate analyses have shown a negative correlation between resource addition and species richness at Park Grass and elsewhere, so genetic and species diversity appear to respond in opposite directions.},
journal = {Ecology Letters},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-3895599,anthoxanthum-odoratum,biodiversity,genetic-diversity,limiting-factor,ph,soil-resources,species-richness,vegetation},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-3895599},
number = {2}
}2008 (1)
Forest Biodiversity of the Gargano Peninsula and a Critical Revision of the Syntaxonomy of the Mesophilous Woods of Southern Italy. Biondi, E., Casavecchia, S., & Biscotti, N. Fitosociologia, 45(2):93–127, 2008.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
Here we present a phytosociological analysis of the forest biodiversity of the Gargano Peninsula, located in the eastern part of the Italian peninsula. As well as presenting all of the woods described and classified in terms of their phytosociology to date, we present the following plant associations that are mainly distributed in the low supratemperate and upper mesotemperate bioclimatic belts: Carici halleranae-Ostryetum carpinifoliae ass. nova; Polysticho setiferi-Ostryetum carpinifoliae ass. nova; Rubio peregrinae-Aceretum campestris; Physospermo verticillati-Quercetum cerris; Doronico orientalis-Carpinetum betuli; Pulmonario apenninae-Aceretum neapolitani ass. nova; Teucrio siculi-Aceretum campestris ass. nova; Festuco exaltatae-Tilietum platyphylli ass. nova; Phyllitido scolopendri-Lauretum nobilis ass. nova and Aremonio agrimonioidis-Fagetum sylvaticae ass. nova. For these, subassociations and variants are described. The syntaxonomic classification allows the description of two new syntaxa at the heirarchical level of alliances: Physospermo verticillati-Quercion cerris, all. nova, the southern Italian substitute for the alliance Erythronio-Carpinion, which includes the southern mesophilous Turkey oak, European hornbeam, Neapolitan maple and field maple woods; Lauro nobilis-Tilion platyphylli all. nova, the southern substitute for the alliance Tilio platyphylli-Acerion pseudoplatani.
@article{biondiForestBiodiversityGargano2008,
title = {Forest Biodiversity of the {{Gargano Peninsula}} and a Critical Revision of the Syntaxonomy of the Mesophilous Woods of Southern {{Italy}}},
author = {Biondi, E. and Casavecchia, S. and Biscotti, N.},
year = {2008},
volume = {45},
pages = {93--127},
abstract = {Here we present a phytosociological analysis of the forest biodiversity of the Gargano Peninsula, located in the eastern part of the Italian peninsula. As well as presenting all of the woods described and classified in terms of their phytosociology to date, we present the following plant associations that are mainly distributed in the low supratemperate and upper mesotemperate bioclimatic belts: Carici halleranae-Ostryetum carpinifoliae ass. nova; Polysticho setiferi-Ostryetum carpinifoliae ass. nova; Rubio peregrinae-Aceretum campestris; Physospermo verticillati-Quercetum cerris; Doronico orientalis-Carpinetum betuli; Pulmonario apenninae-Aceretum neapolitani ass. nova; Teucrio siculi-Aceretum campestris ass. nova; Festuco exaltatae-Tilietum platyphylli ass. nova; Phyllitido scolopendri-Lauretum nobilis ass. nova and Aremonio agrimonioidis-Fagetum sylvaticae ass. nova. For these, subassociations and variants are described. The syntaxonomic classification allows the description of two new syntaxa at the heirarchical level of alliances: Physospermo verticillati-Quercion cerris, all. nova, the southern Italian substitute for the alliance Erythronio-Carpinion, which includes the southern mesophilous Turkey oak, European hornbeam, Neapolitan maple and field maple woods; Lauro nobilis-Tilion platyphylli all. nova, the southern substitute for the alliance Tilio platyphylli-Acerion pseudoplatani.},
journal = {Fitosociologia},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13803823,analysis,biodiversity,forest-resources,gargano,italy,phytosociology},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13803823},
number = {2}
}2007 (2)
Indicators for Biodiversity in Agricultural Landscapes: A Pan-European Study. Billeter, R., Liira, J., Bailey, D., Bugter, R., Arens, P., Augenstein, I., Aviron, S., Baudry, J., Bukacek, R., Burel, F., Cerny, M., De Blust, G., De Cock, R., Diekötter, T., Dietz, H., Dirksen, J., Dormann, C., Durka, W., Frenzel, M., Hamersky, R., Hendrickx, F., Herzog, F., Klotz, S., Koolstra, B., Lausch, A., Le Coeur, D., Maelfait, J. P., Opdam, P., Roubalova, M., Schermann, A., Schermann, N., Schmidt, T., Schweiger, O., Smulders, M. J. M., Speelmans, M., Simova, P., Verboom, J., Van Wingerden, W. K. R. E., Zobel, M., & Edwards, P. J. Journal of Applied Ecology, 45(1):141–150, July, 2007.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
In many European agricultural landscapes, species richness is declining considerably. Studies performed at a very large spatial scale are helpful in understanding the reasons for this decline and as a basis for guiding policy. In a unique, large-scale study of 25 agricultural landscapes in seven European countries, we investigated relationships between species richness in several taxa, and the links between biodiversity and landscape structure and management. We estimated the total species richness of vascular plants, birds and five arthropod groups in each 16-km2 landscape, and recorded various measures of both landscape structure and intensity of agricultural land use. We studied correlations between taxonomic groups and the effects of landscape and land-use parameters on the number of species in different taxonomic groups. Our statistical approach also accounted for regional variation in species richness unrelated to landscape or land-use factors. The results reveal strong geographical trends in species richness in all taxonomic groups. No single species group emerged as a good predictor of all other species groups. Species richness of all groups increased with the area of semi-natural habitats in the landscape. Species richness of birds and vascular plants was negatively associated with fertilizer use. Synthesis and applications. We conclude that indicator taxa are unlikely to provide an effective means of predicting biodiversity at a large spatial scale, especially where there is large biogeographical variation in species richness. However, a small list of landscape and land-use parameters can be used in agricultural landscapes to infer large-scale patterns of species richness. Our results suggest that to halt the loss of biodiversity in these landscapes, it is important to preserve and, if possible, increase the area of semi-natural habitat.
@article{billeterIndicatorsBiodiversityAgricultural2007,
title = {Indicators for Biodiversity in Agricultural Landscapes: A Pan-{{European}} Study},
author = {Billeter, R. and Liira, J. and Bailey, D. and Bugter, R. and Arens, P. and Augenstein, I. and Aviron, S. and Baudry, J. and Bukacek, R. and Burel, F. and Cerny, M. and De Blust, G. and De Cock, R. and Diek{\"o}tter, T. and Dietz, H. and Dirksen, J. and Dormann, C. and Durka, W. and Frenzel, M. and Hamersky, R. and Hendrickx, F. and Herzog, F. and Klotz, S. and Koolstra, B. and Lausch, A. and Le Coeur, D. and Maelfait, J. P. and Opdam, P. and Roubalova, M. and Schermann, A. and Schermann, N. and Schmidt, T. and Schweiger, O. and Smulders, M. J. M. and Speelmans, M. and Simova, P. and Verboom, J. and Van Wingerden, W. K. R. E. and Zobel, M. and Edwards, P. J.},
year = {2007},
month = jul,
volume = {45},
pages = {141--150},
issn = {0021-8901},
doi = {10.1111/j.1365-2664.2007.01393.x},
abstract = {In many European agricultural landscapes, species richness is declining considerably. Studies performed at a very large spatial scale are helpful in understanding the reasons for this decline and as a basis for guiding policy. In a unique, large-scale study of 25 agricultural landscapes in seven European countries, we investigated relationships between species richness in several taxa, and the links between biodiversity and landscape structure and management. We estimated the total species richness of vascular plants, birds and five arthropod groups in each 16-km2 landscape, and recorded various measures of both landscape structure and intensity of agricultural land use. We studied correlations between taxonomic groups and the effects of landscape and land-use parameters on the number of species in different taxonomic groups. Our statistical approach also accounted for regional variation in species richness unrelated to landscape or land-use factors. The results reveal strong geographical trends in species richness in all taxonomic groups. No single species group emerged as a good predictor of all other species groups. Species richness of all groups increased with the area of semi-natural habitats in the landscape. Species richness of birds and vascular plants was negatively associated with fertilizer use. Synthesis and applications. We conclude that indicator taxa are unlikely to provide an effective means of predicting biodiversity at a large spatial scale, especially where there is large biogeographical variation in species richness. However, a small list of landscape and land-use parameters can be used in agricultural landscapes to infer large-scale patterns of species richness. Our results suggest that to halt the loss of biodiversity in these landscapes, it is important to preserve and, if possible, increase the area of semi-natural habitat.},
journal = {Journal of Applied Ecology},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-2428974,agricultural-land,biodiversity,biodiversity-indicator,europe,habitat-conservation,indicator-species,review-scopus-european-biodiversity-indicators,scopus-indexed,semi-natural-habitat},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-2428974},
number = {1}
}Conservation Status of Large Carnivores in Europe and the Freedom within Frames Approach. Salvatori, V., Boitani, L., von Arx , M., & Linnell, J. D. C. In Potts, R. G. & Hecker, K., editors, Coexistence of Large Carnivores and Humans: Threat or Benefit? - Proceedings of the International Symposium Preceding the 54th CIC General Assembly, pages 13–22, May, 2007.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
The European populations of brown bear, Eurasian lynx, wolf and wolverine have increased in the last two decades. The only European large carnivore (LC) that has not seen an increase in its range is the Iberian lynx, which is the most endangered cat in the world. The reason for this general trend is to be found in a series of factors that span from a shift in land use patterns to a series of national and international legislations that regulate the management of habitats and species. Despite all these, the relationship between humans and LCs is not yet secured, and it is currently the main cause for controversial management approaches. A range of management schemes are in force in Europe for mitigating the conflicts between humans and LCs. They are applied under different levels of local participation and responsibility, and all of them are suited to local conditions. Nevertheless, LCs can cover large areas and long distances, often forming populations spread over more than one country. Thus the need for applying a regional view when acting at local scale is strong: the way ahead appears to be that local actions should be taken with a view at population level.
@inproceedings{salvatoriConservationStatusLarge2007,
title = {Conservation Status of Large Carnivores in {{Europe}} and the Freedom within Frames Approach},
booktitle = {Coexistence of {{Large Carnivores}} and {{Humans}}: {{Threat}} or {{Benefit}}? - {{Proceedings}} of the {{International Symposium}} Preceding the 54th {{CIC General Assembly}}},
author = {Salvatori, Valeria and Boitani, Luigi and {von Arx}, Manuela and Linnell, John D. C.},
editor = {Potts, Richard G. and Hecker, Krist{\'o}f},
year = {2007},
month = may,
pages = {13--22},
abstract = {The European populations of brown bear, Eurasian lynx, wolf and wolverine have increased in the last two decades. The only European large carnivore (LC) that has not seen an increase in its range is the Iberian lynx, which is the most endangered cat in the world. The reason for this general trend is to be found in a series of factors that span from a shift in land use patterns to a series of national and international legislations that regulate the management of habitats and species. Despite all these, the relationship between humans and LCs is not yet secured, and it is currently the main cause for controversial management approaches. A range of management schemes are in force in Europe for mitigating the conflicts between humans and LCs. They are applied under different levels of local participation and responsibility, and all of them are suited to local conditions. Nevertheless, LCs can cover large areas and long distances, often forming populations spread over more than one country. Thus the need for applying a regional view when acting at local scale is strong: the way ahead appears to be that local actions should be taken with a view at population level.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14037774,biodiversity,canis-lupus,carnivores,europe,gulo-gulo,lynx-lynx,mapping,species-distribution,ursus-arctos},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-14037774}
}2006 (3)
Habitat loss, trophic collapse, and the decline of ecosystem services. Dobson Andrew, Lodge David, Alder Jackie, Cumming Graeme S., Keymer Juan, McGlade Jacquie, Mooney Hal, Rusak James A., Sala Osvaldo, Wolters Volkmar, Wall Diana, Winfree Rachel, & Xenopoulos Marguerite A. Ecology, 87(8):1915–1924, August, 2006.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex The provisioning of sustaining goods and services that we obtain from natural ecosystems is a strong economic justification for the conservation of biological diversity. Understanding the relationship between these goods and services and changes in the size, arrangement, and quality of natural habitats is a fundamental challenge of natural resource management. In this paper, we describe a new approach to assessing the implications of habitat loss for loss of ecosystem services by examining how the provision of different ecosystem services is dominated by species from different trophic levels. We then develop a mathematical model that illustrates how declines in habitat quality and quantity lead to sequential losses of trophic diversity. The model suggests that declines in the provisioning of services will initially be slow but will then accelerate as species from higher trophic levels are lost at faster rates. Comparison of these patterns with empirical examples of ecosystem collapse (and assembly) suggest similar patterns occur in natural systems impacted by anthropogenic change. In general, ecosystem goods and services provided by species in the upper trophic levels will be lost before those provided by species lower in the food chain. The decrease in terrestrial food chain length predicted by the model parallels that observed in the oceans following overexploitation. The large area requirements of higher trophic levels make them as susceptible to extinction as they are in marine systems where they are systematically exploited. Whereas the traditional species?area curve suggests that 50% of species are driven extinct by an order?of?magnitude decline in habitat abundance, this magnitude of loss may represent the loss of an entire trophic level and all the ecosystem services performed by the species on this trophic level.
@article{dobson_andrew_habitat_2006,
title = {Habitat loss, trophic collapse, and the decline of ecosystem services},
volume = {87},
issn = {0012-9658},
url = {https://esajournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1890/0012-9658%282006%2987%5B1915%3AHLTCAT%5D2.0.CO%3B2},
doi = {10.1890/0012-9658(2006)87[1915:HLTCAT]2.0.CO;2},
abstract = {The provisioning of sustaining goods and services that we obtain from natural ecosystems is a strong economic justification for the conservation of biological diversity. Understanding the relationship between these goods and services and changes in the size, arrangement, and quality of natural habitats is a fundamental challenge of natural resource management. In this paper, we describe a new approach to assessing the implications of habitat loss for loss of ecosystem services by examining how the provision of different ecosystem services is dominated by species from different trophic levels. We then develop a mathematical model that illustrates how declines in habitat quality and quantity lead to sequential losses of trophic diversity. The model suggests that declines in the provisioning of services will initially be slow but will then accelerate as species from higher trophic levels are lost at faster rates. Comparison of these patterns with empirical examples of ecosystem collapse (and assembly) suggest similar patterns occur in natural systems impacted by anthropogenic change. In general, ecosystem goods and services provided by species in the upper trophic levels will be lost before those provided by species lower in the food chain. The decrease in terrestrial food chain length predicted by the model parallels that observed in the oceans following overexploitation. The large area requirements of higher trophic levels make them as susceptible to extinction as they are in marine systems where they are systematically exploited. Whereas the traditional species?area curve suggests that 50\% of species are driven extinct by an order?of?magnitude decline in habitat abundance, this magnitude of loss may represent the loss of an entire trophic level and all the ecosystem services performed by the species on this trophic level.},
number = {8},
urldate = {2018-03-17},
journal = {Ecology},
author = {{Dobson Andrew} and {Lodge David} and {Alder Jackie} and {Cumming Graeme S.} and {Keymer Juan} and {McGlade Jacquie} and {Mooney Hal} and {Rusak James A.} and {Sala Osvaldo} and {Wolters Volkmar} and {Wall Diana} and {Winfree Rachel} and {Xenopoulos Marguerite A.}},
month = aug,
year = {2006},
keywords = {biodiversity, boundaries, collapse},
pages = {1915--1924},
file = {Dobson Andrew et al. - 2006 - Habitat loss, trophic collapse, and the decline of.pdf:C\:\\Users\\rsrs\\Documents\\Zotero Database\\storage\\GJKX3Y7H\\Dobson Andrew et al. - 2006 - Habitat loss, trophic collapse, and the decline of.pdf:application/pdf}
}Biodiversity and biogeography of Antarctic and sub-Antarctic mollusca. Linse, K., Griffiths, H., Barnes, D., & Clarke, a. Deep Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies in Oceanography, 53(8-10):985-1008, 4, 2006.
Paper Website bibtex
Paper Website bibtex @article{
title = {Biodiversity and biogeography of Antarctic and sub-Antarctic mollusca},
type = {article},
year = {2006},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {antarctica,biodiversity,biogeography,endemism,mollusca},
pages = {985-1008},
volume = {53},
websites = {http://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0967064506000828},
month = {4},
id = {f2f74532-c8c3-32d3-b1f7-2bfe63eba89e},
created = {2012-10-04T09:25:12.000Z},
file_attached = {true},
profile_id = {c6c6f844-18d2-32db-a619-2e915134a952},
group_id = {764582e8-5773-3a66-8d6b-9b40e4fb5a88},
last_modified = {2017-03-14T17:27:14.020Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
citation_key = {Linse2006e},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Linse, K and Griffiths, H and Barnes, D and Clarke, a},
journal = {Deep Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies in Oceanography},
number = {8-10}
}Weed diversity and soybean yield with glyphosate management along a north–south transect in the United States. Scursoni, J., Forcella, F., Gunsolus, J., Owen, M., Oliver, R., Smeda, R., & Vidrine, R. Weed Science, 54(4):713-719, 2006.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
There are many concerns about the effects of repeated use of glyphosate in glyphosate-resistant (GR) crops, including two that are seemingly contradictory. These are (1) weed escapes and (2) loss of weed diversity. Weeds that escape glyphosate treatment represent species that likely will become troublesome and difficult to control in the future, and identifying these future problems may allow more effective management. In contrast, complete weed control directly reduces the weed component of agroecosystem biodiversity and may lower other components indirectly (e.g., weed-dependent granivores). During 2001 and 2002 effects of glyphosate and conventional weed control treatments on weed community composition and GR soybean yields were studied. Field studies were conducted along a north–south transect of sites spanning a distance of 1600 km from Minnesota to Louisiana. Low-intensity use (single application yr−1) of glyphosate allowed more escapes and maintained higher weed diversity than high-intensity use (two applications yr−1) of glyphosate, and it was equivalent to or even higher than diversity in non-GR systems. Although the same weeds escaped from low- and high-intensity glyphosate treatments, frequency of escapes was higher with less intensive use. These results suggest that limited use of glyphosate would not have profound effects on weed diversity. In addition, crop yield did not differ between GR and non-GR treatments at high latitudes, but below 40° N latitude, with a longer cropping season, yields with low-intensity glyphosate use decreased by about 2% per degree latitude because of competition from escaped weeds.
@article{
title = {Weed diversity and soybean yield with glyphosate management along a north–south transect in the United States},
type = {article},
year = {2006},
keywords = {Biodiversity, glyphosate resistance, glyphosate to},
pages = {713-719},
volume = {54},
chapter = {713},
id = {3aca3f0b-7f5d-3820-b416-9a1e8ae94fad},
created = {2012-01-05T13:09:04.000Z},
file_attached = {false},
profile_id = {1a467167-0a41-3583-a6a3-034c31031332},
group_id = {0e532975-1a47-38a4-ace8-4fe5968bcd72},
last_modified = {2013-05-26T02:44:53.000Z},
tags = {United States,economic,environmental,habitat,herbicide tolerant soybean,productivity},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
source_type = {Journal Article},
abstract = {There are many concerns about the effects of repeated use of glyphosate in glyphosate-resistant (GR) crops, including two that are seemingly contradictory. These are (1) weed escapes and (2) loss of weed diversity. Weeds that escape glyphosate treatment represent species that likely will become troublesome and difficult to control in the future, and identifying these future problems may allow more effective management. In contrast, complete weed control directly reduces the weed component of agroecosystem biodiversity and may lower other components indirectly (e.g., weed-dependent granivores). During 2001 and 2002 effects of glyphosate and conventional weed control treatments on weed community composition and GR soybean yields were studied. Field studies were conducted along a north–south transect of sites spanning a distance of 1600 km from Minnesota to Louisiana. Low-intensity use (single application yr−1) of glyphosate allowed more escapes and maintained higher weed diversity than high-intensity use (two applications yr−1) of glyphosate, and it was equivalent to or even higher than diversity in non-GR systems. Although the same weeds escaped from low- and high-intensity glyphosate treatments, frequency of escapes was higher with less intensive use. These results suggest that limited use of glyphosate would not have profound effects on weed diversity. In addition, crop yield did not differ between GR and non-GR treatments at high latitudes, but below 40° N latitude, with a longer cropping season, yields with low-intensity glyphosate use decreased by about 2% per degree latitude because of competition from escaped weeds. },
bibtype = {article},
author = {Scursoni, Julio and Forcella, Frank and Gunsolus, Jeffrey and Owen, Michael and Oliver, Richard and Smeda, Reid and Vidrine, Roy},
journal = {Weed Science},
number = {4}
}2005 (3)
The effects of human socioeconomic status and cultural characteristics on urban patterns of biodiversity. Kinzig, A. P., Warren, P. S., Martin, C., Hope, D., & Katti, M. Ecology and Society, 2005.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
We present evidence that there can be substantial variation in species richness in residential areas differing in their socioeconomic and cultural characteristics. Many analyses of the impacts of urbanization on biodiversity rely on traditional “urban-to-rural
@article{kinzig_effects_2005-1,
title = {The effects of human socioeconomic status and cultural characteristics on urban patterns of biodiversity},
volume = {10},
abstract = {We present evidence that there can be substantial variation in species richness in residential areas differing in their socioeconomic and cultural characteristics. Many analyses of the impacts of urbanization on biodiversity rely on traditional “urban-to-rural},
number = {1},
journal = {Ecology and Society},
author = {Kinzig, A. P. and Warren, P. S. and Martin, C. and Hope, D. and Katti, M.},
year = {2005},
keywords = {BES, biodiversity, urban, social aspects, human}
}Species diversity and ecosystem processes in water-limited systems. Shachak, M., Pickett, S., & Gosz, J. R. In Biodiversity in dry lands: toward a unified framework for research and management. Oxford University Press [Mellon Publication], New York, 2005.
bibtex
bibtex
@incollection{shachak_species_2005,
address = {New York},
title = {Species diversity and ecosystem processes in water-limited systems},
booktitle = {Biodiversity in dry lands: toward a unified framework for research and management},
publisher = {Oxford University Press [Mellon Publication]},
author = {Shachak, M. and Pickett, S.T.A. and Gosz, J. R.},
editor = {Perevelotsky, A.},
year = {2005},
keywords = {BES, biodiversity, water, ecosystem, plant, species}
}Management for biodiversity: human landscape effects on dry environments. Perevelotsky, A., Shachak, M., & Pickett, S. In Biodiversity in dry lands: toward a unified framework for research and management. Oxford University Press [Mellon Publication], New York, 2005.
bibtex
bibtex
@incollection{perevelotsky_management_2005,
address = {New York},
title = {Management for biodiversity: human landscape effects on dry environments},
booktitle = {Biodiversity in dry lands: toward a unified framework for research and management},
publisher = {Oxford University Press [Mellon Publication]},
author = {Perevelotsky, A. and Shachak, M. and Pickett, S.T.A.},
editor = {Perevelotsky, A.},
year = {2005},
keywords = {BES, landscape, biodiversity, management, human}
}2004 (1)
Global hot spots of biological invasions: Evaluating options for ballast-water management. Drake, J., M. & Lodge, D., M. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 271(1539):575-580, 2004.
abstract bibtex
abstract bibtex
Biological invasions from ballast water are a severe environmental threat and exceedingly costly to society. We identify global hot spots of invasion based on worldwide patterns of ship traffic. We then estimate the rate of port-to-port invasion using gravity models for spatial interactions, and we identify bottlenecks to the regional exchange of species using the Ford-Fulkerson algorithm for network flows. Finally, using stochastic simulations of different strategies for controlling ballast-water introductions, we find that reducing the per-ship-visit chance of causing invasion is more effective in reducing the rate of biotic homogenization than eliminating key ports that are the epicentres for global spread.
@article{
title = {Global hot spots of biological invasions: Evaluating options for ballast-water management},
type = {article},
year = {2004},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {Ballast water,Biological invasion,Biotic homogenization,Ford-Fulkerson algorithm},
pages = {575-580},
volume = {271},
id = {df79e515-42e1-33af-b22a-98cf5916d694},
created = {2018-09-13T13:16:05.602Z},
file_attached = {true},
profile_id = {9aa84141-6744-3000-aa2d-8b83b70f0402},
group_id = {3addd0f7-d578-34d3-be80-24022cc062a1},
last_modified = {2018-09-13T13:17:43.200Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
folder_uuids = {46d73cb0-1cc4-42db-86d0-93a26fce7f83},
private_publication = {false},
abstract = {Biological invasions from ballast water are a severe environmental threat and exceedingly costly to society. We identify global hot spots of invasion based on worldwide patterns of ship traffic. We then estimate the rate of port-to-port invasion using gravity models for spatial interactions, and we identify bottlenecks to the regional exchange of species using the Ford-Fulkerson algorithm for network flows. Finally, using stochastic simulations of different strategies for controlling ballast-water introductions, we find that reducing the per-ship-visit chance of causing invasion is more effective in reducing the rate of biotic homogenization than eliminating key ports that are the epicentres for global spread.},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Drake, John M. and Lodge, David M.},
journal = {Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences},
number = {1539}
}2001 (3)
Anthropogenic environmental change and the emergence of infectious diseases in wildlife. Daszak, P., Cunningham, A. A., & Hyatt, A. D. Acta Tropica, 78(2):103–116, February, 2001.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex By using the criteria that define emerging infectious diseases (EIDs) of humans, we can identify a similar group of EIDs in wildlife. In the current review we highlight an important series of wildlife EIDs: amphibian chytridiomycosis; diseases of marine invertebrates and vertebrates and two recently-emerged viral zoonoses, Nipah virus disease and West Nile virus disease. These exemplify the varied etiology, pathogenesis, zoonotic potential and ecological impact of wildlife EIDs. Strikingly similar underlying factors drive disease emergence in both human and wildlife populations. These are predominantly ecological and almost entirely the product of human environmental change. The implications of wildlife EIDs are twofold: emerging wildlife diseases cause direct and indirect loss of biodiversity and add to the threat of zoonotic disease emergence. Since human environmental changes are largely responsible for their emergence, the threats wildlife EIDs pose to biodiversity and human health represent yet another consequence of anthropogenic influence on ecosystems. We identify key areas where existing expertise in ecology, conservation biology, wildlife biology, veterinary medicine and the impact of environmental change would augment programs to investigate emerging diseases of humans, and we comment on the need for greater medical and microbiological input into the study of wildlife diseases.
@article{daszak_anthropogenic_2001,
title = {Anthropogenic environmental change and the emergence of infectious diseases in wildlife},
volume = {78},
issn = {0001-706X},
url = {http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0001706X00001790},
doi = {10.1016/S0001-706X(00)00179-0},
abstract = {By using the criteria that define emerging infectious diseases (EIDs) of humans, we can identify a similar group of EIDs in wildlife. In the current review we highlight an important series of wildlife EIDs: amphibian chytridiomycosis; diseases of marine invertebrates and vertebrates and two recently-emerged viral zoonoses, Nipah virus disease and West Nile virus disease. These exemplify the varied etiology, pathogenesis, zoonotic potential and ecological impact of wildlife EIDs. Strikingly similar underlying factors drive disease emergence in both human and wildlife populations. These are predominantly ecological and almost entirely the product of human environmental change. The implications of wildlife EIDs are twofold: emerging wildlife diseases cause direct and indirect loss of biodiversity and add to the threat of zoonotic disease emergence. Since human environmental changes are largely responsible for their emergence, the threats wildlife EIDs pose to biodiversity and human health represent yet another consequence of anthropogenic influence on ecosystems. We identify key areas where existing expertise in ecology, conservation biology, wildlife biology, veterinary medicine and the impact of environmental change would augment programs to investigate emerging diseases of humans, and we comment on the need for greater medical and microbiological input into the study of wildlife diseases.},
number = {2},
urldate = {2019-02-22TZ},
journal = {Acta Tropica},
author = {Daszak, P. and Cunningham, A. A. and Hyatt, A. D.},
month = feb,
year = {2001},
keywords = {Biodiversity, Chytridiomycosis, Conservation, Coral reef diseases, Emerging diseases, Nipah virus, West Nile virus, Zoonosis},
pages = {103--116}
}Anthropogenic Disturbance and Tree Diversity in Montane Rain Forests in Chiapas, Mexico. Ramírez-Marcial, N., González-Espinosa, M., & Williams-Linera, G. Forest Ecology and Management, 154(1-2):311–326, November, 2001.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
We studied the influence of anthropogenic disturbance on forest structure and composition in the highly populated Montane Rain Forests of northern Chiapas, Mexico. We evaluated species richness, basal area and stem density on 81 circular plots (0.1~ha each) along a categorical disturbance gradient due to forest extraction, livestock grazing, and fires. A total of 116 tree species ($>$5~cm DBH) were recorded in three major forest types recognized by TWINSPAN. The three forest types were: Quercus-Podocarpus Forest (QPF), Pinus-Quercus-Liquidambar Forest (PQLF), and Pinus Forest (PF). The number of canopy and understory trees species, absolute density, and basal area decreased with disturbance intensity. Mean basal area of Pinus spp. was high at intermediate and severe disturbed sites (27 and 19~m2~ha-1, respectively), and low (0.2~m2~ha-1) in well preserved old-growth stands. Distribution of life forms was heterogeneous among forest types, with a high number of understory trees species in QPF, and an impoverished composition in PF. A first axis obtained by factor analysis, represented a combination of anthropogenic disturbance along with environmental and structural variables. Scores of the first factor explained almost 50\,% of variation, and was positively correlated with livestock grazing, firewood extraction, basal area of Pinus spp. and soil pH, and negatively associated with elevation, plant cover and basal area of Quercus spp. A second factor explained an additional 12\,% of variation and was associated with forest fires and timber extraction. Distribution of size classes in the QPF was significantly different (p$<$0.05) than in the other two forest types, including the largest individuals in all inventories. Our results suggest that small scale, but frequent anthropogenic disturbance, increases the dominance of Pinus and drastically decreases floristic richness, mostly understory trees. This points to the need of developing restoration practices aimed to attain highly diverse mixed forests from induced depauperate pinelands. On the other hand, the remnant MRF stands are currently under risk of deforestation in a highly populated Mayan territory, and their conservation under criteria of sustainable use may require finding alternative high value uses not included in conventional commercial forestry.
@article{ramirez-marcialAnthropogenicDisturbanceTree2001,
title = {Anthropogenic Disturbance and Tree Diversity in {{Montane Rain Forests}} in {{Chiapas}}, {{Mexico}}},
author = {{Ram{\'{\i}}rez-Marcial}, Neptal{\'{\i}} and {Gonz{\'a}lez-Espinosa}, Mario and {Williams-Linera}, Guadalupe},
year = {2001},
month = nov,
volume = {154},
pages = {311--326},
issn = {0378-1127},
doi = {10.1016/s0378-1127(00)00639-3},
abstract = {We studied the influence of anthropogenic disturbance on forest structure and composition in the highly populated Montane Rain Forests of northern Chiapas, Mexico. We evaluated species richness, basal area and stem density on 81 circular plots (0.1~ha each) along a categorical disturbance gradient due to forest extraction, livestock grazing, and fires. A total of 116 tree species ({$>$}5~cm DBH) were recorded in three major forest types recognized by TWINSPAN. The three forest types were: Quercus-Podocarpus Forest (QPF), Pinus-Quercus-Liquidambar Forest (PQLF), and Pinus Forest (PF). The number of canopy and understory trees species, absolute density, and basal area decreased with disturbance intensity. Mean basal area of Pinus spp. was high at intermediate and severe disturbed sites (27 and 19~m2~ha-1, respectively), and low (0.2~m2~ha-1) in well preserved old-growth stands. Distribution of life forms was heterogeneous among forest types, with a high number of understory trees species in QPF, and an impoverished composition in PF. A first axis obtained by factor analysis, represented a combination of anthropogenic disturbance along with environmental and structural variables. Scores of the first factor explained almost 50\,\% of variation, and was positively correlated with livestock grazing, firewood extraction, basal area of Pinus spp. and soil pH, and negatively associated with elevation, plant cover and basal area of Quercus spp. A second factor explained an additional 12\,\% of variation and was associated with forest fires and timber extraction. Distribution of size classes in the QPF was significantly different (p{$<$}0.05) than in the other two forest types, including the largest individuals in all inventories. Our results suggest that small scale, but frequent anthropogenic disturbance, increases the dominance of Pinus and drastically decreases floristic richness, mostly understory trees. This points to the need of developing restoration practices aimed to attain highly diverse mixed forests from induced depauperate pinelands. On the other hand, the remnant MRF stands are currently under risk of deforestation in a highly populated Mayan territory, and their conservation under criteria of sustainable use may require finding alternative high value uses not included in conventional commercial forestry.},
journal = {Forest Ecology and Management},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-9584282,~to-add-doi-URL,anthropogenic-changes,biodiversity,biomass-to-energy,disturbances,diversity,forest-fires,forest-management,grazing,timber-harvesting,wildfires},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-9584282},
number = {1-2}
}Ecological Effects of Introduced Tree Species in Britain. Peterken, G. F. Forest Ecology and Management, 141(1-2):31–42, 2001.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Non-native trees have been introduced to Britain and native trees have been redistributed for over 2000 years, but most species were introduced in the last 400 years, and the ecological consequences have not yet been fully manifested. Introduction has been followed by various forms of adaptation to British conditions: (i) genetic changes in the trees themselves, (ii) assimilation into forest communities, (iii) colonisation by native plants, animals and fungi and (iv) gradual cultural acceptance. Nevertheless, some naturalised shrubs are widely regarded as ecologically damaging in semi-natural vegetation (e.g. Rhododendron ponticum, Acer pseudoplatanus), and the introduction of non-native conifers has allowed forestry to expand over moorland with substantial ecological effects.
@article{peterkenEcologicalEffectsIntroduced2001,
title = {Ecological Effects of Introduced Tree Species in {{Britain}}},
author = {Peterken, G. F.},
year = {2001},
volume = {141},
pages = {31--42},
doi = {10.1016/S0378-1127(00)00487-4},
abstract = {Non-native trees have been introduced to Britain and native trees have been redistributed for over 2000 years, but most species were introduced in the last 400 years, and the ecological consequences have not yet been fully manifested. Introduction has been followed by various forms of adaptation to British conditions: (i) genetic changes in the trees themselves, (ii) assimilation into forest communities, (iii) colonisation by native plants, animals and fungi and (iv) gradual cultural acceptance. Nevertheless, some naturalised shrubs are widely regarded as ecologically damaging in semi-natural vegetation (e.g. Rhododendron ponticum, Acer pseudoplatanus), and the introduction of non-native conifers has allowed forestry to expand over moorland with substantial ecological effects.},
journal = {Forest Ecology and Management},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13508406,abies-alba,acer-platanoides,acer-pseudoplatanus,aesculus-hippocastanum,afforestation,biodiversity,castanea-sativa,community,conifers,conservation,introduction,invertebrates,larix-decidua,picea-abies,picea-sitchensis,pinus-contorta,pseudotsuga-menziesii,quercus-borealis,tsuga-heterophylla,ulmus-spp},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13508406},
number = {1-2}
}1999 (2)
Responses of phytoplankton and epilithon during acidification and early recovery of a lake. Findlay, D., L., Kasian, S., E., M., Turner, M., T., & Stainton, M., P. Freshwater Biology, 42(1):159-175, 1999.
Paper abstract bibtex
Paper abstract bibtex Lake 302S in the Experimental Lakes Area of Canada was acidified from pH 6.7 (1981) to 5.1 (1986). The pH was further reduced to 4.5 in 1987 and held at that level until 1991. From 1992 to 1995, the pH was allowed to increase to a target value of 5.8. The response of the phytoplankton community to decreasing pH from 6.0 to 5.1 was similar to that observed in another experimentally acidified lake (223) and in other atmospherically acidified lakes. Acidification affected species diversity of both the phytoplankton and epilithon. Phytoplankton diversity was positively correlated with pH. Epilithic algal diversity was more variable and did not correlate with pH. Phytoplankton biomass was enhanced by acidification as the assemblage shifted from a dominance of chrysophytes to large dinoflagellates (Gymnodinium sp. and Peridinium inconspicuum). Epilithon biomass was unaffected, but dominance shifted from filamentous cyanophytes (Lyngbya) to acidophilic diatoms (Tabellaria quadriseptata and Anomoeonis brachysira). The only taxon to be similarly affected in both the phytoplankton and epilithon was the cyanobacterium, being significantly reduced below pH 5.1. During early recovery (pH 5.5-5.8), cyanobacteria increased and species present prior to acidification recolonized both habitats. In the early stages of recovery, planktonic and benthic assemblages remained more similar to acidified than natural assemblages, but more profound change began at pH > 5.5.
@article{
title = {Responses of phytoplankton and epilithon during acidification and early recovery of a lake},
type = {article},
year = {1999},
identifiers = {[object Object]},
keywords = {ACIDIFICATION,BIODIVERSITY,CYANOBACTERIA,ELA,L239,L302S,NITROGEN,NUTRIENTS,PERIPHYTON,PERIPHYTON-EPILITHIC,PH,PHOSPHORUS,PHYTOPLANKTON,RECOVERY,SPECIES DIVERSITY,STOICHIOMETRY},
pages = {159-175},
volume = {42},
id = {4721e34d-fee5-3940-9d66-f5603a854754},
created = {2019-07-11T22:03:17.811Z},
file_attached = {true},
profile_id = {3c181434-ae75-3e95-a723-2bfcc2f14c0b},
group_id = {db3318bf-b2fb-3b86-9f1d-17188c0ddfa3},
last_modified = {2019-07-23T15:44:40.642Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {true},
hidden = {false},
citation_key = {Findlay1999a},
private_publication = {false},
abstract = {Lake 302S in the Experimental Lakes Area of Canada was acidified from pH 6.7 (1981) to 5.1 (1986). The pH was further reduced to 4.5 in 1987 and held at that level until 1991. From 1992 to 1995, the pH was allowed to increase to a target value of 5.8. The response of the phytoplankton community to decreasing pH from 6.0 to 5.1 was similar to that observed in another experimentally acidified lake (223) and in other atmospherically acidified lakes. Acidification affected species diversity of both the phytoplankton and epilithon. Phytoplankton diversity was positively correlated with pH. Epilithic algal diversity was more variable and did not correlate with pH. Phytoplankton biomass was enhanced by acidification as the assemblage shifted from a dominance of chrysophytes to large dinoflagellates (Gymnodinium sp. and Peridinium inconspicuum). Epilithon biomass was unaffected, but dominance shifted from filamentous cyanophytes (Lyngbya) to acidophilic diatoms (Tabellaria quadriseptata and Anomoeonis brachysira). The only taxon to be similarly affected in both the phytoplankton and epilithon was the cyanobacterium, being significantly reduced below pH 5.1. During early recovery (pH 5.5-5.8), cyanobacteria increased and species present prior to acidification recolonized both habitats. In the early stages of recovery, planktonic and benthic assemblages remained more similar to acidified than natural assemblages, but more profound change began at pH > 5.5.},
bibtype = {article},
author = {Findlay, D. L. and Kasian, S. E. M. and Turner, M. T. and Stainton, M. P.},
journal = {Freshwater Biology},
number = {1}
}Development of indicators reflecting criteria of spatial differentiation - 1.6. Natural assets environmental indicators. Marquínez, J., Colina, A., García, P., Menéndez, R., Groth, N. B., Álvarez, M., & Lobo, T. Technical Report European Commission, Spanish Environment Ministry, INDUROT, University of Oviedo, 1999.
Paper abstract bibtex
Paper abstract bibtex [Excerpt] In the task sharing established at the Preparatory Meeting of the Study Programme on European Spatial Planning (SPESP), Brussels, 7 December 1998, it was agreed that the Work Group in charge of the development of theme 1.6, Indicators on Natural Assets, would be made up of the National Focal Points (NFP's) of Spain and Denmark. Furthermore, it was planned that the work would be carried out in close collaboration with the European Environment Agency (EEA), given the obvious relationship of this organisation with the theme under study. Apart from this initial work structure we cannot overlook the contributions received from the rest of the NFP's, both as regards the various documents drawn up throughout the course of 1999, and also with respect to the survey on the proposed indicators prepared by this Work Group during the month of June. We should not forget the dozen of meetings of co-ordination of the Spanish Team (Oviedo, Madrid, Zamora...) that without a doubt helped to clarify numerous aspects. The short period of time available, along with some other inconveniences, has prevented the results achieved reaching as far as this Work Group would have wished. Nevertheless, the final evaluation of this first phase of the SPESP has been very positive. If we take into account the complexity of the object under study, the European territory, we are of the opinion that a lot of ground has been covered and that it has been possible to achieve certain basic principles that will noticeably help the continuance of the work and that the European Spatial Development Perspective (ESDP) will manage to acquire a technical and practical dimension that will complement the political. During the development period of the work three Draft Reports have been drawn up coinciding with the Meetings of the NFP: Stockholm, in February 1999, Nijmegen, in June 1999 and Rome, in October 1999. These documents have attempted to outline and define a realistic indicator proposal which maintained a certain technical and scientific coherence. In this document we carry out a brief review of the ground that has been covered and specify the main conclusions arrived at in that which refers to theme 1.6 Natural Assets. This summary extracts the most relevant aspects contained in the three Draft Reports drawn up to date, of the contributions of the EEA and the NFP's, as well as of the co-ordinator, above all, through the enlightening meetings. [...] [Conclusions] The conclusions that can be drawn following the first phase of the ESDP Programme of Studies, at least from the standpoint of ” Natural Assets” indicators, should be limited to expounding some reflections on the construction of a system of indicators. The state of the work underway does not allow for a reliable diagnosis and therefore, to determine spatial conclusions and territorial implications would be extremely risky without a solid base upon which to base them. Therefore, some final reflections regarding the work and the proposal put forth are included under this heading: [Environmental focus] Having carried out a detailed analysis of the various ESDP official documents, it has been observed that the objectives and the focus pursued greatly exceed the concept of natural assets that was originally intended to be used in Topic 1 of the Study Programme. These official documents (Noordwijk and Potsdam) adopt an environmental vision of the European territory. The most important environmental studies that exist with regard to the European territory (among which the ” Dobris Assessment, on the environment in Europe” and ” Europe's Environment: The Second Assessment” can be highlighted) confirmed the need to adopt this point of view. By limiting the scope of study to strictly include natural assets, numerous aspects, which are of vital importance to spatial differentiation, are ignored. Therefore, the first conclusion arrived at is to overcome the natural assets focus and to adopt an environmental vision. [Conceptual framework] Once the decision to use an environmental focus was made, the main proposals of existing systems of environmental indicators were gathered together. From among them, and for various reasons, we can highlight those elaborated by the following organisations: European Environment Agency, U.S. Environment Protection Agency, United Nations Department for Policy Co- ordination and Sustainable Development, or those elaborated by the OECD. Although with some variations, a coincidence can be observed in the conceptual framework (Pressure/State/Response). For those reasons, and in order to maintain a certain methodological consistency, it was decided that this structure be adopted. Despite more complex ways of focussing on this issue (Driving Force/Pressure/State/Impact/Response), we consider that this structure, due to its simplicity, can perfectly satisfy the needs of this project. [Primary indicators] Taking documentary sources and the systems of indicators consulted as a starting point, a long list of indicators, which we term primary indicators, in which all the indicators of use for carrying out an environmental characterisation of Europe were compiled. Said list is organised by subject (atmospheric, inland waters, coastal and marine environments...). In this way it hopes to maintain a certain scientific scrupulousness and to effect an initial spatial approach taking into account all the territorial characteristics. At this point a direct relationship between the ESDP environmental indicators and the future European system of environmental indicators must be established. We believe that the list of primary indicators might be made up of said European system of environmental indicators on which the EEA is already working. For this it would be necessary to achieve compatibility, at least for certain indicators, above all in areas such as resolution or scale that made it possible to undertake the territorial analysis. Adopting this outline would at the same time allow for an improvement in the definition and quality of spatial indicators. [Synthetic indicators] The list of primary indicators is very long and exceeds the needs and objectives of the ESDP. For this reason the task of elaborating a proposal that could be viable and appropriate for the project was undertaken. The objective was to create a short list of aggregate or synthetic indicators, attempting to conserve the main approach initially established. To do so, in addition to the consideration made for the indicators in the ESDP official documents as a whole, the following conditions were taken into account: [::] They should be spatial indicators, with territorial implications and serve as spatial differentiation criteria. It is not a question of making an environmental diagnosis of Europe, and therefore it is not a typical system of environmental indicators. In practice, it becomes a predominance of the territorial characteristics of the information (in this way, for example and from this perspective, the sources of polluting gases is of greater interest than air quality). [::] The need to combine the indicators in this area with other spatial differentiation criteria must be remembered. In practice, this means adjusting to spatial units, which are different from those of the natural processes, which can bring about problems. The danger of detracting from the results, since some of the processes are very localised spatially, whereas others cross regional and national borders and has effects in far-off territories. [::] The need to specify a limited number of indicators to make the system as such viable. This meant selecting issues and giving up some problems or natural characteristics of great relevance for a system of environmental indicators. [::] The data sources must have European coverage. The use of national data sources or sources of some other territorial area is therefore ruled out. After several revisions, the list of indicators proposed is made up of 12 synthetic indicators that we believe can cover the ESDP needs. These 12 indicators are: [\n] S1, Pressures on the environment (Pressure) [\n] S2, Emissions of polluting gases (Pressure) [\n] S3, Water quality (State) [\n] S4, Water resources (State) [\n] S5, Coastal value (State) [\n] S6, Ecosystem diversity (State) [\n] S7, Biodiversity (State) [\n] S8, Value according to directive 92/43/CEE (State) [\n] S9, Potential productivity (State) [\n] S10, Natural hazards (State) [\n] S11, Threats on natural resources (State) [\n] S12, Designated or protected areas (Response) [\n] We have managed to carry out a trial for six of these indicators. The objective was to have indicators available in the area of ” natural assets” in order to cross check them with indicators for the other spatial differentiation criteria and obtain some preliminary results. The indicators for which it has been possible to do some kind of trial are: [::] S1, Pressures on the environment [::] S2, Emissions of polluting gases acidifying gases [::] S5, Coastal value [::] S6, Ecosystem diversity [::] S10, Natural hazards [::] S12, Designated or protected areas Many different sources of data of methods have been used for these trials. Therefore, the need to reduce the number of indicators has meant that some of them refer to complex processes and concepts, or are the result of the joint treatment of several data bases, on occasions of different characteristics (ecosystem diversity; pressures on the environment). On the other hand, there have been several factors that have reduced reliability from the results of the trials. From among the most important ones, worthy of special mention are: inadequate data sources, or ones that do not cover the whole territory under study; not having passed a process of validation; using the NUTS 2 which is too extensive for the objectives of this project in the case of environmental variables. We therefore understand that these trials have only served as an initial approach and perhaps as a starting point for discussion. In other words, it is not possible to draw reliable territorial conclusions from them. [Scale and resolution of the analysis] It is important to adequately define the scale of spatial analysis (figure 9). This aspect is vitally important to the results of the project. Perhaps in other areas, such as economic or social analyses, the analysis using large spatial administrative units can obtain reliable results. Nevertheless, when dealing with environmental issues, scale is not only important from a quantitative perspective, but also from a qualitative one as well. In short, one can state that, at a certain scale or using large administrative units, it makes no sense to strive to analyse if what you are attempting to do is to obtain spatial results, since the very size of the unit itself alters the results. The use, as units of reference, of some divisions of a natural or environmental type, such as biogeographical regions or the hydrographical basins should be closely studied. Nevertheless, the need to maintain the capacity of integrating the indicators of the ESDP should not be overlooked. The capacity of the ESDP system of indicators to act as a spatial differentiation instrument leads us to believe that one of the final objectives of the system of indicators could be the definition of what we could term ” Homogenous Spatial Units”. These HSU could be defined as the parts of Europe with similar characteristics, not only according to the natural or environmental criteria, but also with regard to the rest of the criteria of spatial differentiation. The definition of these units on a detailed scale (for example: sets of NUTS 5 that constitute homogenous areas within the regions) would allow us to obtain conclusions in terms of strengths, opportunities, weaknesses and threats. It also would make it easier to achieve the objectives and purposes that the ESDP pursues (cohesion / balance; sustainable development / protection; territorial competitiveness / development). [Data sources] An important part of the effort put into the work has been in finding and making a primary inventory of the data sources on environmental issues. The panorama of these sources caused us to be optimistic at the beginning of the work, mainly due to the existence of some sections of GISCO, of the CORINE Programme, with their different projects and various environmental reports that gave information about Europe with a view of the whole, even beyond the EU borders. The reality of the matter, as we later discovered, despite the cordial and efficient collaboration of the EEA, has been quite different: the following is a detailed report on some of the difficulties related to data sources that showed up during our work: [::] The version of the CORINE Land Cover to which we had access, gives rise to quite a serious problem which consists of the lack of uniformity of the legends for some countries. Nevertheless, it has turned out to be the only data source that has enabled the carrying out of a spatial analysis of the European territory to the necessary scale. [::] The data sources consulted regarding inland waters or polluting gas emissions had a resolution that did not advise their treatment, since this would make it impossible to obtain spatial results. [::] The access or availability to some data sources that we had planned to use required complicated paperwork that would probably exceed the time allotted to conclude the assigned work (biodiversity or threats on natural resources). In spite of all these problems, we must point out that the institutions and organisations that possess them have been willing to collaborate at all times. [::] Other data sources are not yet available (for example, CDDA). [::] The reports on environmental issues elaborated for Europe do not appear to have given rise to a cartographic database and the EEA does not have the corresponding digital information. The following are some complementary considerations referring to data sources: [::] It is essential to have environmental databases that are adequately georeferenced, with complete European coverage and proven consistency and homogenisation, these being characteristics that are vital if we are to adapt to the objectives of territorial analysis. [::] One of the important gaps observed is the lack of a data source that allows for the establishment of a degree of naturalness of European forests. Without this source of results, the naturalness analysis of the territory is greatly altered. [::] It is necessary to fill some important gaps such as the availability of a Digital Model of the Terrain for Europe with appropriate resolution. [::] In order to elaborate territorial indicators with environmental response, it is necessary to have data bases related with environmental economy and expense, that offer information regarding the investment in environmental improvement programmes, investment of funds from the EU, from the States and from the Regional and Local Administrations.
@techreport{citeulike:13546849,
abstract = {[Excerpt] In the task sharing established at the Preparatory Meeting of the Study
Programme on European Spatial Planning ({SPESP}), Brussels, 7 December 1998,
it was agreed that the Work Group in charge of the development of theme 1.6,
Indicators on Natural Assets, would be made up of the National Focal Points
({NFP}'s) of Spain and Denmark. Furthermore, it was planned that the work
would be carried out in close collaboration with the European Environment
Agency ({EEA}), given the obvious relationship of this organisation with the
theme under study.
Apart from this initial work structure we cannot overlook the
contributions received from the rest of the {NFP}'s, both as regards the various
documents drawn up throughout the course of 1999, and also with respect to
the survey on the proposed indicators prepared by this Work Group during the
month of June. We should not forget the dozen of meetings of co-ordination of
the Spanish Team (Oviedo, Madrid, Zamora...) that without a doubt helped to
clarify numerous aspects.
The short period of time available, along with some other inconveniences,
has prevented the results achieved reaching as far as this Work Group would
have wished. Nevertheless, the final evaluation of this first phase of the {SPESP}
has been very positive. If we take into account the complexity of the object
under study, the European territory, we are of the opinion that a lot of ground
has been covered and that it has been possible to achieve certain basic
principles that will noticeably help the continuance of the work and that the
European Spatial Development Perspective ({ESDP}) will manage to acquire a
technical and practical dimension that will complement the political.
During the development period of the work three Draft Reports have been
drawn up coinciding with the Meetings of the {NFP}: Stockholm, in February
1999, Nijmegen, in June 1999 and Rome, in October 1999. These documents have attempted to outline and define a realistic indicator proposal which
maintained a certain technical and scientific coherence.
In this document we carry out a brief review of the ground that has been
covered and specify the main conclusions arrived at in that which refers to
theme 1.6 Natural Assets. This summary extracts the most relevant aspects
contained in the three Draft Reports drawn up to date, of the contributions of
the {EEA} and the {NFP}'s, as well as of the co-ordinator, above all, through the
enlightening meetings. [...]
[Conclusions] The conclusions that can be drawn following the first phase of the {ESDP} Programme of Studies, at least from the standpoint of ” Natural Assets” indicators, should be limited to expounding some reflections on the construction of a system of indicators. The state of the work underway does not allow for a reliable diagnosis and therefore, to determine spatial conclusions and territorial implications would be extremely risky without a solid base upon which to base them. Therefore, some final reflections regarding the work and the proposal put forth are included under this heading:
[Environmental focus] Having carried out a detailed analysis of the various {ESDP} official documents, it has been observed that the objectives and the focus pursued greatly exceed the concept of natural assets that was originally intended to be used in Topic 1 of the Study Programme. These official documents (Noordwijk and Potsdam) adopt an environmental vision of the European territory. The most important environmental studies that exist with regard to the European territory (among which the ” Dobris Assessment, on the environment in Europe” and ” Europe's Environment: The Second Assessment” can be highlighted) confirmed the need to adopt this point of view. By limiting the scope of study to strictly include natural assets, numerous aspects, which are of vital importance to spatial differentiation, are ignored. Therefore, the first conclusion arrived at is to overcome the natural assets focus and to adopt an environmental vision.
[Conceptual framework] Once the decision to use an environmental focus was made, the main proposals of existing systems of environmental indicators were gathered together. From among them, and for various reasons, we can highlight those elaborated by the following organisations: European Environment Agency, {U.S}. Environment Protection Agency, United Nations Department for Policy Co- ordination and Sustainable Development, or those elaborated by the {OECD}. Although with some variations, a coincidence can be observed in the conceptual framework ({Pressure/State}/Response). For those reasons, and in order to maintain a certain methodological consistency, it was decided that this structure be adopted. Despite more complex ways of focussing on this issue (Driving {Force/Pressure}/{State/Impact}/Response), we consider that this structure, due to its simplicity, can perfectly satisfy the needs of this project.
[Primary indicators] Taking documentary sources and the systems of indicators consulted as a starting point, a long list of indicators, which we term primary indicators, in which all the indicators of use for carrying out an environmental characterisation of Europe were compiled. Said list is organised by subject (atmospheric, inland waters, coastal and marine environments...). In this way it hopes to maintain a certain scientific scrupulousness and to effect an initial spatial approach taking into account all the territorial characteristics. At this point a direct relationship between the {ESDP} environmental indicators and the future European system of environmental indicators must be established. We believe that the list of primary indicators might be made up of said European system of environmental indicators on which the {EEA} is already working. For this it would be necessary to achieve compatibility, at least for certain indicators, above all in areas such as resolution or scale that made it possible to undertake the territorial analysis. Adopting this outline would at the same time allow for an improvement in the definition and quality of spatial indicators.
[Synthetic indicators] The list of primary indicators is very long and exceeds the needs and objectives of the {ESDP}. For this reason the task of elaborating a proposal that could be viable and appropriate for the project was undertaken. The objective was to create a short list of aggregate or synthetic indicators, attempting to conserve the main approach initially established. To do so, in addition to the consideration made for the indicators in the {ESDP} official documents as a whole, the following conditions were taken into account:
[::] They should be spatial indicators, with territorial implications and serve as spatial differentiation criteria. It is not a question of making an environmental diagnosis of Europe, and therefore it is not a typical system of environmental indicators. In practice, it becomes a predominance of the territorial characteristics of the information (in this way, for example and from this perspective, the sources of polluting gases is of greater interest than air quality).
[::] The need to combine the indicators in this area with other spatial differentiation criteria must be remembered. In practice, this means adjusting to spatial units, which are different from those of the natural processes, which can bring about problems. The danger of detracting from the results, since some of the processes are very localised spatially, whereas others cross regional and national borders and has effects in far-off territories.
[::] The need to specify a limited number of indicators to make the system as such viable. This meant selecting issues and giving up some problems or natural characteristics of great relevance for a system of environmental indicators.
[::] The data sources must have European coverage. The use of national data sources or sources of some other territorial area is therefore ruled out. After several revisions, the list of indicators proposed is made up of 12 synthetic indicators that we believe can cover the {ESDP} needs. These 12 indicators are:
[\n] S1, Pressures on the environment (Pressure)
[\n] S2, Emissions of polluting gases (Pressure)
[\n] S3, Water quality (State)
[\n] S4, Water resources (State)
[\n] S5, Coastal value (State)
[\n] S6, Ecosystem diversity (State)
[\n] S7, Biodiversity (State)
[\n] S8, Value according to directive {92/43/CEE} (State)
[\n] S9, Potential productivity (State)
[\n] S10, Natural hazards (State)
[\n] S11, Threats on natural resources (State)
[\n] S12, Designated or protected areas (Response)
[\n] We have managed to carry out a trial for six of these indicators. The objective was to have indicators available in the area of ” natural assets” in order to cross check them with indicators for the other spatial differentiation criteria and obtain some preliminary results. The indicators for which it has been possible to do some kind of trial are:
[::] S1, Pressures on the environment
[::] S2, Emissions of polluting gases acidifying gases
[::] S5, Coastal value
[::] S6, Ecosystem diversity
[::] S10, Natural hazards
[::] S12, Designated or protected areas Many different sources of data of methods have been used for these trials. Therefore, the need to reduce the number of indicators has meant that some of them refer to complex processes and concepts, or are the result of the joint treatment of several data bases, on occasions of different characteristics (ecosystem diversity; pressures on the environment). On the other hand, there have been several factors that have reduced reliability from the results of the trials. From among the most important ones, worthy of special mention are: inadequate data sources, or ones that do not cover the whole territory under study; not having passed a process of validation; using the {NUTS} 2 which is too extensive for the objectives of this project in the case of environmental variables. We therefore understand that these trials have only served as an initial approach and perhaps as a starting point for discussion. In other words, it is not possible to draw reliable territorial conclusions from them.
[Scale and resolution of the analysis] It is important to adequately define the scale of spatial analysis (figure 9). This aspect is vitally important to the results of the project. Perhaps in other areas, such as economic or social analyses, the analysis using large spatial administrative units can obtain reliable results. Nevertheless, when dealing with environmental issues, scale is not only important from a quantitative perspective, but also from a qualitative one as well. In short, one can state that, at a certain scale or using large administrative units, it makes no sense to strive to analyse if what you are attempting to do is to obtain spatial results, since the very size of the unit itself alters the results. The use, as units of reference, of some divisions of a natural or environmental type, such as biogeographical regions or the hydrographical basins should be closely studied. Nevertheless, the need to maintain the capacity of integrating the indicators of the {ESDP} should not be overlooked. The capacity of the {ESDP} system of indicators to act as a spatial differentiation instrument leads us to believe that one of the final objectives of the system of indicators could be the definition of what we could term ” Homogenous Spatial Units”. These {HSU} could be defined as the parts of Europe with similar characteristics, not only according to the natural or environmental criteria, but also with regard to the rest of the criteria of spatial differentiation. The definition of these units on a detailed scale (for example: sets of {NUTS} 5 that constitute homogenous areas within the regions) would allow us to obtain conclusions in terms of strengths, opportunities, weaknesses and threats. It also would make it easier to achieve the objectives and purposes that the {ESDP} pursues (cohesion / balance; sustainable development / protection; territorial competitiveness / development).
[Data sources] An important part of the effort put into the work has been in finding and making a primary inventory of the data sources on environmental issues. The panorama of these sources caused us to be optimistic at the beginning of the work, mainly due to the existence of some sections of {GISCO}, of the {CORINE} Programme, with their different projects and various environmental reports that gave information about Europe with a view of the whole, even beyond the {EU} borders. The reality of the matter, as we later discovered, despite the cordial and efficient collaboration of the {EEA}, has been quite different: the following is a detailed report on some of the difficulties related to data sources that showed up during our work:
[::] The version of the {CORINE} Land Cover to which we had access, gives rise to quite a serious problem which consists of the lack of uniformity of the legends for some countries. Nevertheless, it has turned out to be the only data source that has enabled the carrying out of a spatial analysis of the European territory to the necessary scale.
[::] The data sources consulted regarding inland waters or polluting gas emissions had a resolution that did not advise their treatment, since this would make it impossible to obtain spatial results.
[::] The access or availability to some data sources that we had planned to use required complicated paperwork that would probably exceed the time allotted to conclude the assigned work (biodiversity or threats on natural resources). In spite of all these problems, we must point out that the institutions and organisations that possess them have been willing to collaborate at all times.
[::] Other data sources are not yet available (for example, {CDDA}).
[::] The reports on environmental issues elaborated for Europe do not appear to have given rise to a cartographic database and the {EEA} does not have the corresponding digital information. The following are some complementary considerations referring to data sources:
[::] It is essential to have environmental databases that are adequately georeferenced, with complete European coverage and proven consistency and homogenisation, these being characteristics that are vital if we are to adapt to the objectives of territorial analysis.
[::] One of the important gaps observed is the lack of a data source that allows for the establishment of a degree of naturalness of European forests. Without this source of results, the naturalness analysis of the territory is greatly altered.
[::] It is necessary to fill some important gaps such as the availability of a Digital Model of the Terrain for Europe with appropriate resolution.
[::] In order to elaborate territorial indicators with environmental response, it is necessary to have data bases related with environmental economy and expense, that offer information regarding the investment in environmental improvement programmes, investment of funds from the {EU}, from the States and from the Regional and Local Administrations.},
author = {Marqu\'{\i}nez, Jorge and Colina, Arturo and Garc\'{\i}a, Pilar and Men\'{e}ndez, Rosana and Groth, Niels B. and \'{A}lvarez, Miguel and Lobo, Tom\'{a}s},
citeulike-article-id = {13546849},
citeulike-linkout-0 = {http://mfkp.org/INRMM/article/13546849},
citeulike-linkout-1 = {http://www.mcrit.com/SPESP/SPESP\_REPORT/natural\_assets.pdf},
institution = {European Commission, Spanish Environment Ministry, INDUROT, University of Oviedo},
keywords = {biodiversity, clc, complexity, disturbances, ecosystem, europe, forest-resources, homogenous-spatial-units, indicators, indices, integration-techniques, knowledge-integration, land-cover, natural-hazards, similarity, spatial-pattern, water-resources},
posted-at = {2015-03-11 17:45:15},
priority = {2},
title = {Development of indicators reflecting criteria of spatial differentiation - 1.6. Natural assets environmental indicators},
url = {http://mfkp.org/INRMM/article/13546849},
year = {1999}
}1995 (1)
Arid and semi-arid lands. Huenneke, L. & Noble, I. In Global Biodiversity Assessment. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1995.
bibtex
bibtex
@incollection{huenneke_arid_1995,
address = {Cambridge},
title = {Arid and semi-arid lands},
booktitle = {Global {Biodiversity} {Assessment}},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
author = {Huenneke, L.F. and Noble, IR},
editor = {Heywood, V.H. (eds.)},
year = {1995},
keywords = {JRN, biodiversity, water}
}1991 (1)
Biodiversity Studies: Science and Policy. Ehrlich, P. R. & Wilson, E. O. Science, 253(5021):758–762, August, 1991.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Biodiversity studies comprise the systematic examination of the full array of different kinds of organisms together with the technology by which the diversity can be maintained and used for the benefit of humanity. Current basic research at the species level focuses on the process of species formation, the standing levels of species numbers in various higher taxonomic categories, and the phenomena of hyperdiversity and extinction proneness. The major practical concern is the massive extinction rate now caused by human activity, which threatens losses in the esthetic quality of the world, in economic opportunity, and in vital ecosystem services.
@article{ehrlichBiodiversityStudiesScience1991,
title = {Biodiversity Studies: Science and Policy},
author = {Ehrlich, Paul R. and Wilson, Edward O.},
year = {1991},
month = aug,
volume = {253},
pages = {758--762},
issn = {0036-8075},
doi = {10.1126/science.253.5021.758},
abstract = {Biodiversity studies comprise the systematic examination of the full array of different kinds of organisms together with the technology by which the diversity can be maintained and used for the benefit of humanity. Current basic research at the species level focuses on the process of species formation, the standing levels of species numbers in various higher taxonomic categories, and the phenomena of hyperdiversity and extinction proneness. The major practical concern is the massive extinction rate now caused by human activity, which threatens losses in the esthetic quality of the world, in economic opportunity, and in vital ecosystem services.},
journal = {Science},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13908742,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,ecosystem-services,precursor-research,science-policy-interface},
lccn = {INRMM-MiD:c-13908742},
number = {5021}
}undefined (26)
Nature vs. Nurture: Managing Relationships between Forests, Agroforestry and Wild Biodiversity. McNeely, J. A. 61-62(1-3):155–165.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Many agroforestry systems are found in places that otherwise would be appropriate for natural forests, and often have replaced them. Humans have had a profound influence on forests virtually everywhere they both are found. Thus 'natural' defined as 'without human influence' is a hypothetical construct, though one that has assumed mythological value among many conservationists. Biodiversity is a forest value that does not carry a market price. It is the foundation, however, upon which productive systems depend. The relationship between agroforestry and the wild biodiversity contained in more natural forests is a complicated one, depending on the composition of the agroforestry system itself and the way it is managed. Complex forest gardens are more supportive of biodiversity than monocrop systems, shade coffee more than sun coffee, and systems using native plants tend to be more biologically diverse. Nonnative plants, especially potentially invasive alien species, threaten biodiversity and need to be avoided. The relationship between forests, agroforestry and wild biodiversity can be made most productive through applying adaptive management approaches that incorporate ongoing research and monitoring in order to feed information back into the management system. Maintaining diversity in approaches to management of agroforestry systems will provide humanity with the widest range of options for adapting to changing conditions. Clear government policy frameworks are needed that support alliances among the many interest groups involved in forest biodiversity.
@article{mcneelyNatureVsNurture2004,
title = {Nature vs. Nurture: Managing Relationships between Forests, Agroforestry and Wild Biodiversity},
author = {McNeely, J. A.},
date = {2004},
journaltitle = {Agroforestry Systems},
volume = {61-62},
pages = {155--165},
issn = {1572-9680},
doi = {10.1023/B:AGFO.0000028996.92553.ea},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1023/B:AGFO.0000028996.92553.ea},
abstract = {Many agroforestry systems are found in places that otherwise would be appropriate for natural forests, and often have replaced them. Humans have had a profound influence on forests virtually everywhere they both are found. Thus 'natural' defined as 'without human influence' is a hypothetical construct, though one that has assumed mythological value among many conservationists. Biodiversity is a forest value that does not carry a market price. It is the foundation, however, upon which productive systems depend. The relationship between agroforestry and the wild biodiversity contained in more natural forests is a complicated one, depending on the composition of the agroforestry system itself and the way it is managed. Complex forest gardens are more supportive of biodiversity than monocrop systems, shade coffee more than sun coffee, and systems using native plants tend to be more biologically diverse. Nonnative plants, especially potentially invasive alien species, threaten biodiversity and need to be avoided. The relationship between forests, agroforestry and wild biodiversity can be made most productive through applying adaptive management approaches that incorporate ongoing research and monitoring in order to feed information back into the management system. Maintaining diversity in approaches to management of agroforestry systems will provide humanity with the widest range of options for adapting to changing conditions. Clear government policy frameworks are needed that support alliances among the many interest groups involved in forest biodiversity.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13938673,~to-add-doi-URL,agroforestry,asia,biodiversity,central-america,europe,forest-management,forest-resources,integration-techniques,mediterranean-region,multi-criteria-decision-analysis,multi-objective-planning,multi-stakeholder-decision-making,multiplicity,north-america,south-america},
number = {1-3}
}Humans Are Driving One Million Species to Extinction. Tollefson, J. 569:171.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Landmark United Nations-backed report finds that agriculture is one of the biggest threats to Earth’s ecosystems. [Excerpt] [...] Without drastic action to conserve habitats, the rate of species extinction — already tens to hundreds of times higher than the average across the past ten million years — will only increase, says the analysis. The findings come from a United Nations-backed panel called the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). According to the report, agricultural activities have had the largest impact on ecosystems that people depend on for food, clean water and a stable climate. [...] The analysis distils findings from nearly 15,000 studies and government reports, integrating information from the natural and social sciences, Indigenous peoples and traditional agricultural communities. It is the first major international appraisal of biodiversity since 2005. Representatives of 132 governments met last week in Paris to finalize and approve the analysis. [...]
@article{tollefsonHumansAreDriving2019,
title = {Humans Are Driving One Million Species to Extinction},
author = {Tollefson, Jeff},
date = {2019-05-06},
journaltitle = {Nature},
volume = {569},
pages = {171},
doi = {10.1038/d41586-019-01448-4},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1038/d41586-019-01448-4},
urldate = {2019-05-10},
abstract = {Landmark United Nations-backed report finds that agriculture is one of the biggest threats to Earth’s ecosystems.
[Excerpt] [...] Without drastic action to conserve habitats, the rate of species extinction — already tens to hundreds of times higher than the average across the past ten million years — will only increase, says the analysis. The findings come from a United Nations-backed panel called the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). According to the report, agricultural activities have had the largest impact on ecosystems that people depend on for food, clean water and a stable climate. [...] The analysis distils findings from nearly 15,000 studies and government reports, integrating information from the natural and social sciences, Indigenous peoples and traditional agricultural communities. It is the first major international appraisal of biodiversity since 2005. Representatives of 132 governments met last week in Paris to finalize and approve the analysis. [...]},
keywords = {~INRMM-MiD:z-L5XTH3PC,agricultural-resources,anthropocene,biodiversity,coupled-human-and-natural-systems,ecosystem-services,forest-resources,global-change,global-scale,ipbes,review,science-policy-interface,science-society-interface,soil-resources,united-nations,water-resources},
langid = {english}
}Root Exudates Drive Interspecific Facilitation by Enhancing Nodulation and N2 Fixation. Bai, L., Yu-Ying, L., Hua-Mao, W., Fang-Fang, Z., Chun-Jie, L., Xue-Xian, L., Hans, L., & Long, L. 113(23):6496–6501.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex [Significance] Plant diversity often leads to an increase in ecosystem productivity, but the underpinning mechanisms remain poorly understood. We found that faba bean/maize intercropping enhances productivity, nodulation, and N2 fixation of faba bean through interspecific root interactions. We provide a mechanism explaining how maize promotes N2 fixation of faba bean, where root exudates from maize increase root hair deformation and nodulation in faba bean, double exudation of flavonoids (signaling compounds for rhizobia), and up-regulate the expression of a chalcone-flavanone isomerase gene involved in flavonoid synthesis, and genes mediating nodulation and auxin responses. Our results provide a mechanism for facilitative root-root interactions explaining how species diversity may enhance ecosystem productivity with important implications for developing sustainable agriculture. [Abstract] Plant diversity in experimental systems often enhances ecosystem productivity, but the mechanisms causing this overyielding are only partly understood. Intercropping faba beans (Vicia faba L.) and maize (Zea mays L.) result in overyielding and also, enhanced nodulation by faba beans. By using permeable and impermeable root barriers in a 2-y field experiment, we show that root-root interactions between faba bean and maize significantly increase both nodulation and symbiotic N2 fixation in intercropped faba bean. Furthermore, root exudates from maize promote faba bean nodulation, whereas root exudates from wheat and barley do not. Thus, a decline of soil nitrate concentrations caused by intercropped cereals is not the sole mechanism for maize promoting faba bean nodulation. Intercropped maize also caused a twofold increase in exudation of flavonoids (signaling compounds for rhizobia) in the systems. Roots of faba bean treated with maize root exudates exhibited an immediate 11-fold increase in the expression of chalcone-flavanone isomerase (involved in flavonoid synthesis) gene together with a significantly increased expression of genes mediating nodulation and auxin response. After 35 d, faba beans treated with maize root exudate continued to show up-regulation of key nodulation genes, such as early nodulin 93 (ENOD93), and promoted nitrogen fixation. Our results reveal a mechanism for how intercropped maize promotes nitrogen fixation of faba bean, where maize root exudates promote flavonoid synthesis in faba bean, increase nodulation, and stimulate nitrogen fixation after enhanced gene expression. These results indicate facilitative root-root interactions and provide a mechanism for a positive relationship between species diversity and ecosystem productivity.
@article{baiRootExudatesDrive2016,
title = {Root Exudates Drive Interspecific Facilitation by Enhancing Nodulation and {{N2}} Fixation},
author = {Bai, Li and Yu-Ying, Li and Hua-Mao, Wu and Fang-Fang, Zhang and Chun-Jie, Li and Xue-Xian, Li and Hans, Lambers and Long, Li},
date = {2016-06},
journaltitle = {Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences},
volume = {113},
pages = {6496--6501},
issn = {1091-6490},
doi = {10.1073/pnas.1523580113},
url = {http://mfkp.org/INRMM/article/14062242},
abstract = {[Significance]
Plant diversity often leads to an increase in ecosystem productivity, but the underpinning mechanisms remain poorly understood. We found that faba bean/maize intercropping enhances productivity, nodulation, and N2 fixation of faba bean through interspecific root interactions. We provide a mechanism explaining how maize promotes N2 fixation of faba bean, where root exudates from maize increase root hair deformation and nodulation in faba bean, double exudation of flavonoids (signaling compounds for rhizobia), and up-regulate the expression of a chalcone-flavanone isomerase gene involved in flavonoid synthesis, and genes mediating nodulation and auxin responses. Our results provide a mechanism for facilitative root-root interactions explaining how species diversity may enhance ecosystem productivity with important implications for developing sustainable agriculture.
[Abstract]
Plant diversity in experimental systems often enhances ecosystem productivity, but the mechanisms causing this overyielding are only partly understood. Intercropping faba beans (Vicia faba L.) and maize (Zea mays L.) result in overyielding and also, enhanced nodulation by faba beans. By using permeable and impermeable root barriers in a 2-y field experiment, we show that root-root interactions between faba bean and maize significantly increase both nodulation and symbiotic N2 fixation in intercropped faba bean. Furthermore, root exudates from maize promote faba bean nodulation, whereas root exudates from wheat and barley do not. Thus, a decline of soil nitrate concentrations caused by intercropped cereals is not the sole mechanism for maize promoting faba bean nodulation. Intercropped maize also caused a twofold increase in exudation of flavonoids (signaling compounds for rhizobia) in the systems. Roots of faba bean treated with maize root exudates exhibited an immediate 11-fold increase in the expression of chalcone-flavanone isomerase (involved in flavonoid synthesis) gene together with a significantly increased expression of genes mediating nodulation and auxin response. After 35 d, faba beans treated with maize root exudate continued to show up-regulation of key nodulation genes, such as early nodulin 93 (ENOD93), and promoted nitrogen fixation. Our results reveal a mechanism for how intercropped maize promotes nitrogen fixation of faba bean, where maize root exudates promote flavonoid synthesis in faba bean, increase nodulation, and stimulate nitrogen fixation after enhanced gene expression. These results indicate facilitative root-root interactions and provide a mechanism for a positive relationship between species diversity and ecosystem productivity.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14062242,~to-add-doi-URL,agricultural-resources,biodiversity,diversity,ecosystem,nitrogen,soil-resources,species-association,sustainability,vegetation,vicia-faba,zea-mays},
number = {23}
}Modelling and Simulating Change in Reforesting Mountain Landscapes Using a Social-Ecological Framework. Gibon, A., Sheeren, D., Monteil, C., Ladet, S., & Balent, G. 25(2):267–285.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Natural reforestation of European mountain landscapes raises major environmental and societal issues. With local stakeholders in the Pyrenees National Park area (France), we studied agricultural landscape colonisation by ash (Fraxinus excelsior) to enlighten its impacts on biodiversity and other landscape functions of importance for the valley socio-economics. The study comprised an integrated assessment of land-use and land-cover change (LUCC) since the 1950s, and a scenario analysis of alternative future policy. We combined knowledge and methods from landscape ecology, land change and agricultural sciences, and a set of coordinated field studies to capture interactions and feedback in the local landscape/land-use system. Our results elicited the hierarchically-nested relationships between social and ecological processes. Agricultural change played a preeminent role in the spatial and temporal patterns of LUCC. Landscape colonisation by ash at the parcel level of organisation was merely controlled by grassland management, and in fact depended on the farmer's land management at the whole-farm level. LUCC patterns at the landscape level depended to a great extent on interactions between farm household behaviours and the spatial arrangement of landholdings within the landscape mosaic. Our results stressed the need to represent the local SES function at a fine scale to adequately capture scenarios of change in landscape functions. These findings orientated our modelling choices in the building an agent-based model for LUCC simulation (SMASH-Spatialized Multi-Agent System of landscape colonization by ASH). We discuss our method and results with reference to topical issues in interdisciplinary research into the sustainability of multifunctional landscapes.
@article{gibonModellingSimulatingChange2010,
title = {Modelling and Simulating Change in Reforesting Mountain Landscapes Using a Social-Ecological Framework},
author = {Gibon, Annick and Sheeren, David and Monteil, Claude and Ladet, Sylvie and Balent, Gérard},
date = {2010-02},
journaltitle = {Landscape Ecology},
volume = {25},
pages = {267--285},
issn = {0921-2973},
doi = {10.1007/s10980-009-9438-5},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10980-009-9438-5},
abstract = {Natural reforestation of European mountain landscapes raises major environmental and societal issues. With local stakeholders in the Pyrenees National Park area (France), we studied agricultural landscape colonisation by ash (Fraxinus excelsior) to enlighten its impacts on biodiversity and other landscape functions of importance for the valley socio-economics. The study comprised an integrated assessment of land-use and land-cover change (LUCC) since the 1950s, and a scenario analysis of alternative future policy. We combined knowledge and methods from landscape ecology, land change and agricultural sciences, and a set of coordinated field studies to capture interactions and feedback in the local landscape/land-use system. Our results elicited the hierarchically-nested relationships between social and ecological processes. Agricultural change played a preeminent role in the spatial and temporal patterns of LUCC. Landscape colonisation by ash at the parcel level of organisation was merely controlled by grassland management, and in fact depended on the farmer's land management at the whole-farm level. LUCC patterns at the landscape level depended to a great extent on interactions between farm household behaviours and the spatial arrangement of landholdings within the landscape mosaic. Our results stressed the need to represent the local SES function at a fine scale to adequately capture scenarios of change in landscape functions. These findings orientated our modelling choices in the building an agent-based model for LUCC simulation (SMASH-Spatialized Multi-Agent System of landscape colonization by ASH). We discuss our method and results with reference to topical issues in interdisciplinary research into the sustainability of multifunctional landscapes.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-6562026,assessment,biodiversity,ecology,environment-society-economy,europe,forest-resources,france,fraxinus-excelsior,landscape-modelling,mountainous-areas},
number = {2}
}Publishing: Handful of Papers Dominates Citation. Barabasi, A., Song, C., & Wang, D. 491(7422):40.
Paper doi bibtex
Paper doi bibtex @article{barabasiPublishingHandfulPapers2012,
title = {Publishing: {{Handful}} of Papers Dominates Citation},
author = {Barabasi, Albert-Laszlo and Song, Chaoming and Wang, Dashun},
date = {2012-11},
journaltitle = {Nature},
volume = {491},
pages = {40},
doi = {10.1038/491040a},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1038/491040a},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-11598439,biodiversity,non-linearity,science-ethics,scientific-communication},
number = {7422}
}The Effects of Wildfires on Wood-Eating Beetles in Deciduous Forests on the Southern Slope of the Swiss Alps. Moretti, M. & Barbalat, S. 187(1):85–103.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex The effect of fires on Cerambycidae, Buprestidae and Lucanidae were studied at 23 sites within a chestnut forest in southern Switzerland. We compared six unburnt sites, two freshly burnt sites, eight sites which burned once at different times in the last 30 years, and seven sites where fires occurred repeatedly in the last 30 years. The diversity and the species composition of the three xylobiont families were related to various ecological variables at two levels of spatial scale, a small scale of 0.25~ha and a large scale of 6.25~ha. These variables were: fire frequency, time since the last fire, clear cutting after the fire, forest structure, amount of dead wood, and habitat mosaic. The fire does not have a direct effect on the xylobiont beetles community at small scale; however, fire has an indirect effect by maintaining a relatively open forest structure. The mosaic of forest areas burnt with different frequencies and at different times was an important factor influencing species richness and species composition at the large spatial scale. Data presented here supports the strategy to conserve the diversity and includes species composition of xylobiont fauna in deciduous forests: (i) at small spatial scale, to maintain highly structured and relatively open stands with large amounts of dead wood and big oak trees; (ii) at large spatial scale, to favour a mosaic of different forest habitats and successional stages. A forest offering a good structural diversity is important for maintaining landscape complexity and thus a high species richness of xylophagous beetles.
@article{morettiEffectsWildfiresWoodeating2004,
title = {The Effects of Wildfires on Wood-Eating Beetles in Deciduous Forests on the Southern Slope of the {{Swiss Alps}}},
author = {Moretti, Marco and Barbalat, Sylvie},
date = {2004-01},
journaltitle = {Forest Ecology and Management},
volume = {187},
pages = {85--103},
issn = {0378-1127},
doi = {10.1016/s0378-1127(03)00314-1},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1016/s0378-1127(03)00314-1},
abstract = {The effect of fires on Cerambycidae, Buprestidae and Lucanidae were studied at 23 sites within a chestnut forest in southern Switzerland. We compared six unburnt sites, two freshly burnt sites, eight sites which burned once at different times in the last 30 years, and seven sites where fires occurred repeatedly in the last 30 years. The diversity and the species composition of the three xylobiont families were related to various ecological variables at two levels of spatial scale, a small scale of 0.25~ha and a large scale of 6.25~ha. These variables were: fire frequency, time since the last fire, clear cutting after the fire, forest structure, amount of dead wood, and habitat mosaic. The fire does not have a direct effect on the xylobiont beetles community at small scale; however, fire has an indirect effect by maintaining a relatively open forest structure. The mosaic of forest areas burnt with different frequencies and at different times was an important factor influencing species richness and species composition at the large spatial scale. Data presented here supports the strategy to conserve the diversity and includes species composition of xylobiont fauna in deciduous forests: (i) at small spatial scale, to maintain highly structured and relatively open stands with large amounts of dead wood and big oak trees; (ii) at large spatial scale, to favour a mosaic of different forest habitats and successional stages. A forest offering a good structural diversity is important for maintaining landscape complexity and thus a high species richness of xylophagous beetles.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-12106395,biodiversity,buprestidae,cerambycidae,dead-wood,disturbances,diversity,ecosystem-conservation,forest-fires,forest-resources,lucanidae,multi-scale,switzerland,wildfires,xylobiont-beetles},
number = {1}
}Climate Change Impacts on the Tree of Life: Changes in Phylogenetic Diversity Illustrated for Acropora Corals. Faith, D. & Richards, Z. 1(3):906–932.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex The possible loss of whole branches from the tree of life is a dramatic, but under-studied, biological implication of climate change. The tree of life represents an evolutionary heritage providing both present and future benefits to humanity, often in unanticipated ways. Losses in this evolutionary (evo) life-support system represent losses in ” evosystem” services, and are quantified using the phylogenetic diversity (PD) measure. High species-level biodiversity losses may or may not correspond to high PD losses. If climate change impacts are clumped on the phylogeny, then loss of deeper phylogenetic branches can mean disproportionately large PD loss for a given degree of species loss. Over time, successive species extinctions within a clade each may imply only a moderate loss of PD, until the last species within that clade goes extinct, and PD drops precipitously. Emerging methods of ” phylogenetic risk analysis” address such phylogenetic tipping points by adjusting conservation priorities to better reflect risk of such worst-case losses. We have further developed and explored this approach for one of the most threatened taxonomic groups, corals. Based on a phylogenetic tree for the corals genus Acropora, we identify cases where worst-case PD losses may be avoided by designing risk-averse conservation priorities. We also propose spatial heterogeneity measures changes to assess possible changes in the geographic distribution of corals PD.
@article{faithClimateChangeImpacts2012,
title = {Climate Change Impacts on the Tree of Life: Changes in Phylogenetic Diversity Illustrated for {{Acropora}} Corals},
author = {Faith, Daniel and Richards, Zoe},
date = {2012-12},
journaltitle = {Biology},
volume = {1},
pages = {906--932},
doi = {10.3390/biology1030906},
url = {https://doi.org/10.3390/biology1030906},
abstract = {The possible loss of whole branches from the tree of life is a dramatic, but under-studied, biological implication of climate change. The tree of life represents an evolutionary heritage providing both present and future benefits to humanity, often in unanticipated ways. Losses in this evolutionary (evo) life-support system represent losses in ” evosystem” services, and are quantified using the phylogenetic diversity (PD) measure. High species-level biodiversity losses may or may not correspond to high PD losses. If climate change impacts are clumped on the phylogeny, then loss of deeper phylogenetic branches can mean disproportionately large PD loss for a given degree of species loss. Over time, successive species extinctions within a clade each may imply only a moderate loss of PD, until the last species within that clade goes extinct, and PD drops precipitously. Emerging methods of ” phylogenetic risk analysis” address such phylogenetic tipping points by adjusting conservation priorities to better reflect risk of such worst-case losses. We have further developed and explored this approach for one of the most threatened taxonomic groups, corals. Based on a phylogenetic tree for the corals genus Acropora, we identify cases where worst-case PD losses may be avoided by designing risk-averse conservation priorities. We also propose spatial heterogeneity measures changes to assess possible changes in the geographic distribution of corals PD.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-12016676,biodiversity,biodiversity-indicator,ecosystem-resilience,ecosystem-services,phylogenetic-diversity,species-extinction,tipping-point},
number = {3}
}Has Land Use Pushed Terrestrial Biodiversity beyond the Planetary Boundary? A Global Assessment. Newbold, T., Hudson, L. N., Arnell, A. P., Contu, S., De Palma, A., Ferrier, S., Hill, S. L. L., Hoskins, A. J., Lysenko, I., Phillips, H. R. P., Burton, V. J., Chng, C. W. T., Emerson, S., Gao, D., Pask-Hale, G., Hutton, J., Jung, M., Sanchez-Ortiz, K., Simmons, B. I., Whitmee, S., Zhang, H., Scharlemann, J. P. W., & Purvis, A. 353(6296):288–291.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex [Crossing ” safe” limits for biodiversity loss] The planetary boundaries framework attempts to set limits for biodiversity loss within which ecological function is relatively unaffected. Newbold et al. present a quantitative global analysis of the extent to which the proposed planetary boundary has been crossed (see the Perspective by Oliver). Using over 2 million records for nearly 40,000 terrestrial species, they modeled the response of biodiversity to land use and related pressures and then estimated, at a spatial resolution of ∼1 km2, the extent and spatial patterns of changes in local biodiversity. Across 65\,% of the terrestrial surface, land use and related pressures have caused biotic intactness to decline beyond 10\,%, the proposed ” safe” planetary boundary. Changes have been most pronounced in grassland biomes and biodiversity hotspots. [Abstract] Land use and related pressures have reduced local terrestrial biodiversity, but it is unclear how the magnitude of change relates to the recently proposed planetary boundary ( ” safe limit”). We estimate that land use and related pressures have already reduced local biodiversity intactness – the average proportion of natural biodiversity remaining in local ecosystems – beyond its recently proposed planetary boundary across 58.1\,% of the world's land surface, where 71.4\,% of the human population live. Biodiversity intactness within most biomes (especially grassland biomes), most biodiversity hotspots, and even some wilderness areas is inferred to be beyond the boundary. Such widespread transgression of safe limits suggests that biodiversity loss, if unchecked, will undermine efforts toward long-term sustainable development.
@article{newboldHasLandUse2016,
title = {Has Land Use Pushed Terrestrial Biodiversity beyond the Planetary Boundary? {{A}} Global Assessment},
author = {Newbold, T. and Hudson, L. N. and Arnell, A. P. and Contu, S. and De Palma, A. and Ferrier, S. and Hill, S. L. L. and Hoskins, A. J. and Lysenko, I. and Phillips, H. R. P. and Burton, V. J. and Chng, C. W. T. and Emerson, S. and Gao, D. and Pask-Hale, G. and Hutton, J. and Jung, M. and Sanchez-Ortiz, K. and Simmons, B. I. and Whitmee, S. and Zhang, H. and Scharlemann, J. P. W. and Purvis, A.},
date = {2016-07},
journaltitle = {Science},
volume = {353},
pages = {288--291},
issn = {0036-8075},
doi = {10.1126/science.aaf2201},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaf2201},
abstract = {[Crossing ” safe” limits for biodiversity loss]
The planetary boundaries framework attempts to set limits for biodiversity loss within which ecological function is relatively unaffected. Newbold et al. present a quantitative global analysis of the extent to which the proposed planetary boundary has been crossed (see the Perspective by Oliver). Using over 2 million records for nearly 40,000 terrestrial species, they modeled the response of biodiversity to land use and related pressures and then estimated, at a spatial resolution of ∼1 km2, the extent and spatial patterns of changes in local biodiversity. Across 65\,\% of the terrestrial surface, land use and related pressures have caused biotic intactness to decline beyond 10\,\%, the proposed ” safe” planetary boundary. Changes have been most pronounced in grassland biomes and biodiversity hotspots.
[Abstract]
Land use and related pressures have reduced local terrestrial biodiversity, but it is unclear how the magnitude of change relates to the recently proposed planetary boundary ( ” safe limit”). We estimate that land use and related pressures have already reduced local biodiversity intactness -- the average proportion of natural biodiversity remaining in local ecosystems -- beyond its recently proposed planetary boundary across 58.1\,\% of the world's land surface, where 71.4\,\% of the human population live. Biodiversity intactness within most biomes (especially grassland biomes), most biodiversity hotspots, and even some wilderness areas is inferred to be beyond the boundary. Such widespread transgression of safe limits suggests that biodiversity loss, if unchecked, will undermine efforts toward long-term sustainable development.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14097161,~to-add-doi-URL,anthropocene,anthropogenic-changes,biodiversity,ecology,global-change,global-scale,grasslands,homeostasis,hotspot,land-use,species-richness,tipping-point},
number = {6296}
}Making Forestry Decisions with Multiple Criteria: A Review and an Assessment. Diaz-Balteiro, L. & Romero, C. 255(8-9):3222–3241.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex This paper provides a survey of the literature on multiple criteria decision-making (MCDM) applications to forestry problems undertaken in the last 30 years or so. More than 250 references regarding 9 forestry topics and 9 different MCDM approaches have been categorized and evaluated. This provides a unified source of references that could be useful for forest management students, researchers and practitioners. The paper ends with an assessment of the literature presented, aiming to reach some conclusions, as well as indicate future trends in this line of research. [Excerpt: Introduction] Forest resource planning is a very complex problem mainly due to the multiplicity of wide-ranging criteria involved in the underlying decision-making process. Thus, every decision made affects criteria of different nature like [::(a)] Economic issues (e.g., timber, forage, livestock, hunting, etc.). [::(b)] Environmental issues (e.g., soil erosion, carbon sequestration, biodiversity conservation, etc.). [::(c)] Social issues (e.g., recreational activities, level of employment, population settlement, etc.). [\n] In accordance with these ideas, most public or private decision-makers involved in any type of forest planning problem have a preference structure embedding several decision-making criteria such as the ones described above. This is especially true in the case of publicly owned forests. Briefly, the optimization problem underlying most real forest planning problems needs to be formulated within the multiple criteria decision-making (MCDM) paradigm. [\n] What is more, the complexity of most forestry problems is currently increasing because of the way in which different social groups or stakeholders perceive the relative importance of these criteria. Hence, the joint use of MCDM and group decision-making (GDM) approaches and techniques has turned out to be of paramount importance for some forestry problems. [...]
@article{diaz-balteiroMakingForestryDecisions2008,
title = {Making Forestry Decisions with Multiple Criteria: A Review and an Assessment},
author = {Diaz-Balteiro, Luis and Romero, Carlos},
date = {2008-05},
journaltitle = {Forest Ecology and Management},
volume = {255},
pages = {3222--3241},
issn = {0378-1127},
doi = {10.1016/j.foreco.2008.01.038},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foreco.2008.01.038},
abstract = {This paper provides a survey of the literature on multiple criteria decision-making (MCDM) applications to forestry problems undertaken in the last 30 years or so. More than 250 references regarding 9 forestry topics and 9 different MCDM approaches have been categorized and evaluated. This provides a unified source of references that could be useful for forest management students, researchers and practitioners. The paper ends with an assessment of the literature presented, aiming to reach some conclusions, as well as indicate future trends in this line of research.
[Excerpt: Introduction]
Forest resource planning is a very complex problem mainly due to the multiplicity of wide-ranging criteria involved in the underlying decision-making process. Thus, every decision made affects criteria of different nature like
[::(a)] Economic issues (e.g., timber, forage, livestock, hunting, etc.).
[::(b)] Environmental issues (e.g., soil erosion, carbon sequestration, biodiversity conservation, etc.).
[::(c)] Social issues (e.g., recreational activities, level of employment, population settlement, etc.).
[\textbackslash n] In accordance with these ideas, most public or private decision-makers involved in any type of forest planning problem have a preference structure embedding several decision-making criteria such as the ones described above. This is especially true in the case of publicly owned forests. Briefly, the optimization problem underlying most real forest planning problems needs to be formulated within the multiple criteria decision-making (MCDM) paradigm.
[\textbackslash n] What is more, the complexity of most forestry problems is currently increasing because of the way in which different social groups or stakeholders perceive the relative importance of these criteria. Hence, the joint use of MCDM and group decision-making (GDM) approaches and techniques has turned out to be of paramount importance for some forestry problems. [...]},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-12054288,biodiversity,carbon-mitigation,conservation,cultural-services,ecosystem-services,forest-management,forest-resources,integration-techniques,multi-criteria-decision-analysis,soil-erosion,soil-resources},
number = {8-9}
}Pricing Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services: The Never-Ending Story. Gatto, M. & De Leo, G. A. 50(4):347–355.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex [Excerpt from the Conclusions] An impressive literature is available on environmental impact assessment and multiattribute analysis that documents the experience gained through 30 years of study and application. Nevertheless, these studies seem to be confined to the area of urban planning and are almost completely ignored by present-day economists as well as by many ecologists. Somewhere between the assignment of a zero value to biodiversity (the old-fashioned but still used practice, in which environmental impacts are viewed as externalities to be discarded from the balance sheet) and the assignment of an infinite value (as advocated by some radical environmentalists), lie more sensible methods to assign value to biodiversity than the price tag techniques suggested by the new wave of environmental economists. Rather than collapsing every measure of social and environmental value onto a monetary axis, environmental impact assessment and multiattribute analysis allow for explicit consideration of intangible nonmonctary values along with classical economic assessment, which, of course, remains important. It is, in fact, possible to assess ecosystem values and the ecological impact of human activity without using prices. Concepts such as Odum's eMergy (1996) and Rees' ecological footprint (Wackernagel and Rees 1996), although perceived by some as naive, may aid both ecologists and economists in addressing this important need. To summarize our viewpoint, economists should recognize that cost – benefit analysis is only part of the decision-making process and that it lies at the same level as other considerations. Ecologists should accept that monetary valuation of biodiversity and ecosystem services is possible (and even helpful) for part of its value, typically its use value. We contend that the realistic substitute for markets, when they fail, is a transparent decision-making process, not old-style cost – benefit analysis. The idea that, if one could get the price right, the best and most effective decisions at both the individual and public levels would automatically follow is, for many scientists, a sort of Panglossian obsession. In reality, there is no simple solution to complex problems. We fear that putting an a priori monetary value on biodiversity and ecosystem services will prevent humans from valuing the environment other than as a commodity to be exploited, thus reinvigorating the old economic paradigm that assumes a perfect substitution between natural and human-made capital (Ehrenfeld 1988). As Rees (1998) wrote, "for all its theoretical attractiveness, ascribing money values to nature's services is only a partial solution to the present dilemma and, if relied on exclusively, may actually be counterproductive" (p. 52).
@article{gattoPricingBiodiversityEcosystem2000,
title = {Pricing Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services: The Never-Ending Story},
author = {Gatto, Marino and De Leo, Giulio A.},
date = {2000},
journaltitle = {BioScience},
volume = {50},
pages = {347--355},
issn = {0006-3568},
doi = {10.1641/0006-3568(2000)050[0347:PBAEST]2.3.CO;2},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1641/0006-3568(2000)050[0347:PBAEST]2.3.CO;2},
abstract = {[Excerpt from the Conclusions] An impressive literature is available on environmental impact assessment and multiattribute analysis that documents the experience gained through 30 years of study and application. Nevertheless, these studies seem to be confined to the area of urban planning and are almost completely ignored by present-day economists as well as by many ecologists. Somewhere between the assignment of a zero value to biodiversity (the old-fashioned but still used practice, in which environmental impacts are viewed as externalities to be discarded from the balance sheet) and the assignment of an infinite value (as advocated by some radical environmentalists), lie more sensible methods to assign value to biodiversity than the price tag techniques suggested by the new wave of environmental economists. Rather than collapsing every measure of social and environmental value onto a monetary axis, environmental impact assessment and multiattribute analysis allow for explicit consideration of intangible nonmonctary values along with classical economic assessment, which, of course, remains important. It is, in fact, possible to assess ecosystem values and the ecological impact of human activity without using prices. Concepts such as Odum's eMergy (1996) and Rees' ecological footprint (Wackernagel and Rees 1996), although perceived by some as naive, may aid both ecologists and economists in addressing this important need. To summarize our viewpoint, economists should recognize that cost -- benefit analysis is only part of the decision-making process and that it lies at the same level as other considerations. Ecologists should accept that monetary valuation of biodiversity and ecosystem services is possible (and even helpful) for part of its value, typically its use value. We contend that the realistic substitute for markets, when they fail, is a transparent decision-making process, not old-style cost -- benefit analysis. The idea that, if one could get the price right, the best and most effective decisions at both the individual and public levels would automatically follow is, for many scientists, a sort of Panglossian obsession. In reality, there is no simple solution to complex problems. We fear that putting an a priori monetary value on biodiversity and ecosystem services will prevent humans from valuing the environment other than as a commodity to be exploited, thus reinvigorating the old economic paradigm that assumes a perfect substitution between natural and human-made capital (Ehrenfeld 1988). As Rees (1998) wrote, "for all its theoretical attractiveness, ascribing money values to nature's services is only a partial solution to the present dilemma and, if relied on exclusively, may actually be counterproductive" (p. 52).},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-12608523,~to-add-doi-URL,bias-toward-primacy-of-theory-over-reality,biodiversity,complexity,cost-benefit-analysis,costs,ecosystem-services,multi-criteria-decision-analysis,multi-objective-planning,nonmarket-impacts,pricing,risk-assessment,trade-offs},
number = {4}
}Spiders (Araneae) Useful for Pest Limitation and Bioindication. Marc, P., Canard, A., & Ysnel, F. 74(1-3):229–273.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex In northern Europe at least, extensive knowledge of the systematics and ecology of spiders leads the authors to consider them as a very suitable group for pest limitation and for biodiagnostic purposes. An examination of both the qualitative and quantitative aspects of perdition by spider populations and communities is discussed as well as the evolution of some human factors occurring in agroecosystems that are likely to induce changes in spider predation such as chemical spraying and cultural practices. Studies addressing the recolonisation of agroecosystems by spiders, taking into account their dispersing abilities and habitat selection are summarised, followed by a discussion of the global efficiency of spiders as predators in such environments, the risks associated with their use and how to maximise their efficiency. The bioindicative value of spiders is presented by referring successively to population level and community level. The growth rate or the reproductive rate observed in natural populations can be correlated with the amount of prey ingested in the field. Thus, these parameters give an indirect estimation of the habitat quality. Two specific field experiments are presented to illustrate this ecological concept. Moreover, the role of spiders as indicators of heavy metal pollution (atmospheric or soil pollution) integrated by organisms living close to sources of pollution is discussed by reference to a set of laboratory and field experiments. Due to the close correspondence between the vegetation architecture and the composition of the associated spider community, it is argued (with a list of examples) that fluctuations in the spider community structure allows the bioevaluation of human disturbances. Based on the composition of the spider communities, methods of ecological classifications of natural habitats in several European countries are presented.
@article{marcSpidersAraneaeUseful1999,
title = {Spiders ({{Araneae}}) Useful for Pest Limitation and Bioindication},
author = {Marc, Patrick and Canard, Alain and Ysnel, Frédéric},
date = {1999-06},
journaltitle = {Agriculture, Ecosystems \& Environment},
volume = {74},
pages = {229--273},
issn = {0167-8809},
doi = {10.1016/s0167-8809(99)00038-9},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1016/s0167-8809(99)00038-9},
abstract = {In northern Europe at least, extensive knowledge of the systematics and ecology of spiders leads the authors to consider them as a very suitable group for pest limitation and for biodiagnostic purposes. An examination of both the qualitative and quantitative aspects of perdition by spider populations and communities is discussed as well as the evolution of some human factors occurring in agroecosystems that are likely to induce changes in spider predation such as chemical spraying and cultural practices. Studies addressing the recolonisation of agroecosystems by spiders, taking into account their dispersing abilities and habitat selection are summarised, followed by a discussion of the global efficiency of spiders as predators in such environments, the risks associated with their use and how to maximise their efficiency. The bioindicative value of spiders is presented by referring successively to population level and community level. The growth rate or the reproductive rate observed in natural populations can be correlated with the amount of prey ingested in the field. Thus, these parameters give an indirect estimation of the habitat quality. Two specific field experiments are presented to illustrate this ecological concept. Moreover, the role of spiders as indicators of heavy metal pollution (atmospheric or soil pollution) integrated by organisms living close to sources of pollution is discussed by reference to a set of laboratory and field experiments. Due to the close correspondence between the vegetation architecture and the composition of the associated spider community, it is argued (with a list of examples) that fluctuations in the spider community structure allows the bioevaluation of human disturbances. Based on the composition of the spider communities, methods of ecological classifications of natural habitats in several European countries are presented.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-11927999,agroecosystems,biodiversity,biodiversity-indicator,ecology,heavy-metals,northern-europe,plant-pests,review-scopus-european-biodiversity-indicators,scopus-indexed,spiders},
number = {1-3}
}Probing Diversity in the Plankton: Using Patterns in Tintinnids (Planktonic Marine Ciliates) to Identify Mechanisms. Dolan, J. R., Lemée, R., Gasparini, S., Mousseau, L., & Heyndrickx, C. 555(1):143. Number: 1
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex In diversity research, the use of survey data appears to have declined in favour of experimental or modeling approaches because direct relationships are difficult to demonstrate. Here we show that use of field data can yield information concerning the mechanisms governing diversity. First, we establish that tintinnids display a global latitudinal pattern of diversity similar to other pelagic organisms; species numbers appear to peak between 20° and 30° north or south. This common large scale spatial trend has been attributed to the gradient in water column structure across the global ocean. We then examine the generality of a relationship between planktonic diversity and water column structure by considering data from the Mediterranean Sea, in which water column structure changes seasonally. Among populations of foraminifera, tintinnids, and the dinoflagellates of the genus Ceratium, we compare data from trans-Mediterranean sampling conducted at different times and monthly changes in species richness at single sites. We find that water column structure alone appears to be a poor predictor of temporal changes in diversity. Lastly, we present an example of temporal changes in tintinnid diversity based on data from an oceanographic sampling station in the N. W. Mediterranean where resources, as chlorophyll, appear distinctly unrelated to changes in water column structure. We show that short-tem temporal changes in diversity (week to week shifts) can be related to changes in chlorophyll concentration. We conclude that in tintinnids diversity can be directly linked to characteristics of food resources.
@article{dolan_probing_2006,
title = {Probing Diversity in the Plankton: Using Patterns in Tintinnids (Planktonic Marine Ciliates) to Identify Mechanisms},
volume = {555},
issn = {1573-5117},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10750-005-1112-6},
doi = {10.1007/s10750-005-1112-6},
shorttitle = {Probing Diversity in the Plankton},
abstract = {In diversity research, the use of survey data appears to have declined in favour of experimental or modeling approaches because direct relationships are difficult to demonstrate. Here we show that use of field data can yield information concerning the mechanisms governing diversity. First, we establish that tintinnids display a global latitudinal pattern of diversity similar to other pelagic organisms; species numbers appear to peak between 20° and 30° north or south. This common large scale spatial trend has been attributed to the gradient in water column structure across the global ocean. We then examine the generality of a relationship between planktonic diversity and water column structure by considering data from the Mediterranean Sea, in which water column structure changes seasonally. Among populations of foraminifera, tintinnids, and the dinoflagellates of the genus Ceratium, we compare data from trans-Mediterranean sampling conducted at different times and monthly changes in species richness at single sites. We find that water column structure alone appears to be a poor predictor of temporal changes in diversity. Lastly, we present an example of temporal changes in tintinnid diversity based on data from an oceanographic sampling station in the N. W. Mediterranean where resources, as chlorophyll, appear distinctly unrelated to changes in water column structure. We show that short-tem temporal changes in diversity (week to week shifts) can be related to changes in chlorophyll concentration. We conclude that in tintinnids diversity can be directly linked to characteristics of food resources.},
pages = {143},
number = {1},
journaltitle = {Hydrobiologia},
shortjournal = {Hydrobiologia},
author = {Dolan, John R. and Lemée, Rodolphe and Gasparini, Stéphane and Mousseau, Laure and Heyndrickx, Céline},
urldate = {2019-04-16},
date = {2006-02-01},
langid = {english},
note = {Number: 1},
keywords = {phytoplankton, Mediterranean, zooplankton, biogeography, biodiversity, foraminifera, latitudinal gradient}
}Grassland Species Loss Resulting from Reduced Niche Dimension. Harpole, W. S. & Tilman, D. 446(7137):791–793.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Intact ecosystems contain large numbers of competing but coexisting species. Although numerous alternative theories have provided potential explanations for this high biodiversity, there have been few field experiments testing between these theories. In particular, theory predicts that higher diversity of coexisting competitors could result from greater niche dimensionality1, for example larger numbers of limiting resources or factors. Alternatively, diversity could be independent of niche dimensionality because large numbers of species can coexist when limited by just one or two factors if species have appropriate trade-offs2. Here we show that plant coexistence and diversity result from the 'niche dimensionality' of a habitat. Plant species numbers decreased with increasing numbers of added limiting soil resources (soil moisture, nitrogen, phosphorus and base cations), which is consistent with theoretical predictions that an increased supply of multiple limiting resources can reduce niche dimension. An observational field study gave similar results. The niche dimension hypothesis also explained diversity changes in the classic Park Grass Experiment at Rothamsted. Our results provide an alternative mechanistic explanation for the effects of nutrient eutrophication on the diversity of terrestrial, freshwater and marine ecosystems. [Excerpt] [...] Our results suggest that a combination of a decreased number of limiting resources and changes in the identity of limiting factors resulting from indirect effects of productivity led to decreased niche dimension and diversity. Decreased resource heterogeneity may also have contributed to decreased niche dimension. [...] Our results suggest that human actions, such as eutrophication, that simplify habitats by decreasing their niche dimensionality can lead to long-term biodiversity loss. Loss of biodiversity could in turn further decrease ecosystem function. Our experimental and observational results from terrestrial grasslands are consistent with those recently found in aquatic systems. How species diversity scales with resource diversity in other systems will depend on the degree to which they are co-limited by multiple resources. Experiments are needed that manipulate multiple resources across important environmental gradients such as productivity and latitude in aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. If niche axes are independent and approximately equal in importance, diversity should decrease linearly with the loss of niche dimension, but the consequences of niche loss may be even greater if species loss responds multiplicatively as suggested. [...]
@article{harpoleGrasslandSpeciesLoss2007,
title = {Grassland Species Loss Resulting from Reduced Niche Dimension},
author = {Harpole, W. Stanley and Tilman, David},
date = {2007-03},
journaltitle = {Nature},
volume = {446},
pages = {791--793},
issn = {0028-0836},
doi = {10.1038/nature05684},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1038/nature05684},
abstract = {Intact ecosystems contain large numbers of competing but coexisting species. Although numerous alternative theories have provided potential explanations for this high biodiversity, there have been few field experiments testing between these theories. In particular, theory predicts that higher diversity of coexisting competitors could result from greater niche dimensionality1, for example larger numbers of limiting resources or factors. Alternatively, diversity could be independent of niche dimensionality because large numbers of species can coexist when limited by just one or two factors if species have appropriate trade-offs2. Here we show that plant coexistence and diversity result from the 'niche dimensionality' of a habitat. Plant species numbers decreased with increasing numbers of added limiting soil resources (soil moisture, nitrogen, phosphorus and base cations), which is consistent with theoretical predictions that an increased supply of multiple limiting resources can reduce niche dimension. An observational field study gave similar results. The niche dimension hypothesis also explained diversity changes in the classic Park Grass Experiment at Rothamsted. Our results provide an alternative mechanistic explanation for the effects of nutrient eutrophication on the diversity of terrestrial, freshwater and marine ecosystems.
[Excerpt] [...] Our results suggest that a combination of a decreased number of limiting resources and changes in the identity of limiting factors resulting from indirect effects of productivity led to decreased niche dimension and diversity. Decreased resource heterogeneity may also have contributed to decreased niche dimension. [...] Our results suggest that human actions, such as eutrophication, that simplify habitats by decreasing their niche dimensionality can lead to long-term biodiversity loss. Loss of biodiversity could in turn further decrease ecosystem function. Our experimental and observational results from terrestrial grasslands are consistent with those recently found in aquatic systems. How species diversity scales with resource diversity in other systems will depend on the degree to which they are co-limited by multiple resources. Experiments are needed that manipulate multiple resources across important environmental gradients such as productivity and latitude in aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. If niche axes are independent and approximately equal in importance, diversity should decrease linearly with the loss of niche dimension, but the consequences of niche loss may be even greater if species loss responds multiplicatively as suggested. [...]},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-1187081,biodiversity,cations,complexity,ecosystem,ecosystem-change,grasslands,habitat-suitability,limiting-factor,multiplicity,niche-modelling,nitrogen,non-linearity,nutrients,phosphorus,plant-species-competition,primary-productivity,species-richness,trade-offs,water-resources},
number = {7137}
}Consequences of Green Alder Expansion on Vegetation Changes and Arthropod Communities Removal in the Northern French Alps. Anthelme, F., Grossi, J., Brun, J., & Didier, L. 145(1-2):57–65.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Green alder is a widespread shrub species in the Alps. The intense grazing practices of the last centuries relegated it to avalanche tracks on wet and steep slopes. However, it is currently colonizing abandoned meadows and pastures on relatively wet and drained soils at the subalpine and the montane belts, creating a dense shrub cover. The aim of this study is to assess the biodiversity changes induced during alder expansion by taxonomic and functional traits, using two representative taxa, i.e. vegetation and arthropods. The results show that the alder expansion strongly affects the 0.5-1 m vegetation layer and the plant species richness as well as the biomass and composition of the arthropods active on the soil surface. Hymenoptera, Orthoptera and Coleoptera, which compose the major part of the arthropod biomass, decline significantly as the green alder canopy grows. Such changes in specific and functional diversity may have strong effects on the ecosystem functioning and particularly on the maintenance of the habitat of several endangered species such as the black grouse (Tetrao tetrix L.). The impact of green alder on biodiversity must be taken into account as well as its functional role in the ecosystem before leading any management against its expansion.
@article{anthelmeConsequencesGreenAlder2001,
title = {Consequences of Green Alder Expansion on Vegetation Changes and Arthropod Communities Removal in the Northern {{French Alps}}},
author = {Anthelme, Fabien and Grossi, Jean-Luc and Brun, Jean-Jacques and Didier, Lydie},
date = {2001-05},
journaltitle = {Forest Ecology and Management},
volume = {145},
pages = {57--65},
issn = {0378-1127},
doi = {10.1016/s0378-1127(00)00574-0},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1016/s0378-1127(00)00574-0},
abstract = {Green alder is a widespread shrub species in the Alps. The intense grazing practices of the last centuries relegated it to avalanche tracks on wet and steep slopes. However, it is currently colonizing abandoned meadows and pastures on relatively wet and drained soils at the subalpine and the montane belts, creating a dense shrub cover. The aim of this study is to assess the biodiversity changes induced during alder expansion by taxonomic and functional traits, using two representative taxa, i.e. vegetation and arthropods. The results show that the alder expansion strongly affects the 0.5-1 m vegetation layer and the plant species richness as well as the biomass and composition of the arthropods active on the soil surface. Hymenoptera, Orthoptera and Coleoptera, which compose the major part of the arthropod biomass, decline significantly as the green alder canopy grows. Such changes in specific and functional diversity may have strong effects on the ecosystem functioning and particularly on the maintenance of the habitat of several endangered species such as the black grouse (Tetrao tetrix L.). The impact of green alder on biodiversity must be taken into account as well as its functional role in the ecosystem before leading any management against its expansion.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-13844117,alnus-viridis,arthropods,biodiversity,functional-descriptors,subalpine,vegetation-dynamics},
number = {1-2}
}North-South Differentiation and a Region of High Diversity in European Wolves (Canis Lupus). Stronen, A. V., Jędrzejewska, B., Pertoldi, C., Demontis, D., Randi, E., Niedziałkowska, M., Pilot, M., Sidorovich, V. E., Dykyy, I., Kusak, J., Tsingarska, E., Kojola, I., Karamanlidis, A. A., Ornicans, A., Lobkov, V. A., Dumenko, V., & Czarnomska, S. D. 8(10):e76454+.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex European wolves (Canis lupus) show population genetic structure in the absence of geographic barriers, and across relatively short distances for this highly mobile species. Additional information on the location of and divergence between population clusters is required, particularly because wolves are currently recolonizing parts of Europe. We evaluated genetic structure in 177 wolves from 11 countries using over 67K single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) loci. The results supported previous findings of an isolated Italian population with lower genetic diversity than that observed across other areas of Europe. Wolves from the remaining countries were primarily structured in a north-south axis, with Croatia, Bulgaria, and Greece (Dinaric-Balkan) differentiated from northcentral wolves that included individuals from Finland, Latvia, Belarus, Poland and Russia. Carpathian Mountain wolves in central Europe had genotypes intermediate between those identified in northcentral Europe and the Dinaric-Balkan cluster. Overall, individual genotypes from northcentral Europe suggested high levels of admixture. We observed high diversity within Belarus, with wolves from western and northern Belarus representing the two most differentiated groups within northcentral Europe. Our results support the presence of at least three major clusters (Italy, Carpathians, Dinaric-Balkan) in southern and central Europe. Individuals from Croatia also appeared differentiated from wolves in Greece and Bulgaria. Expansion from glacial refugia, adaptation to local environments, and human-related factors such as landscape fragmentation and frequent killing of wolves in some areas may have contributed to the observed patterns. Our findings can help inform conservation management of these apex predators and the ecosystems of which they are part.
@article{stronenNorthSouthDifferentiationRegion2013,
title = {North-{{South}} Differentiation and a Region of High Diversity in {{European}} Wolves ({{Canis}} Lupus)},
author = {Stronen, Astrid V. and Jędrzejewska, Bogumiła and Pertoldi, Cino and Demontis, Ditte and Randi, Ettore and Niedziałkowska, Magdalena and Pilot, Małgorzata and Sidorovich, Vadim E. and Dykyy, Ihor and Kusak, Josip and Tsingarska, Elena and Kojola, Ilpo and Karamanlidis, Alexandros A. and Ornicans, Aivars and Lobkov, Vladimir A. and Dumenko, Vitalii and Czarnomska, Sylwia D.},
date = {2013-10},
journaltitle = {PLoS ONE},
volume = {8},
pages = {e76454+},
issn = {1932-6203},
doi = {10.1371/journal.pone.0076454},
url = {http://mfkp.org/INRMM/article/14037365},
abstract = {European wolves (Canis lupus) show population genetic structure in the absence of geographic barriers, and across relatively short distances for this highly mobile species. Additional information on the location of and divergence between population clusters is required, particularly because wolves are currently recolonizing parts of Europe. We evaluated genetic structure in 177 wolves from 11 countries using over 67K single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) loci. The results supported previous findings of an isolated Italian population with lower genetic diversity than that observed across other areas of Europe. Wolves from the remaining countries were primarily structured in a north-south axis, with Croatia, Bulgaria, and Greece (Dinaric-Balkan) differentiated from northcentral wolves that included individuals from Finland, Latvia, Belarus, Poland and Russia. Carpathian Mountain wolves in central Europe had genotypes intermediate between those identified in northcentral Europe and the Dinaric-Balkan cluster. Overall, individual genotypes from northcentral Europe suggested high levels of admixture. We observed high diversity within Belarus, with wolves from western and northern Belarus representing the two most differentiated groups within northcentral Europe. Our results support the presence of at least three major clusters (Italy, Carpathians, Dinaric-Balkan) in southern and central Europe. Individuals from Croatia also appeared differentiated from wolves in Greece and Bulgaria. Expansion from glacial refugia, adaptation to local environments, and human-related factors such as landscape fragmentation and frequent killing of wolves in some areas may have contributed to the observed patterns. Our findings can help inform conservation management of these apex predators and the ecosystems of which they are part.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14037365,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,canis-lupus,carnivores,europe,mapping,species-distribution},
number = {10}
}Biodiversity Hotspots and Major Tropical Wilderness Areas: Approaches to Setting Conservation Priorities. Mittermeier, R. A., Myers, N., Thomsen, J. B., da Fonseca, G. A. B., & Olivieri, S. 12(3):516–520.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex [Excerpt] [] [...] [] The present reassessment of the biodiversity hotspots approach began in 1996 and is still underway. Therefore, what we present here are some initial conclusions; a more detailed presentation will be available in the near future. Our analysis is based first and foremost on species numbers, using plants as the principal indicator of biological diversity ( ” plants” here means the members of the Plant Kingdom, represented worldwide by some 270,000 species [Raven & Johnson 1991]). Hotspots were identified by two main criteria: first plant endemism and then degree of threat. [] [...] [] Looking in more detail at the hotspots list, it becomes obvious that there are top priorities within the list that can sharpen our focus still further. For example, the Tropical Andes hotspot by itself has 20,000 plant species, or 7.4\,% of the global total, endemic to it, whereas the Mediterranean Basin, a non-tropical hotspot, accounts for 13,000 plant species, or 4.8\,% of total global diversity, as endemics. The top 11 hotspots for plant endemism, harboring 5,000 or more plant species as endemics, account for 93,214 plant species, or 34.5\,% of total global plant diversity, as endemics. Again, total diversity in such areas is much higher than that represented by the endemics alone. [] [...] [] The original message of Myers' hotspots analysis echoes loud and clear: a very high percentage of global terrestrial biodiversity can be protected in a very small portion of Earth's land surface, and international efforts to conserve terrestrial biodiversity should focus heavily, but not exclusively, on these areas. [] [...]
@article{mittermeierBiodiversityHotspotsMajor1998,
title = {Biodiversity Hotspots and Major Tropical Wilderness Areas: Approaches to Setting Conservation Priorities},
author = {Mittermeier, Russell A. and Myers, Norman and Thomsen, Jorgen B. and da Fonseca, Gustavo A. B. and Olivieri, Silvio},
date = {1998-06},
journaltitle = {Conservation Biology},
volume = {12},
pages = {516--520},
issn = {0888-8892},
doi = {10.1046/j.1523-1739.1998.012003516.x},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1523-1739.1998.012003516.x},
abstract = {[Excerpt]
[] [...]
[] The present reassessment of the biodiversity hotspots approach began in 1996 and is still underway. Therefore, what we present here are some initial conclusions; a more detailed presentation will be available in the near future. Our analysis is based first and foremost on species numbers, using plants as the principal indicator of biological diversity ( ” plants” here means the members of the Plant Kingdom, represented worldwide by some 270,000 species [Raven \& Johnson 1991]). Hotspots were identified by two main criteria: first plant endemism and then degree of threat.
[] [...]
[] Looking in more detail at the hotspots list, it becomes obvious that there are top priorities within the list that can sharpen our focus still further. For example, the Tropical Andes hotspot by itself has 20,000 plant species, or 7.4\,\% of the global total, endemic to it, whereas the Mediterranean Basin, a non-tropical hotspot, accounts for 13,000 plant species, or 4.8\,\% of total global diversity, as endemics. The top 11 hotspots for plant endemism, harboring 5,000 or more plant species as endemics, account for 93,214 plant species, or 34.5\,\% of total global plant diversity, as endemics. Again, total diversity in such areas is much higher than that represented by the endemics alone.
[] [...]
[] The original message of Myers' hotspots analysis echoes loud and clear: a very high percentage of global terrestrial biodiversity can be protected in a very small portion of Earth's land surface, and international efforts to conserve terrestrial biodiversity should focus heavily, but not exclusively, on these areas.
[] [...]},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-2924406,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,conservation,ecological-zones,habitat-conservation,hotspot,spatial-prioritization,wilderness},
number = {3},
options = {useprefix=true}
}A Global Synthesis Reveals Biodiversity Loss as a Major Driver of Ecosystem Change. Hooper, D. U., Adair, E. C., Cardinale, B. J., Byrnes, J. E. K., Hungate, B. A., Matulich, K. L., Gonzalez, A., Duffy, J. E., Gamfeldt, L., & O'Connor, M. I. 486(7401):105–108.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Evidence is mounting that extinctions are altering key processes important to the productivity and sustainability of Earth's ecosystems. Further species loss will accelerate change in ecosystem processes, but it is unclear how these effects compare to the direct effects of other forms of environmental change that are both driving diversity loss and altering ecosystem function. Here we use a suite of meta-analyses of published data to show that the effects of species loss on productivity and decomposition – two processes important in all ecosystems – are of comparable magnitude to the effects of many other global environmental changes. In experiments, intermediate levels of species loss (21-40%) reduced plant production by 5-10\,%, comparable to previously documented effects of ultraviolet radiation and climate warming. Higher levels of extinction (41-60%) had effects rivalling those of ozone, acidification, elevated CO2 and nutrient pollution. At intermediate levels, species loss generally had equal or greater effects on decomposition than did elevated CO2 and nitrogen addition. The identity of species lost also had a large effect on changes in productivity and decomposition, generating a wide range of plausible outcomes for extinction. Despite the need for more studies on interactive effects of diversity loss and environmental changes, our analyses clearly show that the ecosystem consequences of local species loss are as quantitatively significant as the direct effects of several global change stressors that have mobilized major international concern and remediation efforts.
@article{hooperGlobalSynthesisReveals2012,
title = {A Global Synthesis Reveals Biodiversity Loss as a Major Driver of Ecosystem Change},
author = {Hooper, David U. and Adair, E. Carol and Cardinale, Bradley J. and Byrnes, Jarrett E. K. and Hungate, Bruce A. and Matulich, Kristin L. and Gonzalez, Andrew and Duffy, J. Emmett and Gamfeldt, Lars and O'Connor, Mary I.},
date = {2012-06},
journaltitle = {Nature},
volume = {486},
pages = {105--108},
issn = {0028-0836},
doi = {10.1038/nature11118},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1038/nature11118},
abstract = {Evidence is mounting that extinctions are altering key processes important to the productivity and sustainability of Earth's ecosystems. Further species loss will accelerate change in ecosystem processes, but it is unclear how these effects compare to the direct effects of other forms of environmental change that are both driving diversity loss and altering ecosystem function. Here we use a suite of meta-analyses of published data to show that the effects of species loss on productivity and decomposition -- two processes important in all ecosystems -- are of comparable magnitude to the effects of many other global environmental changes. In experiments, intermediate levels of species loss (21-40\%) reduced plant production by 5-10\,\%, comparable to previously documented effects of ultraviolet radiation and climate warming. Higher levels of extinction (41-60\%) had effects rivalling those of ozone, acidification, elevated CO2 and nutrient pollution. At intermediate levels, species loss generally had equal or greater effects on decomposition than did elevated CO2 and nitrogen addition. The identity of species lost also had a large effect on changes in productivity and decomposition, generating a wide range of plausible outcomes for extinction. Despite the need for more studies on interactive effects of diversity loss and environmental changes, our analyses clearly show that the ecosystem consequences of local species loss are as quantitatively significant as the direct effects of several global change stressors that have mobilized major international concern and remediation efforts.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-10637313,anthropogenic-impacts,biodiversity,biodiversity-impacts,biosecurity,global-change,global-scale,multiauthor,nonmarket-impacts},
number = {7401}
}Strong Paleoclimatic Legacies in Current Plant Functional Diversity Patterns across Europe. Ordonez, A. & Svenning, J. 6(10):3405–3416.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Numerous studies indicate that environmental changes during the late Quaternary have elicited long-term disequilibria between species diversity and environment. Despite its importance for ecosystem functioning, the importance of historical environmental conditions as determinants of FD (functional diversity) remains largely unstudied. We quantified the geographic distributions of plant FD (richness and dispersion) across Europe using distribution and functional trait information for 2702 plant species. We then compared the importance of historical and contemporary factors to determine the relevance of past conditions as predictors of current plant FD in Europe. For this, we compared the strength of the relationships between FD with temperature and precipitation stability since the LGM (Last Glacial Maximum), accessibility to LGM refugia, and contemporary environmental conditions (climate, productivity, soil, topography, and land use). Functional richness and dispersion exhibited geographic patterns with strong associations to the environmental history of the region. The effect size of accessibility to LGM refugia and climate stability since the LGM was comparable to that of the contemporary predictors. Both functional richness and dispersion increased with temperature stability since the LGM and accessibility to LGM refugia. Functional richness' geographic pattern was primarily associated with accessibility to LGM refugia growing degree-days, land use heterogeneity, diversity of soil types, and absolute minimum winter temperature. Functional dispersion's geographic pattern was primarily associated with accessibility to LGM refugia growing degree-days and absolute minimum winter temperature. The high explained variance and model support of historical predictors are consistent with the idea that long-term variability in environmental conditions supplements contemporary factors in shaping FD patterns at continental scales. Given the importance of FD for ecosystem functioning, future climate change may elicit not just short-term shifts in ecosystem functioning, but also long-term functional disequilibria.
@article{ordonezStrongPaleoclimaticLegacies2016,
title = {Strong Paleoclimatic Legacies in Current Plant Functional Diversity Patterns across {{Europe}}},
author = {Ordonez, Alejandro and Svenning, Jens-Christian},
date = {2016-05},
journaltitle = {Ecology and Evolution},
volume = {6},
pages = {3405--3416},
issn = {2045-7758},
doi = {10.1002/ece3.2131},
url = {http://mfkp.org/INRMM/article/14062572},
abstract = {Numerous studies indicate that environmental changes during the late Quaternary have elicited long-term disequilibria between species diversity and environment. Despite its importance for ecosystem functioning, the importance of historical environmental conditions as determinants of FD (functional diversity) remains largely unstudied. We quantified the geographic distributions of plant FD (richness and dispersion) across Europe using distribution and functional trait information for 2702 plant species. We then compared the importance of historical and contemporary factors to determine the relevance of past conditions as predictors of current plant FD in Europe. For this, we compared the strength of the relationships between FD with temperature and precipitation stability since the LGM (Last Glacial Maximum), accessibility to LGM refugia, and contemporary environmental conditions (climate, productivity, soil, topography, and land use). Functional richness and dispersion exhibited geographic patterns with strong associations to the environmental history of the region. The effect size of accessibility to LGM refugia and climate stability since the LGM was comparable to that of the contemporary predictors. Both functional richness and dispersion increased with temperature stability since the LGM and accessibility to LGM refugia. Functional richness' geographic pattern was primarily associated with accessibility to LGM refugia growing degree-days, land use heterogeneity, diversity of soil types, and absolute minimum winter temperature. Functional dispersion's geographic pattern was primarily associated with accessibility to LGM refugia growing degree-days and absolute minimum winter temperature. The high explained variance and model support of historical predictors are consistent with the idea that long-term variability in environmental conditions supplements contemporary factors in shaping FD patterns at continental scales. Given the importance of FD for ecosystem functioning, future climate change may elicit not just short-term shifts in ecosystem functioning, but also long-term functional disequilibria.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14062572,~to-add-doi-URL,biodiversity,diversity,europe,paleo-climate,paleoecology,species-richness},
number = {10}
}Landscape Perspectives on Agricultural Intensification and Biodiversity - Ecosystem Service Management. Tscharntke, T., Klein, A. M., Kruess, A., Steffan-Dewenter, I., & Thies, C. 8(8):857–874.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Understanding the negative and positive effects of agricultural land use for the conservation of biodiversity, and its relation to ecosystem services, needs a landscape perspective. Agriculture can contribute to the conservation of high-diversity systems, which may provide important ecosystem services such as pollination and biological control via complementarity and sampling effects. Land-use management is often focused on few species and local processes, but in dynamic, agricultural landscapes, only a diversity of insurance species may guarantee resilience (the capacity to reorganize after disturbance). Interacting species experience their surrounding landscape at different spatial scales, which influences trophic interactions. Structurally complex landscapes enhance local diversity in agroecosystems, which may compensate for local high-intensity management. Organisms with high-dispersal abilities appear to drive these biodiversity patterns and ecosystem services, because of their recolonization ability and larger resources experienced. Agri-environment schemes (incentives for farmers to benefit the environment) need to broaden their perspective and to take the different responses to schemes in simple (high impact) and complex (low impact) agricultural landscapes into account. In simple landscapes, local allocation of habitat is more important than in complex landscapes, which are in total at risk. However, little knowledge of the relative importance of local and landscape management for biodiversity and its relation to ecosystem services make reliable recommendations difficult. [Excerpt: Agricultural intensification affects biodiversity on a global scale] During the last decades, worldwide losses of biodiversity have occurred at an unprecedented scale and agricultural intensification has been a major driver of this global change [...]. The dramatic landuse changes include the conversion of complex natural ecosystems to simplified managed ecosystems and the intensification of resource use, including application of more agrochemicals and a generally higher input and output, which is typical for agroecosystems as relatively open systems [...]. Not only the biodiversity of pristine habitats and traditional, low-intensity agroecosystems, but also the biodiversity of intensively used agroecosystems has been greatly reduced during the last decades. [\n] [...] Agricultural intensification happens at two spatial scales. The landscape scale of agricultural intensification adds to the local effects of intensified farming practices [...]. On a landscape scale, fields have been amalgamated and enlarged to enhance farming efficiency resulting in homogeneously farmed landscapes with little non-crop area. Fragmentation of remaining natural habitat because of expanded agriculture is a major cause of extinction of fragmented, small and isolated populations [...], so species losses are because of both deterministic (by agricultural expansion) and stochastic processes (by habitat fragmentation). Examples of landscape-wide biodiversity losses include populations of many farmland birds, which declined severely across much of post-war Europe because of agricultural intensification [...]. Cereal yield almost tripled from 1960 to 2000, and cereal yield alone, which is closely correlated with fertilizer use, can be used as predictor of over 30\,% of the variation in the decline of European bird populations [...]. [\n] [...] The decline of biodiversity may affect ecosystem functioning and yield [...], although the functional role of biodiversity is little known [...]. For example, landscape intensification may disrupt processes such as biological pest control [...] and crop pollination [...]. Similarly, local intensification may affect biological pest control [...], grassland production [...], pollination [...] and resistance to plant invasion [...]. [Enhancement of biodiversity by agriculture] Wilderness areas have priority for conservation [...], but land use does not simply mean habitat destruction. Agricultural management has been shown to also enhance biodiversity and ecosystem functions, although this has not been acknowledged by most ecologists with their traditional emphasis on pristine ecosystems [...]. Although agricultural land holds much of the world's biodiversity [...], the relative contribution of each management type to conservation is little known. Biodiversity conservation will not work without protecting the just 5\,% remaining pristine habitats, but also not without a recognition of the contribution of the rest. [\n] [...] Agricultural land-use intensification may not only mean higher extinction, but also more resources enhancing populations, even of uncommon or endangered species. [...] Agroforestry often supports a diversity of fruits attracting birds [...]. [\n] [...] Maintenance of biodiversity and ecosystem functioning requires closer collaboration with farmers and foresters [...]. In these human-dominated landscapes, conservation strategies are a matter of public debate over which type of ecosystem or landscape is wanted and should have priority for conservation. The diverse habitat mosaic created by low-intensity agriculture, as practiced in the middle of the 19th century, is the most appealing vision of a complex rural landscape for most conservation-minded people. Few conservationists argue in favour of just deciduous forests as natural, late-succession ecosystems. Hence, conservation programmes usually combine traditional man-made ecosystems (mainly grassland, heathland) with little used forests. [\n] [...] [Conclusions on the landscape-wide biodiversity conservation in agriculture] [\n] [...] Conservation of biodiversity and ecosystem services in agricultural systems requires a landscape perspective [...]. The local-regional interplay means that landscape species pools influence local diversity and functioning of organisms [...]. In simple landscapes, large-scale (highly mobile) organisms, such as polyphagous predators, influence local food web interactions more than small-scale organisms, such as most parasitoids, characterized by dispersal limitation. Simple (high impact) and complex (low impact) agricultural landscapes appear to show contrasting responses to management [...]. [::] In simple landscapes, local allocation of habitat (like field boundaries) can be expected to have greatest effects on the biodiversity and ecological processes in adjacent crop fields, so management practices appear to be more effective in low-diversity than high-diversity landscapes [...]. Effectiveness is measured as changes due to management compared with unmanaged control sites. However, on a local scale, an equal shift in land-use intensity (e.g. reduction of the same amount of nitrogen fertilizer) may result in a less pronounced effect in high- than low-intensity fields [...], because the (small) input reduction (starting from a high level) may not be enough to improve conditions for higher biodiversity. [::] In complex landscapes with their large species pool, colonization of newly created habitat and population exchange is facilitated. Local management within these landscapes does not result in locally enhanced biodiversity, because biodiversity is high everywhere. Complex landscapes are in total at risk due to landscape-wide agricultural intensification. Preservation of high-diversity habitats and endangered species needs to have priority in complex landscapes. Hence, segregation of conservation (preservation of high diversity, not used habitats) and land use appears to be more appropriate in complex landscapes, whereas integration of conservation (creation of habitat, reducing agricultural intensity) and land use has merit in simple landscapes. In any case, the populations of high-diversity (as well as low-diversity) habitats are not sustainable without immigration, so that they need to be part of a dynamic landscape providing recolonization sources. [\n] [...]
@article{tscharntkeLandscapePerspectivesAgricultural2005,
title = {Landscape Perspectives on Agricultural Intensification and Biodiversity - Ecosystem Service Management},
author = {Tscharntke, Teja and Klein, Alexandra M. and Kruess, Andreas and Steffan-Dewenter, Ingolf and Thies, Carsten},
date = {2005-08},
journaltitle = {Ecology Letters},
volume = {8},
pages = {857--874},
issn = {1461-023X},
doi = {10.1111/j.1461-0248.2005.00782.x},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1461-0248.2005.00782.x},
abstract = {Understanding the negative and positive effects of agricultural land use for the conservation of biodiversity, and its relation to ecosystem services, needs a landscape perspective. Agriculture can contribute to the conservation of high-diversity systems, which may provide important ecosystem services such as pollination and biological control via complementarity and sampling effects. Land-use management is often focused on few species and local processes, but in dynamic, agricultural landscapes, only a diversity of insurance species may guarantee resilience (the capacity to reorganize after disturbance). Interacting species experience their surrounding landscape at different spatial scales, which influences trophic interactions. Structurally complex landscapes enhance local diversity in agroecosystems, which may compensate for local high-intensity management. Organisms with high-dispersal abilities appear to drive these biodiversity patterns and ecosystem services, because of their recolonization ability and larger resources experienced. Agri-environment schemes (incentives for farmers to benefit the environment) need to broaden their perspective and to take the different responses to schemes in simple (high impact) and complex (low impact) agricultural landscapes into account. In simple landscapes, local allocation of habitat is more important than in complex landscapes, which are in total at risk. However, little knowledge of the relative importance of local and landscape management for biodiversity and its relation to ecosystem services make reliable recommendations difficult.
[Excerpt: Agricultural intensification affects biodiversity on a global scale]
During the last decades, worldwide losses of biodiversity have occurred at an unprecedented scale and agricultural intensification has been a major driver of this global change [...]. The dramatic landuse changes include the conversion of complex natural ecosystems to simplified managed ecosystems and the intensification of resource use, including application of more agrochemicals and a generally higher input and output, which is typical for agroecosystems as relatively open systems [...]. Not only the biodiversity of pristine habitats and traditional, low-intensity agroecosystems, but also the biodiversity of intensively used agroecosystems has been greatly reduced during the last decades.
[\textbackslash n] [...]
Agricultural intensification happens at two spatial scales. The landscape scale of agricultural intensification adds to the local effects of intensified farming practices [...]. On a landscape scale, fields have been amalgamated and enlarged to enhance farming efficiency resulting in homogeneously farmed landscapes with little non-crop area. Fragmentation of remaining natural habitat because of expanded agriculture is a major cause of extinction of fragmented, small and isolated populations [...], so species losses are because of both deterministic (by agricultural expansion) and stochastic processes (by habitat fragmentation). Examples of landscape-wide biodiversity losses include populations of many farmland birds, which declined severely across much of post-war Europe because of agricultural intensification [...]. Cereal yield almost tripled from 1960 to 2000, and cereal yield alone, which is closely correlated with fertilizer use, can be used as predictor of over 30\,\% of the variation in the decline of European bird populations [...].
[\textbackslash n] [...]
The decline of biodiversity may affect ecosystem functioning and yield [...], although the functional role of biodiversity is little known [...]. For example, landscape intensification may disrupt processes such as biological pest control [...] and crop pollination [...]. Similarly, local intensification may affect biological pest control [...], grassland production [...], pollination [...] and resistance to plant invasion [...].
[Enhancement of biodiversity by agriculture]
Wilderness areas have priority for conservation [...], but land use does not simply mean habitat destruction. Agricultural management has been shown to also enhance biodiversity and ecosystem functions, although this has not been acknowledged by most ecologists with their traditional emphasis on pristine ecosystems [...]. Although agricultural land holds much of the world's biodiversity [...], the relative contribution of each management type to conservation is little known. Biodiversity conservation will not work without protecting the just 5\,\% remaining pristine habitats, but also not without a recognition of the contribution of the rest.
[\textbackslash n] [...]
Agricultural land-use intensification may not only mean higher extinction, but also more resources enhancing populations, even of uncommon or endangered species. [...] Agroforestry often supports a diversity of fruits attracting birds [...].
[\textbackslash n] [...]
Maintenance of biodiversity and ecosystem functioning requires closer collaboration with farmers and foresters [...]. In these human-dominated landscapes, conservation strategies are a matter of public debate over which type of ecosystem or landscape is wanted and should have priority for conservation. The diverse habitat mosaic created by low-intensity agriculture, as practiced in the middle of the 19th century, is the most appealing vision of a complex rural landscape for most conservation-minded people. Few conservationists argue in favour of just deciduous forests as natural, late-succession ecosystems. Hence, conservation programmes usually combine traditional man-made ecosystems (mainly grassland, heathland) with little used forests.
[\textbackslash n] [...]
[Conclusions on the landscape-wide biodiversity conservation in agriculture]
[\textbackslash n] [...]
Conservation of biodiversity and ecosystem services in agricultural systems requires a landscape perspective [...]. The local-regional interplay means that landscape species pools influence local diversity and functioning of organisms [...]. In simple landscapes, large-scale (highly mobile) organisms, such as polyphagous predators, influence local food web interactions more than small-scale organisms, such as most parasitoids, characterized by dispersal limitation. Simple (high impact) and complex (low impact) agricultural landscapes appear to show contrasting responses to management [...].
[::] In simple landscapes, local allocation of habitat (like field boundaries) can be expected to have greatest effects on the biodiversity and ecological processes in adjacent crop fields, so management practices appear to be more effective in low-diversity than high-diversity landscapes [...]. Effectiveness is measured as changes due to management compared with unmanaged control sites. However, on a local scale, an equal shift in land-use intensity (e.g. reduction of the same amount of nitrogen fertilizer) may result in a less pronounced effect in high- than low-intensity fields [...], because the (small) input reduction (starting from a high level) may not be enough to improve conditions for higher biodiversity.
[::] In complex landscapes with their large species pool, colonization of newly created habitat and population exchange is facilitated. Local management within these landscapes does not result in locally enhanced biodiversity, because biodiversity is high everywhere. Complex landscapes are in total at risk due to landscape-wide agricultural intensification. Preservation of high-diversity habitats and endangered species needs to have priority in complex landscapes. Hence, segregation of conservation (preservation of high diversity, not used habitats) and land use appears to be more appropriate in complex landscapes, whereas integration of conservation (creation of habitat, reducing agricultural intensity) and land use has merit in simple landscapes. In any case, the populations of high-diversity (as well as low-diversity) habitats are not sustainable without immigration, so that they need to be part of a dynamic landscape providing recolonization sources.
[\textbackslash n] [...]},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-249307,agricultural-land,agricultural-resources,biodiversity,diversity,ecosystem-services,fragmentation,landscape-modelling,low-intensity-agriculture,management},
number = {8}
}Agriculture: Feeding the Future. McCouch, S., Baute, G. J., Bradeen, J., Bramel, P., Bretting, P. K., Buckler, E., Burke, J. M., Charest, D., Cloutier, S., Cole, G., Dempewolf, H., Dingkuhn, M., Feuillet, C., Gepts, P., Grattapaglia, D., Guarino, L., Jackson, S., Knapp, S., Langridge, P., Lawton-Rauh, A., Lijua, Q., Lusty, C., Michael, T., Myles, S., Naito, K., Nelson, R. L., Pontarollo, R., Richards, C. M., Rieseberg, L., Ross-Ibarra, J., Rounsley, S., Hamilton, R. S., Schurr, U., Stein, N., Tomooka, N., van der Knaap, E., van Tassel, D., Toll, J., Valls, J., Varshney, R. K., Ward, J., Waugh, R., Wenzl, P., & Zamir, D. 499(7456):23–24.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex We must mine the biodiversity in seed banks to help to overcome food shortages, urge Susan McCouch and colleagues.
@article{mccouchAgricultureFeedingFuture2013,
title = {Agriculture: Feeding the Future},
author = {McCouch, Susan and Baute, Gregory J. and Bradeen, James and Bramel, Paula and Bretting, Peter K. and Buckler, Edward and Burke, John M. and Charest, David and Cloutier, Sylvie and Cole, Glenn and Dempewolf, Hannes and Dingkuhn, Michael and Feuillet, Catherine and Gepts, Paul and Grattapaglia, Dario and Guarino, Luigi and Jackson, Scott and Knapp, Sandra and Langridge, Peter and Lawton-Rauh, Amy and Lijua, Qui and Lusty, Charlotte and Michael, Todd and Myles, Sean and Naito, Ken and Nelson, Randall L. and Pontarollo, Reno and Richards, Christopher M. and Rieseberg, Loren and Ross-Ibarra, Jeffrey and Rounsley, Steve and Hamilton, Ruaraidh S. and Schurr, Ulrich and Stein, Nils and Tomooka, Norihiko and van der Knaap, Esther and van Tassel, David and Toll, Jane and Valls, Jose and Varshney, Rajeev K. and Ward, Judson and Waugh, Robbie and Wenzl, Peter and Zamir, Daniel},
date = {2013-07},
journaltitle = {Nature},
volume = {499},
pages = {23--24},
issn = {0028-0836},
doi = {10.1038/499023a},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1038/499023a},
abstract = {We must mine the biodiversity in seed banks to help to overcome food shortages, urge Susan McCouch and colleagues.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-12461924,agricultural-resources,biodiversity,food-security},
number = {7456},
options = {useprefix=true}
}Wolf - Canis Lupus. Large Carnivore Initiative for Europe In Large Carnivores - Species Factsheets. Large Carnivore Initiative for Europe, Specialist Group of the Species Survival Commission, IUCN.
Paper abstract bibtex
Paper abstract bibtex [Excerpt:Wolf facts] [::Size] [::] Males 20 - 60 kg [::] Females 15 - 55 kg [::Reproduction] [::] Mating: January - March [::] Birth: March - May [::] Litter size: 1 - 11 [::Diet] Mainly carnivorous, specialised in wild ungulates, but can also feed on small and medium sized vertebrates, invertebrates, fruits, carrion and human garbage, as well as livestock. [::Social organisation] Group living in packs, normally with only two reproductive animals. Wolf packs are territorial. [::Home ranges] 100 to 1000 km2. [] [...]
@incollection{largecarnivoreinitiativeforeuropeWolfCanisLupus2016,
title = {Wolf - {{Canis}} Lupus},
booktitle = {Large Carnivores - Species Factsheets},
author = {{Large Carnivore Initiative for Europe}},
date = {2016},
publisher = {{Large Carnivore Initiative for Europe, Specialist Group of the Species Survival Commission, IUCN}},
url = {http://mfkp.org/INRMM/article/14037388},
abstract = {[Excerpt:Wolf facts]
[::Size] [::] Males 20 - 60 kg [::] Females 15 - 55 kg
[::Reproduction] [::] Mating: January - March [::] Birth: March - May [::] Litter size: 1 - 11
[::Diet] Mainly carnivorous, specialised in wild ungulates, but can also feed on small and medium sized vertebrates, invertebrates, fruits, carrion and human garbage, as well as livestock.
[::Social organisation] Group living in packs, normally with only two reproductive animals. Wolf packs are territorial.
[::Home ranges] 100 to 1000 km2.
[] [...]},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14037388,biodiversity,canis-lupus,carnivores,europe,featured-publication,species-distribution}
}Biodiversity patterns in the Southern Ocean: lessons from Crustacea. De Broyer, C., Jazdzewski, K., & Dauby, P. World.
Paper bibtex
Paper bibtex @article{
title = {Biodiversity patterns in the Southern Ocean: lessons from Crustacea},
type = {article},
keywords = {antarctic,biodiversity,biogeography,crustaceans,latitudinal gradients,taxonomic},
pages = {201-214},
id = {ee4b09a1-31f9-3cef-bc79-2b032fd4f405},
created = {2012-10-04T09:25:12.000Z},
file_attached = {true},
profile_id = {c6c6f844-18d2-32db-a619-2e915134a952},
group_id = {764582e8-5773-3a66-8d6b-9b40e4fb5a88},
last_modified = {2017-03-14T17:27:14.020Z},
read = {false},
starred = {false},
authored = {false},
confirmed = {false},
hidden = {false},
bibtype = {article},
author = {De Broyer, Claude and Jazdzewski, Krzysztof and Dauby, Patrick},
journal = {World}
}A methodology to assess the future connectivity of protected areas by combining climatic representativeness and land-cover change simulations: the case of the Guadarrama National Park (Madrid, Spain). Mingarro, M., Aguilera-Benavente, F., & Lobo, J. M. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management.
doi abstract bibtex
doi abstract bibtex
Protected areas are fundamental in conservation, but their intactness is increasingly threatened by the effects of climate and land-cover changes. Here, a methodological procedure is proposed able to determine the representative climatic conditions of a protected area in central Spain (Guadarrama National Park) pinpointing the natural areas that will host future analogous conditions, but also assessing the effects of land-cover changes on the connectivity of these areas. Future conditions provided by two 2050 IPCC climatic change scenarios and land-cover change simulations were jointly used for this purpose. According to the results obtained, climate change will produce notable effects, displacing its representative climatic conditions as well as modifying the land cover in the neighboring localities. Three areas appear as fundamental for the future maintenance of this reserve: two within the Iberian Central System (Gredos Mountains and Ayllon Mountains) and one in the Iberian System (Urbion Mountains). The proposed approach can be implemented in any protected area to examine its capacity to represent in the future the environmental conditions for which it was created.
@article{mingarro_methodology_nodate,
title = {A methodology to assess the future connectivity of protected areas by combining climatic representativeness and land-cover change simulations: the case of the {Guadarrama} {National} {Park} ({Madrid}, {Spain})},
issn = {0964-0568},
doi = {10/ghdrxr},
abstract = {Protected areas are fundamental in conservation, but their intactness is increasingly threatened by the effects of climate and land-cover changes. Here, a methodological procedure is proposed able to determine the representative climatic conditions of a protected area in central Spain (Guadarrama National Park) pinpointing the natural areas that will host future analogous conditions, but also assessing the effects of land-cover changes on the connectivity of these areas. Future conditions provided by two 2050 IPCC climatic change scenarios and land-cover change simulations were jointly used for this purpose. According to the results obtained, climate change will produce notable effects, displacing its representative climatic conditions as well as modifying the land cover in the neighboring localities. Three areas appear as fundamental for the future maintenance of this reserve: two within the Iberian Central System (Gredos Mountains and Ayllon Mountains) and one in the Iberian System (Urbion Mountains). The proposed approach can be implemented in any protected area to examine its capacity to represent in the future the environmental conditions for which it was created.},
language = {English},
journal = {Journal of Environmental Planning and Management},
author = {Mingarro, M. and Aguilera-Benavente, F. and Lobo, J. M.},
keywords = {Iberian Peninsula, biodiversity, climatic representativeness, connectivity, conservation, dynamics, future analogous conditions, land-use simulations, models, priorities, projections, regions, resolution, united-states, urban-growth},
}Turning Science into Policy: Challenges and Experiences from the Science-Policy Interface. Watson, R. T. 360(1454):471–477.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex This paper discusses key issues in the science-policy interface. It stresses the importance of linking the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity to the Millennium Development Goals and to issues of immediate concern to policy-makers such as the economy, security and human health. It briefly discusses the process of decision-making and how the scientific and policy communities have successfully worked together on global environmental issues such as stratospheric ozone depletion and climate change, and the critical role of international assessments in providing the scientific basis for informed policy at the national and international level. The paper also discusses the drivers of global environmental change, the importance of constructing plausible futures, indicators of change, the biodiversity 2010 target and how environmental issues such as loss of biodiversity, stratospheric ozone depletion, land degradation, water pollution and climate change cannot be addressed in isolation because they are strongly interconnected and there are synergies and trade-offs among the policies, practices and technologies that are used to address these issues individually.
@article{watsonTurningSciencePolicy2005,
title = {Turning Science into Policy: Challenges and Experiences from the Science-Policy Interface},
author = {Watson, Robert T.},
date = {2005-02},
journaltitle = {Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences},
volume = {360},
pages = {471--477},
issn = {1471-2970},
doi = {10.1098/rstb.2004.1601},
url = {https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2004.1601},
abstract = {This paper discusses key issues in the science-policy interface. It stresses the importance of linking the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity to the Millennium Development Goals and to issues of immediate concern to policy-makers such as the economy, security and human health. It briefly discusses the process of decision-making and how the scientific and policy communities have successfully worked together on global environmental issues such as stratospheric ozone depletion and climate change, and the critical role of international assessments in providing the scientific basis for informed policy at the national and international level. The paper also discusses the drivers of global environmental change, the importance of constructing plausible futures, indicators of change, the biodiversity 2010 target and how environmental issues such as loss of biodiversity, stratospheric ozone depletion, land degradation, water pollution and climate change cannot be addressed in isolation because they are strongly interconnected and there are synergies and trade-offs among the policies, practices and technologies that are used to address these issues individually.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-5297503,assessment,biodiversity,biodiversity-impacts,check-list,ecosystem-services,multi-stakeholder-decision-making,science-policy-interface,scientific-communication},
number = {1454}
}Seven Shortfalls That Beset Large-Scale Knowledge of Biodiversity. Hortal, J., de Bello, F., Diniz Filho, J. A., Lewinsohn, T. M., Lobo, J. M., & Ladle, R. J. 46(1):523–549.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Ecologists and evolutionary biologists are increasingly using big-data approaches to tackle questions at large spatial, taxonomic, and temporal scales. However, despite recent efforts to gather two centuries of biodiversity inventories into comprehensive databases, many crucial research questions remain unanswered. Here, we update the concept of knowledge shortfalls and review the tradeoffs between generality and uncertainty. We present seven key shortfalls of current biodiversity data. Four previously proposed shortfalls pinpoint knowledge gaps for species taxonomy (Linnean), distribution (Wallacean), abundance (Prestonian), and evolutionary patterns (Darwinian). We also redefine the Hutchinsonian shortfall to apply to the abiotic tolerances of species and propose new shortfalls relating to limited knowledge of species traits (Raunkiæran) and biotic interactions (Eltonian). We conclude with a general framework for the combined impacts and consequences of shortfalls of large-scale biodiversity knowledge for evolutionary and ecological research and consider ways of overcoming the seven shortfalls and dealing with the uncertainty they generate.
@article{hortalSevenShortfallsThat2015,
title = {Seven Shortfalls That Beset Large-Scale Knowledge of Biodiversity},
author = {Hortal, Joaqúın and de Bello, Francesco and Diniz Filho, José A. and Lewinsohn, Thomas M. and Lobo, Jorge M. and Ladle, Richard J.},
date = {2015},
journaltitle = {Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics},
volume = {46},
pages = {523--549},
issn = {1545-2069},
doi = {10.1146/annurev-ecolsys-112414-054400},
url = {http://mfkp.org/INRMM/article/14070514},
abstract = {Ecologists and evolutionary biologists are increasingly using big-data approaches to tackle questions at large spatial, taxonomic, and temporal scales. However, despite recent efforts to gather two centuries of biodiversity inventories into comprehensive databases, many crucial research questions remain unanswered. Here, we update the concept of knowledge shortfalls and review the tradeoffs between generality and uncertainty. We present seven key shortfalls of current biodiversity data. Four previously proposed shortfalls pinpoint knowledge gaps for species taxonomy (Linnean), distribution (Wallacean), abundance (Prestonian), and evolutionary patterns (Darwinian). We also redefine the Hutchinsonian shortfall to apply to the abiotic tolerances of species and propose new shortfalls relating to limited knowledge of species traits (Raunkiæran) and biotic interactions (Eltonian). We conclude with a general framework for the combined impacts and consequences of shortfalls of large-scale biodiversity knowledge for evolutionary and ecological research and consider ways of overcoming the seven shortfalls and dealing with the uncertainty they generate.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14070514,~to-add-doi-URL,abiotic-factors,biodiversity,evolution,functional-traits,habitat-suitability,plant-species-competition,review,spatio-temporal-scale,species-distribution,species-positive-interaction,species-richness,uncertainty,unknown,wide-vs-large-scale},
number = {1},
options = {useprefix=true}
}Unravelling the Response of Diurnal Raptors to Land Use Change in a Highly Dynamic Landscape in Northwestern Spain: An Approach Based on Satellite Earth Observation Data. Tapia, L., Regos, A., Gil-Carrera, A., & Doḿınguez, J. 63(2):1–15.
Paper doi abstract bibtex
Paper doi abstract bibtex Land use and land cover change (LULCC) is one of the main components of current anthropogenic global change. Unravelling the ecological response of biodiversity to the combined effect of land use change and other stressors is essential for effective conservation. For this purpose, we used co-inertia analysis to combine LULCC analysis of earth observation satellite data-derived maps and raptor data obtained from road censuses conducted in 2001 and 2014 at sampling unit level (10 km2 spatial resolution), in northwestern Spain (province of Ourense, c. 7281 km2). In addition, habitat suitability models were also computed using ten widely used single-modelling techniques providing an ensemble of predictions at landscape level (four spatial resolutions: 500-m, 1-km, 2-km and 5-km radius around each sighting) for each year and raptor species to analyse the habitat suitability changes in the whole study area through three niche overlap indices. The models revealed an increase in occurrence and habitat suitability of forest raptor species coupled with a strong decrease in species associated with open habitats, mainly heaths and shrub formations. Open-habitat specialist species were negatively affected by the concomitant effects of intensive forest management and a long-lasting trend of rural abandonment coupled with an unusually high frequency of wildfires. Sustainable forest management and agricultural practices should be encouraged by both public and private sectors, through, e.g. policies related to European funds for rural and regional development (FEDER and FEADER programs) to effectively protect threatened habitats and species, and to comply with current environmental legislation. The combined use of satellite imagery and ground-level biodiversity data proved to be a cost-effective and systematic method for monitoring priority habitats and their species in highly dynamic landscapes.
@article{tapiaUnravellingResponseDiurnal2017,
title = {Unravelling the Response of Diurnal Raptors to Land Use Change in a Highly Dynamic Landscape in Northwestern {{Spain}}: An Approach Based on Satellite Earth Observation Data},
author = {Tapia, L. and Regos, A. and Gil-Carrera, A. and Doḿınguez, J.},
date = {2017},
journaltitle = {European Journal of Wildlife Research},
volume = {63},
pages = {1--15},
issn = {1439-0574},
doi = {10.1007/s10344-017-1097-2},
url = {https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=3444218436467868660},
abstract = {Land use and land cover change (LULCC) is one of the main components of current anthropogenic global change. Unravelling the ecological response of biodiversity to the combined effect of land use change and other stressors is essential for effective conservation. For this purpose, we used co-inertia analysis to combine LULCC analysis of earth observation satellite data-derived maps and raptor data obtained from road censuses conducted in 2001 and 2014 at sampling unit level (10 km2 spatial resolution), in northwestern Spain (province of Ourense, c. 7281 km2). In addition, habitat suitability models were also computed using ten widely used single-modelling techniques providing an ensemble of predictions at landscape level (four spatial resolutions: 500-m, 1-km, 2-km and 5-km radius around each sighting) for each year and raptor species to analyse the habitat suitability changes in the whole study area through three niche overlap indices. The models revealed an increase in occurrence and habitat suitability of forest raptor species coupled with a strong decrease in species associated with open habitats, mainly heaths and shrub formations. Open-habitat specialist species were negatively affected by the concomitant effects of intensive forest management and a long-lasting trend of rural abandonment coupled with an unusually high frequency of wildfires. Sustainable forest management and agricultural practices should be encouraged by both public and private sectors, through, e.g. policies related to European funds for rural and regional development (FEDER and FEADER programs) to effectively protect threatened habitats and species, and to comply with current environmental legislation. The combined use of satellite imagery and ground-level biodiversity data proved to be a cost-effective and systematic method for monitoring priority habitats and their species in highly dynamic landscapes.},
keywords = {*imported-from-citeulike-INRMM,~INRMM-MiD:c-14517572,agricultural-abandonment,biodiversity,buteo-buteo,circaetus-gallicus,circus-pygargus,falco-tinnunculus,forest-fires,forest-resources,habitat-conservation,habitat-suitability,hieraaetus-pennatus,land-use,land-use-dynamics,land-use-land-cover-changes,landscape-dynamics,logging,milvus-migrans,pernis-apivorus,remote-sensing,spain,wildfires},
number = {2}
}